| 7e> sich vi" | eve eee | | \ ; Mids tt eebaibesbba a VUrecuaetuiersencrecece: : hax es: “| Dr SEAS é. ae a : Joe = oh ad rate Ree wo ey. aries soa a shame fai ont ao = me ee PE oe AAA a. | tte ™ hit st atthe itt + Nae “wu : nat i — am ‘| ae i = Panes FN Me ar iia ree ala d di 4 mat 3 {, SEO VAAN ] +P NE aM ae Sade ry i Cahn & nin. a . An ¥ in eet: a ~ 4 nei | as 20) "aa i aes gt le any XE. ann \+ ‘ ’ { paces ie al | | eaathe ee ppemonret Eee na RNa | || anima Rann r Ci ea ton | sn a ] i, eo Nema EYNG Yue sh meeps P a a ‘i , _ . anc) ei . [: e a be 5 | ee PimiAee °F at ar 7 / RAS AB . a R HiPr ae ‘a ~ PY * as \ re is ENE aM Ne Bs { piabuacre i i Pp as ~ \3 ‘i ven oe : a ae 4 } | i MEN wg § } | q 4 Ss Fat: > pp) ; : ' ‘ Bo Fs 4 sitet OMA A { f | t A ) q i ' h hy Aas H a im, PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCLETY OF LONDON. 1915, pp. 1-298, with 10 Puates and 70 TEx-FIGURES. —< . : Tae if —N Zecsunian stag. He) 5 ao Notional Museu PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK. LONDON: . MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND Co., PATERNOSTER ROW. Dp IE ts ie OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. IGS, —— Patron. His Masesty Tue Kine. COUNCIL. His Grace Tae DuKe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President. Ricuarp H. Burne, Esq.,M.A., Vice-President. Aurrep H. Cocks, Esq., M.A. ‘ae Rr. Hon. THE EArt or Cromer, G.C.B., F.B.S. F. G. Dawrrey Drewirr, Esq., M.:A., M.D. CHARLES DRUMMOND, Treasurer. THe Kart or Dunmore, V.C., M.YV.O. AurreD Ezra, Esq. Srpney Freperic Harmer, HsqQ., WE JNs5 ISCIDs, JBJS, eee President. Sir Epmunp Gries Loprr, Bt., Vice-President. Prof. Ernest W. MacBripe, NGAP Scan ekuvS.0e /ece= President. Ksq., pur me - : Py Grove. Ng AS Esq. E. G. B. Mpape-WaAtpo, Ksq. P. CHatmers MircHeny, EKsq., MeAC ID Ses) (ils) rE Ss Secretary. W. R. Oarnvie-Grant, Esq. Apert Pam, Ese. Tue Karu or PortsMoutrH. THe MAarQueEss OF SLIGO, F.S.A., Vice-President. Ausyn TrRevor-Batryg, Esq., M.A. AntHony H. Ksq. Arraur Smita Woopwarp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice- President. MARSHALL, WINGFIELD, PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. Cuatmers Mircnent, M.A., D.Sc, LL.D., F.RS., Secretary. Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Prosector. R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and Resident Superintendent of the Gardens. D. Sera-Surru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works. Epwarp G. Boutencer, Curator of Reptiles. Prof. H. Maxwetn Lerroy, Curator of Insects. Henry G. Purmer, F.R.8., M.R.C.8., Pathologist. Henry G. J. Peavor, Librarian and Clerk of Publications. Joun Barrow, Accountant. W. H. Coun, Chief Clerk. LIST OF CONTENTS. 1915, pp. 1-298. EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. Page The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November, December, mmch dara, INDIES Gaccduncbhédboesdcotoodbesevovonsog 151 Mr. E. Heron-Auten, F.L.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of Skia- graphs of Foraminifera, illustrating the application of X-rays to Microscopical Research .............+.--- 152 Dr. P. Coatmers Mrrcueit, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of the Stomach and Intes- HONS Cit Wns Ojoeinelonlll Gonosassceoanense chavo oncouboasuccoaded 153 Sir Epmunp G. Lover, Bt., F.Z.S. Exhibition of the tanned skin of a large Capybara (Hydrocherus iy OCI CETUS) Meas Mean ate aera tade See ee a, eee 154 Mr. Guy Avumer, F.Z.S. Exhibition of skins of mammals DUGONA Jevi@idehd UiCOMMNeNs stnaene iccuction se copCeAneanponceen Spencer 154 Dr. P. Caatmers Mircuett, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society. Exhibition of Cockroaches from the SIGHS S Ganeleimsiak uae canons cseese~enb Sendo onbbdoocconsuasaeE 154 Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L8., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Edward Gerrard, of the mounted head of a male Sitatunga JUGIBIIO] OY abe ckdoky ie Adenddeen sec dpb AdasG deoodebesebodd ac ddceAsos 154 1V Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition, on behalf of Mr. Edward Gerrard, of a pair of Daurian or Bearded Partridges (Perdix dauricd).....-.-+++0+100+ Miss Annie C. Jackson. Exhibition of living male speci- mens of the Indian Stick-Insect, Carausiws morosus . The SecrETARY. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1915 ...... Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of a Skull of ORTYSOChIOTIS ASUGUICH ©... 0.2. .0ecene sce e. ee ee ee ene ee teens Mr. W. R. Ocitvin-Grant. Notice of Reports on the Coleoptera, Diptera, Odonata, and Vermes collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union and Wollaston Expeditions in Dutch New Guinea ...........-.-.2-0++ Dr. Pa. Lenrs. Correction to his “ Description of a new Mizardeinomebne Canary Wclandsi @....0s.-nssce meee aee Mr. W. R. Oetivie-Grant, F.Z.S. Exhibition of Colour- \Warenticm iim IPRWAWECISES) ogcacsouscosonropncaspoeon0s0ec0500 ir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., F.Z.8. Exhibition of tanned skins of a Pig and of a Capybara. (Text-figures I Ge By) ee cconabousebanesssocuseoousdesdocosdonsoSenoadadodsgades RQ Prof. H. Maxweut Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects. Notes on Insects bred in the Caird Insect House...... The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1915 ......... Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of an anterior horn of a Woolly ‘Rhinoceros (hinoceros CUNO PIUEHEIS)), cocohacesodbgns 5sos0us04cauouuosededusegoroTs4b0 unt Mr. D. Seru-Smiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of photographs of the nuptial display of the male Greateoustandn (Ocisiand a) i. neenpes acc... eee eee a Mr. E. Heron-Auuen, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of a lantern-slide of Miliolina circularis (VOrb.)............ 156 286 287 293 293 293 Vv The Srcretary. Exhibition of lantern-slides of young Grey Seals (Halicheerus grypus) ....00.de.percceceseceees Mr. H. J. Exiwes, F.R.S., F.Z.S. Extract from a letter on the possible existence of a large Ape in Sikkim ...... Prof. Wituram Barsson, .F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of drawings illustrating the heredity of “‘hen-feathering” ig OWES ncanccco- es Nee eee tars daa ictus era ctade aanesisetaets Messrs. E. Heron-Auuten, F.L.S., F.Z.8., and Artur Earranp, F.R.M.S. Notice of Memoir on the Fora- minifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese Mas te Auta. lar bee ve cen nether seein cetera o. cks PAPERS. 1. On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species. By Jamus F. Gemuiin, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S8. (Plates I-III, pyavdl dMebxij-aietthies) IL (4 748) | ap aonbadesoeoubeoceesedccccocaponce bo . Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillus O, F.M. By James F. Gemuitt, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., IAs {(CINeesuetne mgs) 15) shoe Shongesccadcesucs poasacaeasacor 3. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo.—Part III. A Collection made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October 1913. By F. F. Larpuaw, M.A.(Camb.), H.Z.S. (Gext-figures 1-5.) ..-.....02. 0222s ee ceeeee scence 4, Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia. By Rowzanp E. Turner, ¥.Z.8., F.E.8. (Plate 1)... 5. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River System, with a Note on a Parasitic Infusorian. By G. Arnoup, M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator of the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo, and C. L. Bounencur, M.A., D.Se., F.Z.8., Zoological Department, The University of Birmingham. (Plate I., and Text-figures 1 & 2.). Page 294 294 294 21 bo Ov 71 KO: 11. 13. 14. 15. al . On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca). By Karuteen Happon, Zoological Laboratory, Cam- bridgenii(CBlatedl sects Ses se ee os ctnaks es: «aan enemas . On a Colubrid Snake (Xenodon) with a vertically movable Maxillary Bone. By E. G. BouLEencEr, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. (Text-figure 1.) ......... . A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acuminatum) from the Kestrel. By Wituiam Nico, M.A., D.Sc., M.D., EEZSS We G@Lextatietmenl: i) Mele 2 2 St, Se \ . Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, 1911-12. By Et: Cold aAwcErr, "(Plates ly 6b) 2222s... On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s Gardens, London. By Mary L. Hurt, B.8c., F.Z.S., Demonstrator of Zoology at Bedford College for Women, University of London. (Text-figures 1—4.). Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1914, together with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the year. By H. G. Primer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society... . On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of the Viverrinz, with the description of a New Genus. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mommnaalls: ga(lhextatioumes! l=7.\y nln...) eee On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the “ Tnsectivora.”—Part I. Tupaia and Gymnura. By R. Broom, ‘D.Se., M.D., C.M.Z.S. (Plates I. & II.). On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. Broom, D.Sc., M.D., CAVIEZAS am (Bextatreumes ll =8.)\ essa sea 0-2. cee eee Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrange- ment of the Cestoidea.—X VI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyuro- tema. By Frank EK. Bepparp, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society. (Text-figures 1-8.). Page Me 83 9] 131 157 163 175 Vil 16. A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. By G. A. Bovutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1&2.) ... 193 17. The Artificial Formation from Paraftiin Wax of Struc- tures resembling Molluscan Shells. IBaveid igs ke Cunnineuam, M.A., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.) ...... 225 18. The True Coracoid. By the late R. LypEKxKer, F.R.S., WyAgs ((Mssxt=itiemmes Ics 24.) cosocubcosssocsousescauntauder 235 19. A Note on the Urostyle (Os coceygewm) of the Anurous Amphibia. By Gro. E. Nicnouts, D.Sc., F.LS., late Professor of Biolog , Agra College, Agra, India. (MDGS ATEIRS) M5) )ocoposceyopoucsonboccuduasAGanbdeuned>asdsusedcc 239 20. On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently living in the Society’s Gardens. By Epwarp G. Boutencer, F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles .............. , 243 21. On Two New Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt. By Bruce F. Cummines, British Museum (Natural History). (Text-figures 1-16.) ............... 245 22. Some Notes on the Niata Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus). By Ernest Gipson, F.Z.8. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)...... 273 23. White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants. By Rosz Hare Tuomas, F.L.8., F.Z.S. (Text-figure 1.). 279 t Alphabetical bist ob Comtrilbttorsn geen aseeeaac case eecese eee 1X TERRVCNeSSE GASPS FPR ih, Aree tne vel meme Tian er HOB IR ERR Pyaceen Dyes ce SOE XV ALPHABETICAL LIST OF TUE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. (1915, pp. 1-298.) Page AwuEN, E. Heron-. See Heron-Aren, E. ‘ ARNOLD, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., and Boutencrer, Cuar.es L., WE es IDESIGs, TBCATS). On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River System, witha Note ona Parasitic Infusorian. (Plate I., anduDextatlounresil did ans ics ces teeeweer ce asgsceses 71 AyiMeEr, Guy, F.Z.8. Exhibition of skins of mammals from Sierra Leone ... 154 Bareson, Prof. WitttaM, F.R.8., F.Z.S. Exhibition of drawings illustrating the heredity of (Chen -teaphertmec 7s ima © ocksy oi. emseaee 1) gat saiesie sere teos 294 BeEppArD, Franx E., M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., Prosector to the Society. Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrange- XVI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasywrotenia. (extstioumes, WES e wide tg echt heer ec coedok Hater weti ound cue 175 ment of the Cestoidea. xX Boutencer, CHartes L. See ARNOLD, G. Boutencer, Epwarp G., F.Z.S., Curator of Reptiles. On a Colubrid Snake (Xenodon) with a vertically movable Maxillary Bone. (Text-figure 1.) ............... On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently Ines yoy Uleve) Stocilenny 4s (Cewaclerics 15. sos .4euesbcdaondoncsse52655e Bovutencer, Georce A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. (Text-figures WMS PAS irae Sele aoe see acts icin yoo Current as arrow points and in plane of drawing. @®—> Current as arrow points and in plane of drawing, but with centripetal tendency. CG) Current as arrow points and in plane of drawing, but. with spiral ai tendency. Prate I. Fig. 1. A specimen of Porania pulvillus from the oral aspect, with arrows indi- cating the direction of the ciliary currents. See description on p. 3 and, in connection with feeding, p.10. This specimen showed three inframarginal gills (G.’), and is therefore so far an exception to the rule that in phanerozonate Starfishes the gills should be confined to the supra- marginal surface (see p. 21). 12. Astropecten irregularis, with arrows indicating the direction of the sub- paxillary ciliary currents on the aboral aspect, and also of the currents in the marginal, interradial, and ambulacral grooves. See description on pp. 3, 14. Pet CILIATION OF ASTERIDS. 19 Prate II. Fig. 3. Transverse sectiun (diagrammatic) of arm of Asterias rubens L., showing direction of ciliary currents on the various ectodermal, enteroccelic, and endodermal surfaces, and also within the cavities of the sucker-feet and ampulla. For the sake of simplicity, only one sucker-foot is shown on either side of the middle line. Centripetal (p. 2) currents are marked by dots and centrifugal currents by crosses. Ordinary arrows show cur- rents running in the plane of the paper, that is, transversely to the axis of the arms; while arrows with a dot on the shaft indicate that there is in addition a centripetal tendency. Arrows enclosed in an ellipse indicate currents flowing in the direction to which the arrow points, but tending to take a spiral course. 4. Transverse section (diagrammatic) of arm of Porania, showing direction of ciliary currents. he same general explanation applies to this figure as to fig. 3. Puate III. Fig. 5. Vertical section of Porania passing along one of the arms, and somewhat obliquely across another arm to show body-wall after removal of stomach. As in figs. 3 and 4 the arrows indicate currents approximately in the plane of the paper, while the dots show centrifugal and the crosses centri- petal currents. The tendency to dextral movement is indicated by the curved arrows on the edge of the interbrachial septa (pp. 6, 9). 6. Vertical section (diagrammatic) through stomach etc. of Porania to show direction of ciliary currents on the endodermal and splanchnopleural surfaces. At the actino-stomial margin the ring of buccal membrane with outward ciliation should be noted. ON ABNORMAL GILLS IN A STARFISH. 21 2. Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillus O. F. M. By James I. Gemini, M.A., M.D., D.Se., F.Z.8. [ Received October 1, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.] (Text-figure 1.) The genus Porania belongs to the Gymnasteriide, a family of the Phanerozonia (Sladen, 6, pp. xxxiil, 360). In P. pulvillus the dise is large and the arms short, and the actinal and actinal- intermediate areas are flattened, so that they rest more or less closely against any surface to which the starfish is adherent. The margin or boundary between the actinal and abactinal areas forms a sharp angle and is exceptionally well defined owing to (a) the contrast in colour between the white actinal and the crimson abactinal surfaces, and (4) the presence of spines which project horizontally Subeends from the margin and are set on the marginal plates. Theactinal intermediate plates are very regular and are arranged in short rows, standing out more or less at right angles to the rays, but sloping slightly towards the mouth. Super- ficially on the actinal epiderm, ciliated grooves overlie the inter- spaces between the rows of plates. On the abactinal surface near the margin, the papule or gills come close down to the supero- marginal plates. Apart from the superficial grooves above mentioned, the actinal intermediate areas, as a rule, are smooth and destitute of gills, spines, or other growths, except along the margins of the ambulacra, which are bordered by double or triple rows of spines. However, in a preserved specimen from the Millport Marine Station, which I examined for other purposes, there appeared on the actinal surface a set of opaque papille arranged with no little regularity, one in each of the grooves above mentioned, a short distance inwards from (7. e. to the oral side of) the margin. These papillz, being soft, were obviously not spinous in character, but, owing to the thickness and opacity of the body-wall, the question whether they were gills could not be satisfactorily decided by inspection, even after the coelomic cavity was laid open and viewed from inside. Serial sections were accordingly made, and the structures referred to were then found to be perfectly typical papulee or gills. The accompanying figure illustrates somewhat diagrammatically a section, vertical to the marginal edge, show- ing one of the infra-marginal and three of the supra-marginal gills. As Joh. Miller first noted (5, p. 163) and as was emphasised later by Sladen (6, p. xxiv), starfish which possess well-developed marginal plates have their papulz or gills limited to that part of the abactinal surface which is bounded by the supero-marginal plates. This provides one of the important distinctions between 29 : DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON the Orders Phanerozonia and Cryptozonia, these Orders being called by Sladen, in consequence, the Stenopneusia and Adeto- pheusia respectively. That the division in question is not an altogether natural one has been pointed out by various authorities (e.g. Jeffrey Bell, 1, and MacBride, 4). Further, as I have recently proved (2), the larval history of the phanerozonate Porania resembles in its essentials that of the typically eryptozonate Asterias rubens L. (3), both species having a feeding bipinnarial larva which changes into a brachiolaria and becomes attached at metamorphosis. Pro- bably the occasional presence of infra-marginal gills in Porania is Text-figure 1. ae Porania pulvillus. Vertical section through interradial marginal edge, showing the abnormal distribution of gills. ab.b.w., abactinal body-wall; ab.g., abactinal gills; act.b.w., actinal body-wall ; acé.g., actinal gill; pl., part of a marginal plate; mg., marginal edge, with spine. not due directly to atavistic or ancestral causes, but is a parallel manifestation, in an individual belonging to a particular asterid Family, of a tendency or potency which has been fully realised in the various members of numerous other Families. In any ease, the specimen of Porania here described * deserves notice, because, although, as is well known, the Linckide (6, p- 397) include genera some of which have, and others have not, actinal gills, no instance of abnormal gill-distribution within a particular phanerozonate species appears te have hitherto been recorded. * Three other specimens of Porania with actinal gills have recently been obtained at Millport. Several such gills are present in the specimen illustrated in fig. 1, Pl. I. of the preceding paper. bo a) ABNORMAL GILLS IN A STARFISH. References. 1. Brew, F. Jerrrey—Naitional Aniarctic Expedition Resulis: Natural History. Vol. iv. Echinoderma, i, p. 8. 2. Gewait, J. F—The Larva of the Siariish Porania pulrilus (O.F.M.). Report Brit. Assoc. 1913, Section D. p. 511. 3. Gewoni1, J. F—The Development and Certain Points in the Adult Structure of the Starfish Asierias rubens L. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1914, B, pp. 213-294. 4. MacBeimpe, E. W.—Cambridge Natural History, vol. i. ~ p. 461. 5. Mtiize, Jon— Ueber den Bau der Echimodermen. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlm, 1853 (1854), p. 163. 6. Stapexn, W. P.—Report on the Scientific Resulis of the Voyage ot H.M-S _ ‘Challenger’ Zoology, vol. xxx. bo Or ON BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 3. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo.—Part III. A Collection made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October 1913. By F. F. Lamnaw, M.A.(Camb.), F.Z.8. [Received October 1, 1914: Read March 9, 1915.) (Text-figures 1-5.) INDEX. Dace iSO LAG NeRS DECLES Mee ta re taste secen anne maunnce semen meer ems tee neo Systematic : JHE ROMDUET CRUE ey IOS We oes sao aodnbenaleccormacasnpenssaonesees 210) DWGKETONDOGIIG fH BT, 30 WS aorsa9s woe o2ecas0ee sen eeeanace 2s ESEUdOPNEG SUDNOUALIS) SP. Mesees- 2 yess steeessecesatss seen) OL OGSAGESS SDA ILE OA a Perec co AER Se SEE ROS Rhinonewra villosipes, gen. et SP. N. .......-..cceeeeee-ee ss 8D JEP HONGO YG) ANCOMUC ODE, [S06 Weoscnonnrsadex an eeoreasoacncecneA ose | 2k) Protosticta kinabaluensis, sp. 0...... 37 Stenagrion, gen. n. for Pseudagrion(?) dubium Laidlaw 39 List of the Species. AWISOPTERA. ZYGOPTERA. LIBELLULIDA. | AGRIONID®. LipeLLuLing. AGRIONINE (=CALOPTERYGIN® 1. Orthetrum glaucum (Brauer) *. sensu Selys). 2. O. testaceum (Burm.). 9. Matronoides cyaneipennis Foerster. 3. O. clelia Selys. 10. Vestalis amoena Selys. 4. Trithemis aurora (Burm.). | 11. Pseudophea subnodalis, sp. n. 5. T. festiva (Ramb.). 12. P. basalis, sp. n. 6. Zygonyx iris Selys. 13. P. suhcostalis Selys. | 14. Devadetta argyroides (Selys). CoRDULIIN#. 15. Rhinoneuwra villosipes, gen. et sp. n. 7. Macromia euterpe, sp. n. _ 16. Rhinoeypha moultoni, sp. n. 8. Macromidia fulva, sp. n. | 17. Rhinocypha sp. C@NAGRIONINE (=AGRIONIN” sensu Selys). | 18. Celiccia nemoricola Laidlaw. 19. Protosticta kinabaluensis, sp. un. 20. Ceriagrion sp. 21. Stenagrion dubium (Laidlaw). ANISOPTERA LIBELLULIDAG. LIBELLULINA. 1. OrtHErRUM GLAuCcUM (Brauer). Orthetrum glaucwm Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, x. pp. 233-234 (1909). * |The parentheses around the names of authors placed after scientific names in this paper are used in accordance with Article 23 of the International Rules on Nomenclature (Proc. 7th Int. Cong. Boston, 1907, p. 44 (1912)).—Epriror. | 26 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON yh Gh VON SOI (Asie) PS (8G), IID AS ak i is 16.9.13: (Nom ol. 1A le 4.9.13, circ. 3000 ft. (No. 73, 1914). 4 OD. IG. sO Sis CGNs, 3, B55 1914). This species has been captured previously on Kina Balu by Everett. 2, ORTHETRUM TESTACEUM (Burm.). Orthetrum testaceum testacewm Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, x. p. 235 (1909). Orthetrum testaceum, id. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. lv. 1911, p. 252. Biddy 30-0 513)(Nos. 26,27, 28, 30,381) son son meatal): . ORTHETRUM CLELIA Selys. ee ‘um pruinosum clelia Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, x. pp. 239, 242 (1909). 36 651 Qo BS0.O18 (Nos. 9, 34, 40, 67, 1914). These specimens must, I believe, be referred here. I note, however, that the adult ee has fhe third abdominal segment dusted over with a bluish bloom, as well as the first and second segments. 4. TrirHEmis AuRoRA (Burm.). Trithemas aurora Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, xiv. pp. 775-778, fig. 442 (1912); id. Ann. Soc. Entom. Beles aval OIE apes 2a Laidlaw, Records Indian Mus. viii. (iv.) p. 338 (1914). Ws IOUS) GNos Sy IQIED) ILO), POY Go, 8, 1914). 5. 'TRITHEMIS Festiva (Ramb.). Trithemis festiva Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, xiv. pp. 796, 798, figs. 456, 457 (1912). 436. 16.9.13 (No. 18, 1914). 1 3S. 16.9,13 (No. 50, 1914), immature, This species has been taken previously on Kina Balu by Everett. 6. ZyGonyx tris Selys. Zygonyx iris Ris, Cat. Coll. Selys, xiv. pp. 820, 623, fig. 478 (1912). Id. 20.9.13 (No. 64,1914). 1 3. 1.10.13 (No. 10, 1914). CoRDULIIN 2. 7, Macromia EuTERPE, sp.n. (Text-figs. 1 & 2.) B Ss 21D Oe Bahislio’, On OARS) as} (Noss aloaoo soos (1914). Length of abdomen: ¢ 40+3 mm., 9 44mm. Length of hind wing. g 43 mm., 2 46 mm. Length of pterostigma: 2°5 mm. or a trifle less. Lo “Il BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Venation formula:— Ann. Pnm. Suprat. M. 14 9 3 5 9 ial 2 4, \—— (7—10) (2—38) —} Extremes — : (810) @0=12) @—2) (455) Text-figure 1. ee ene ne Se ee ane Ber ee Ed \ al j ak oe | | Macromia euterpe. Wings of type male (A) and female (B). 28 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON 3. Wings without any trace of colouring, even at the extreme base. Pterostigmata black. Head: Lower and anterior surfaces entirely russet-brown. Vertex a rich metallic blue. Prothorax brown. Thorax: Dorsal surface brown, its upper third with a metallic green reflex. Sides also metallic green, with a brown band of moderate width enclosing the stigma, continuous above with the brown interalar sinus, and below with the brown colouring of the under surface. Abdomen: Segments 1, 2, 3 a little dilated, as are 7, 8, 9, the three latter each with a marked dorsal longitudinal keel; 10 with a similar keel, which is raised to form a well-marked projection at the base of the segment. The abdomen is black, save for a square yellow mark at the base of 7 on its dorsal side; this yellow mark covers roughly the first quarter of the segment. 1, 2, 3 have a distinct metallic-green lustre, which fades gradually and disappears almost entirely on 4. The legs are long and entirely black. Anal appendages (text-fig. 2) black, the lower one longer than the upper pair and distinctly bituberculate at its extremity, and Text-figure 2. Anal appendages of Macromia euterpe. with a slight upward curve. The upper pair each carry a very small tooth on their outer margin at the middle cf their length. This tooth is so small that it may be spoken of as ‘“ obsolescent.” The female in colouring scarcely differs from the male; tle bases of the wings have a very faint smoky-yellow tinge. The abdomen is, on the whole, stouter than in the male, and consequently segments 2, 3 and 7, 8, 9 not so markedly dilated. The types ¢ 2 will be deposited in the British Museum. Co-types ¢ 2 in Sarawak Museum and ¢ in my collection. In general, this species approaches J/. westwoodi Selys. 1 have some doubt as to whether the male from Banka described by Selys in the 2™° Addit. au Synops. Cord. is really co-specific with the female which is the type of the species. In any case the male of J. euterpe differs from that male in details of venation, in the position of the boss on segment 10, and in the BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 29 character of the upper anal appendage, which in Selys’s specimen is said to possess ‘une forte dent externe,” a description which scarcely applies to the three males of J/. euterpe now before me. The females for thei part differ in their lesser stature, as well as in venation, from the type of J. westwoodi, which appears to have been lost. 8. MAcROMIDIA FULYA, sp.n. (Text-fig. 3.) 1 g. 11.9.18 (No. 20, 1914), fully adult. Hind wing 35 mm., abdomen 37 mm., pterostigma 3 mm. Venation formula :— Ann. Bnin Ou 21—22 12—11 3— 1a. Suprat. A.A. 3 3-3 = 92) BE HOU SAG oo Text-figure 3. ee See Seas sears — a o Wings of Macromidia fulva, 3. Anal angle rather more acute, and anal margin of hind wing rather more deeply convex than in the example of J. rapida figured by Martin. Wings with a marked smoky-brown tinge, deeper in costal and postcostal spaces and at extreme base. Pterostigmata grey- brown. Head: Kyes dark brown ; upper lip yellow-brown ; the rest of the head entirely dull brown, with a slight metallic violet reflex on the frons. Prothorax dull brown. Thorax: Dorsal surface dull metallic greenish brown, with an 30 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON ill-defined antehumeral band of yellow-brown. Sides of the same colour as the antehumeral band, with a broad metallic green- brown band under each wing. Abdomen generally very dark brown ; segments 2—7 each with a ring of lighter brown distally, in 2-4 occupying nearly the hinder half of the segment, and in 2 extending forward laterally nearly to the anterior end. In each case the extreme apex of the segment has a darker ring; 8-10 are uniformly very dark brown. Legs veddish brown, darker at the articulations and terminal extremities. Anal appendages uniform dark brown in colour, similar in form to those of Jf. rapida, but the lower appendage is nearly equal in length to the upper pair. The lower margin of each of the latter is more regularly curved than in that species, and there is a small projecting median ventral tooth on each. Very closely allied to M. rapida Martin, the type of the genus, which was captured in Tonkin. The type-specimen of M, fulva is deposited in the British Museum. ZYGOPTERA. AGRIONIDZ. AGRIONINE (=CALOPTERYGINE sensu Selys). 9. MATRONOIDES CYANEIPENNIS Foerster. Matronoides cyaneipennis Foerster, Wiener Entom. Zeitung, 1897, iii.; id. Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. xli. 1897 (sep.), pp. 1-5, fig. ii.; Laidlaw, Journ. Roy. Asiatic Soc. Straits Branch, no. 63, Dec. 1912, p. 95. 149 46,5 22 (Nos. 78-89, 1914), taken between Sept. 4th and Sept. 19th, 1913, mostly on Sept. 11th. Two males were captured at about 3000 ft. above sea-level. 10. VESTALIS AMENA Selys. Vestalis amena Kirby, Cat. Odon. p. 103 (1890); Karsch, Entom. Nachr. xvii. 1891, no. 16, p. 243; Kruger, Stett. Entom. Zeit. 1898, p. 75; Laidlaw, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1902, i. p. 87; Williamson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxviii. p. 183 (1904); Ris, Ann. Soc. Entom. Belg. lv. 1911, p. 234. 1196,52@Q. One 6, 3000 ft., 4.9.13; the other specimens 10-11.9.13, no data (Nos. 91-100, 1914). De Selys has commented on the considerable differences in size existing in a number of specimens he examined from Labuan (3™° Addit. Synops. Calopt. p. 475). The extremes noted by him were as follows :— Abdomen: ¢ 38-50 mm., 2 35-34 mm. Lower wing: ¢ 31-36 mm., 9 32-35 mm. BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. Sil Measurements of the hind wings of Mr. Moulton’s specimens indicate possibly that the species presents an example of dis- continuous variation. In eight of the males the wing-length is about 37° mm., with an extreme range between 37 mm. and 38°5 mm. In all these specimens the length of the abdomen lies somewhere about 48-52 mm. In the rest of the males the length of the hind wing is decidedly less, about 34 mm., and al the abdomen roughly 44mm. | Three of the females are large (length of hind wing 37-5 mm., 37:5 mm., 39 mm. respectively); the other two smaller, with a measurement of 35 mm. apiece. The length of abdomen varies broadly as the length of the hind wing. The figures are, of course, too small to admit of any certainty, but suggest a dis- continuous variation in both sexes. The more mature specimens of both sexes, whether large or small, show the smoky shading of the wings, especially” near the margins. The younger tidividnials have the body of an intense emerald-green, in the older a more golden tone prevails. 1], PsEUDOPH#A SUBNODALIS, sp. n. Us) Bip lo MGsgalle, SWshieh WMO RSs (sos J wel aby Wey 24, 52, 60, 70, 72, 75, 1914). Hind wing: ¢ 27-28 mm., 9 27 mm. About 26 An.n. Abdomen: ¢ 33-35 mm., 9 27 mm. About 28 Pn.n. This species is, I believe, in all probability identical with the “ larger examples ” spoken of by Selys in his original description of iD subcostalis. From examples of both species that I have been able to examine from several localities they differ in certain well-marked and constant characters. P. subnodalis is distinctly larger. In none of the series is there a black ray in the subcostal space of the fore wing, and on the hind wing the space between R and Mj)49 is always un- coloured up to the level of the nodus. Theauricles on the second abdominal segment are relatively and actually larger than in the allied species, In the fully adult male the whole body is a rich velvety black, excepting the upper lip and gene, which are blue in colour and have a porcellanous texture. Younger males show traces of pale yellow dorsal and lateral markings on the thorax. Both pairs of wings have a distinct brownish tinge, deepest in the costal spaces. The lower wing has its basal third, roughly speaking, hyaline; but the subcostal Space in several specimens has a dark ray, its middle third is metallic blue or green, and its distal third is black. As already remarked, the space hounded by BR and Mj42 1s always hyaline up to the ‘nodus ; for the rest the inner margin of the metallic- blue colouring is irregular, but advances most nearly to the base of the wing in the space between M3 and My, The outer margin 3} MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON of the colouring isa straight line approximately at right angles to the long axis of the wing. (2) 1Q. 1.10.13 (No. 75, 1914). Probably belongs to this species, which appears to be the most abundant in the district where the present specimen was captured. Wings with smoky tinge. Head as in the male, but with a small pair of orange spots, one on either side of the ocelli. Prothorax black, with two small orange spots lying one over the other on either side. Thorax black, pulverulent below, marked with yellow as follows :—A dorsal band and a band running along either side of the humeral and lateral sutures, the sutures themselves marked with a black line. ; Abdomen black, sides of segment 1 yellow, 2, 3, 4 with a yellow lateral band, which is continued on 5, 6, and 7 as a very fine line. Appendages black. Legs black, the femora marked on their outer sides with yellow. The type-maleand the female described above will be deposited in the British Museum. 12. PsrUDOPH#A BASALIS, sp. n. 2 $4. Kina Balu, 11-18.9.13 (Nos. 49, 65, 1914). Hind wing 27 mm., abdomen 35 mm. An.n. 22. Pn. 29. Distinguished from its allies especially by the colour-pattern of the hind wings, by the relatively small size of the auricles on the second abdominal segment, and by the well-rounded vesicle of the penis. In both specimens the whole body and its appendages are of a rich velvety black, excepting the upper lip, the gene, and a space on either side of the eyes in front, which is porcellanous in texture and dull grey-blue in colour. The thorax is pulverulent below. The upper pair of wings have a smoky tinge, especially evident on the antenodal costal and subcostal spaces and at the apex of the wings. The basal four-sevenths of the hinder wing is of a rich metallic green or blue, excepting the antenodal costal and subcostal spaces, the median space, the quadrilateral and the submedian space. These are all very deeply tinged with black. The apical three- sevenths of the wing is entirely black, with metallic reflex. The boundary between the two colours is a straight line at right angles to the long axis of the wing, lying some 10 cells beyond the nodus. The type-male is deposited in the British Museum. 13. PsbUDOPHA SUBCOSTALIS Selys. 1 g. 20.9.13 (No. 62, 1914). Hind wing: length 24 mm. A typical example of the species. The presence or absence of BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 33: a dark line in the subcostal space of the fore wing seems to be a character dependent on the maturity or otherwise of the indi- vidual. I have seen several examples from Baram and from Saribas, and except in this particular their characters are constant. The auricles are relatively a little smaller and less prominent than in P. swbnodalis, and the space between Rand M, ,, before the nodus is occupied by opaque metallic-green colour in all the specimens | have seen. 14, DEVADETTA ARGYROIDES (Selys). Devadetta argyroides Kirby, Cat. Odon. p. 111. Tetraneura argyroides Martin, Mission Pavie (sep.), p. 17. Devadetia argyroides Laidlaw, Fascic. Malay. Zool. pt. I, ps 99: 536,692 Q, taken during September. Two femaies are noted as having been one ene at 2800 ft., the other at 3000 ft. altitude. (Nos. 1, 2, 5, 6, 12, 19, 42, 46, 53, 66, 1914.) RHINONEURA, gen. nov. A genus belonging to the legion Libellago, and closely allied to Rhinocypha, to which genus the general characters of the venation indicate near relationship. The wings are long and narrow, both pairs of equal length, pterostigmata large and inflated. Abdomen long and fairly slender, surpassing the wings considerably in length. Segments 3-7 (in the male) each about four times as long as segment 2. Legs long and slender, bat not reaching to the end of : segment 4 when adpressed. 15. RHINONEURA VILLOSIPES, sp. n. (‘Text-figs. 4, 5 A.) 1 Ss. 6.9.13 (No. 59, 1914). Kina Balu. Length of abdomen 35 mm., of hind wing 27 mm., of ptero- stigma 2°5 mm.; breadth of hind wing 4°5 mm. The insect resembles in its proportions a Diphlebia, but is, of course, smaller than the species of that genus. Wings (text-fig. 5 A) very narrow, tr: ansparent, with a very faint yellow tinge, except for the extremity of the hind wing, which becomes smoky brown at its apex from the level of the middle of the pterostigma. The latter is large, brownish black, with its costal and anal borders convex. Quadrilateral long and narrow, in the fore wing divided by 3 cross-nerves, in the hind wing by 4. “Sectors of the arculus” separated at their origin. 13- 14 antenodal costal nerves; of these only two, viz. the first and third, are continuous with the nerves of the postcostal space, and the third lies at the level of the arculus, except in the right hind wing, where an extra ( ’) Bop. continuous antenodal lies before the level of the arculus ; ee postnodals. The cells of the wings show none of the antero-posterior elongation characteristic of certain species of Rhinocypha. The nodus is distinctly proximal Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. III. 3 34 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON to a point midway between the base of the wing and the ptero- stigma. Head: Lower surface black, extremities of lower lip yellow. Upper lip yellow with a fine vertical median black line; gen yellow ; the rest of the upper surface black. Prothoraz black, a pair of minute yellow dots on the anterior lobe, and on either side three irregular yellow marks. Thorax dorsally black, with a narrow irregular antehumeral band of an orange-yellow colour, broken up into three parts on either side: of these the uppermost part curves outwards and downwards to join the yellow of the lateral surface. There isa small black mark at the top of the second suture. Under surface black. Text-figure 4. Wings of Rhinoneura villosipes, 3. Legs black, anterior surface of trochanters brown. The legs are long and slender. The third pair of femora carries on the dorsal surface of each a remarkable “fur” composed of very numerous short hairs, the longest of which are scarcely equal in length to the normal cilia of the anterior margins (text-fig. 5 A). The tibie are not dilated. The femora of the second pair of legs show a trace of “fur” similar to that of the third pair, but by no means so well developed. The abdomen is entirely black, save for the dorsal surfaces of seoments 1, 2, 3, 4, which are marked with brick-red, with black terminal rings. Segment 2 has a small black L-shaped mark running back from its anterior margin. In 3 the narrow black apical ring encloses a pair of small, circular, red points. The red colour of 4 extends about four-fifths of the length of the segment, running to a fine point apically as it disappears. Anal appendages black, the upper pair longer than segment 10, cylindrical, sharply incurved at their middles, crossing each other BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 39 near their apices where their inner sides are a little flattened. Lower pair very short, conical, parallel, and slightly curved upwards. Text-figure 5. A. Femur of Rhinoneura villosipes, 8, showing hairs. B. Anal appendages of Protosticta kinabaluensis, ¢. This very remarkable insect suggests several interesting problems. Its wings, as will be seen from text-figure 4, have all the characters which mark the small group of genera to which it belongs, and these characters in all the other genera are associated with a short depressed abdomen. The wings show a specialization approaching the condition found in the Ceenagrionine, unexcelled in any other group of Agrionine, and the question arises as to whether the specialization of the wings preceded the development of a depressed short abdomen, or whether this latter condition came into existence earlier. Or, put differently, is the long and comparatively slender abdomen of Rhinoneura a primitive condition lost in allied genera ; or does it mark a departure in the evolution of the form whieh will approximate physically still nearer to the slender-bodied Coenagrioninee ? One would like to know something of the meaning of the “fur” on the hindermost pair of femora, but unfortunately speculation on this point is useless. 16. RurNocyPHA MOULTONT, sp. n. Pyne Se Eo Se Gpon 3.) LOS. (Nios: 1G, 22.25. 57, 68, 1914). Length of abdomen, ¢ 18 mm., @ 17°5 mm.; of hind wing, 6 22 mm., ¢ 24:5 mm. De ao 36 MR. F. F, LAIDLAW ON Male. Wings without markings, with a faint yellow tinge over the whole. Pterostigma black, a little inflated, covering 4+ cells, 2mm.long. Ann. 14, Pn.n. 20, on fore wing. Quadrilateral on all wings divided into 3 cells. One row of cells only between Cu, and anal margin of wing. Cu, begins to be irregular 3 cells beyond level of quadrilateral. Head: Uabium yellow, mandibles black; labrum black, with a pair of large yellow spots. Anteclypeus black ; postelypeus black, with a large yellow mark at its summit. Frons black, with a pair of large yellow spots between the antenne. Base of antenne and a minute spot on either side of the ocelli, gene, and margin of frons along the eye up to the level of the ocelli yellow, as 1s a pair of small spots on the occiput. Prothorax black, its anterior margin yellow; a lateral spot and a mark at the base of the first pair of legs of the same colour. Thorav black, a tawny orange antehumeral stripe, incomplete above, and the spots at the base of both pairs of wings of the same colour, as is a broad lateral band extending from the base of the second pair of legs to the metepimeron. In addition there is a pale yellow line covering the upper half of the humeral suture. Under surface black, with yellow at the base of the limbs. Abdomen *: The dorsal markings are brick-red, the lateral yellow. Ground-colour black. 1 has a basal antero-lateral spot, dorsal surface entirely black. 2-9 have antero-dorsal marks, broader towards the bases of the segments, separated by the mid-dorsal carina, diminishing pro- gressively in size from 3 to 9—in 2 and 9 occupying about one- half of the total length of the segment, in 3 to 8 more than one-half. 2-8 have antero-lateral marks, confluent with the dorsal marks, but diminishing more rapidly in size. 2-6 have postero-lateral spots, in 2 confluent with the antero- lateral, in the remainder distinct. Legs black, coxee, trochanters, and a mark on the anterior surface of the femur yellow. a Anal appendages black, the upper pair twice as long as segment 10, curved inwards to meet at their extremities ; lower pair about as long as 10, conical and straight. Female. Colouring of the head, prothorax, thorax, and legs as in the male, but the yellow or orange is less vivid. Abdomen entirely without the dorsal series of marks; antero-lateral marks extend from segments 2 to 7; postero-lateral spots from | to 9, but very small on the last three. Wings with a deeper tinge of yellow than in the male. This species is very nearly allied to an unnamed species noted * In describing the colouring of the abdomen I employ a modification of the terms suggested recently by Mr. Kennedy (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvi. p. 114, 1913). BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 37 by me as occurring on Mt. Batu Lawi (Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br. no. 63, p. 95). It is distinguished from the latter readily by the yellow mark on the summit of the postclypeus and by its broader pterostigma, as well as by other characters. 17. RuINOCYPHA sp. 1 fg juv. 20.9.13 (No. 41, 1914). Probably a young example of Lhinocypha biseriata Selys, a well-known Bornean insect. Foerster has described (Ann. Soc. Entom. Belge, xli. 1897, p. 210) Rhinocypha stygia from Kina Balu. This is the only species not included in Mr. Moulton’s collection of which I can find a record. C@NAGRIONINE (= AGRIONINE sensu Selys). 18. Ca@Liccia NEMORICOLA Laidlaw. Celiccia nemoricola Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br. no. 63, p. 95 (Dec. 1912). 2= 0. membranipes (Ramb.). 63d, 2 2 G, Sept. 1913 (48, 45, 48, 54, 55, 1914). One ¢ from 3000 ft. T have carefully compared this series with the co-type of my O. nemoricola and cannot distinguish them. Dr. Ris has also kindly examined an example of each series with the same result. All the Kina Balu specimens show a very distinct antehumeral band of a blue colour which is evidently much faded in the Batu Lawi individuals, and, moreover, the last two abdominal segments in the present series are blue above, whilst in the types of C’. nemoricola no blue colour was evident. The two female specimens I cannot distinguish from the description of the female of C. membranipes (Ramb.), to which CO. nemoricola is certainly very closely allied. In the latter species the upper anal appendages are black and not blue. The measurements given for it (doc. cit.) are incorrect, and should read : Abdomen 46 mm., hind wing 28 mm. ‘These are the proportions of the specimens from Kina Balu, all of which appear to be less fully mature and less completely dried up than are the types. The type of C. nemoricola and examples of both sexes of the present series are to be deposited in the British Museum. 19. PRorostIcTA KINABALUENSIS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 5 B.) 1 g. 5.9.13 (1914, 38) (No. 17). Length of abdomen 34 mm., of hind wing 22 mm. 13 antenodals in fore wing. CuN lies halfway between base of wing and level of An,. The rudiment of Cu, lies rather nearer to An, than to An,. Pterostigma rather long, covering more than one complete cell, its costal margin shorter than the anal, its proximal side more oblique than the distal. The veins sur- rounding it thickened. Venation generally that characteristic 38 MR. F. F. LAIDLAW ON of the genus. Wings hyaline with green and lilac iridescence, R, rises from nodus, M, distal. ‘Head: Upper surface entirely black witha feeble bronze reflex, except for a pale band on the anteclypeus and for the third joint of the antenne which is light brownish yellow. Prothorav: Middle lobe primrose-yellow, anterior and posterior lobes green-bronze. Thorax: Dorsal surface entirely green-bronze ; lateral surface of the same colour with a fairly broad primrose-yellow band ; the metepimeron likewise primrose-yellow, as are the under surfaces. Abdomen dull bronze-black, the under surface paler, and seg- ments 3-8 each with a primrose-yellow apical triangular mark on the ventral side. Legs yellow, posterior surface of tibia dark brown as is the tibio-femoral articulation. Tarsi becoming darker. Anai appendages longer than segment 10. Upper pair bronze- black, lower pair rather paler. ‘The upper appendages are each curved strongly downwards, ending in a flattened leaf-shaped lobe, its apex ‘directed downwards, carrying well-developed spines on its margin. The lower pair are each stout and club-shaped, with a strong internal tooth near the base. Towards their outer extremities each carries a curious slender projection curving at first down- wards and then backwards, flattened laterally at its apex (text- fig. 5 B). These appendages present a very striking appearance, and are quite unlike those of the only other male of the genus in which the appendages have been figured (P. foerstert Laidlaw, in Fascic. Malayensis, Odonata, pt. 2, sep., p. 9, fig. 2 A, B). It seems to me perfectly reasonable to suppose that this speci- men belongs to a species distinct from P. versicolor Laidlaw, a species of which only the female is known. At present five species belonging to the genus have been described. Two of these are recorded from the Celebes, 1. e. P. simplicinervis Selys and P. gracilis Kirby. These are both large species and each has a wing-measurement of about 30 mm. The three remaining species (P. foersteri, P. versicolor, and P. kinabaluensis) described by me are smaller, with a wing- measurement of less than 25 mm, P. foersteri, from the Malay Peninsula, has its anal appendages quite different in appearance from the present species. P. versi- color is distinguishable by its remarkable colouring. 20. CERIAGRION sp. 1 g, segments 6-10 of abdomen missing (No. 70, 1914). Belongs probably to an undescribed species. At first sight it would pass for C. erwbescens Selys. However, the origin of A* is distinctly proximal to CuN; the dorsum of the thorax is of a rich, warm, brown colour, with a coppery reflex. BORNEAN DRAGONFLIES. 39 STENAGRION, gen. nov. Wings petiolated to the level of A*. Quadrilateral long. M, rises from subnodus, Rs a little distal. Tarsal claws toothed. Body very slender; male with simple upper anal appendages, female with simple posterior prothoracic margin, no ventral spine on eighth abdominal segment. Postocular spots present. This genus would appear to be in series with Pseudagrion, Stenobasis (= Archibasis), and Teinobasis. It differs from them all by the simple character of the anal appendages of the male and in the relative length of the upper margin of its quadri- lateral, in which respect it resembles Amphicnenris. 21. Srenacrion DuBIUM (Laidlaw). Pseudagrion? dubiwm Laidlaw, Journ. R. Asiat. Soc. Str. Br. MOMO SOMA ees plates Ds. ci On Or ON OmlG ear Noss lie Liao, LOA) These specimens undoubtedly belong to: the species described by me as Pseudagrion ? dubiwmi (loc. cit.). They show that there is a well-defined pair of postocular spots, nearly obliterated in the type-specimen ; and in addition, on the dorsum of the thorax on either side of the middle line lies a broad blue band, interrupted at its middle by a transverse black tine. These markings are present in both sexes, but in the type-specimen, which is a very mature individual, they can scarcely be distinguished. ca Sits Hale rays : ht Ni air rhe seed’ an wie Fiat AO CS CA stan pir ‘dont i ) oatiaap ll hearts ae ithe Mil viceidiun ¥ 4 are iif Viegipiy cea ei ee P| tad , ieee aA Peay Are mes ibaa RN a ule Ae eR iG, ig ata te wine ae FED ae a oe Pa gts a F, ie: Ai i ‘ee iV * ig iy ie ty vag 0. (oes a ; ai 4 : Fal ta Reha Fy tia a ai we ie hte’ ul aay a mit Warne ei | t “~ ch: +40 hak Rhy oh eB a te nye ag OD BE oe Ny ee Bey, iDira ink y ub sri uh i a hsy es pee, ‘Wins ne OH MRA i iyee ia oa ‘ oc, Ash wise OO wy, eh sc le een oe Ce De ihe sik dai: os yi a iat marys: i: seis Le Riles i" i . ¥ rus eh ta bs ui Mal At a pity Laan RAS WO, Wim, IPL, 1, Horace Knight, del. London Stereoscopic Co., imp. EXOSKELETAL STRUCTURE OF AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. ON AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 4] 4, Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia. By Rowianp EH. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S. [Received November 20, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.) Plate I.*) INDEX. SYSTEMATIC :— Page Aspidothynnus fossulatus, sp. 0. MALE eee OO Asthenothynnus lilliputianus, Sp. i. .......0. 06.11.20... OT 5 (UGHTROVOG, IDs 16 cop ade ceonnansoodoccabsauseaca, | BIS PF MECCHPUUSs So WS cdghascd soc vesodosehacesodees GAS) Belothynnus movetirts, Sp. Wee. -s22.2-2---0se sere seeeescssscees 48 Calopompilus auropilosellus, sp. n. 67 Ks COMMUCTHOS IDs 10S eda.cas aguekeroccenoncodmaaanes Oe a protervus, Sp. ll. 67 33 wanthochrous, sp. 0. ERO eRe Ea ui OSD Campylothynnus lumdye, Sp: We... 00. .000eseeeee sees sees... AB JEROUE: CMNOCMN NATUTalp, HDs Why sdsodsoeraceoresceorssesadeccoseceac |S S91 PAGOCMIPTOUT, SDo Ws aon coe skuacbeunceasasnon-sevdosnoscacen. OL Hlidothynnus fumatipennis, Sp. 0. ..........00-0.0. oe ve. AT Encopothynnus spinulosus, gen, et sp. 0. ............ ..... 52 Gymnothynnus carisstmus, SP. Nd. ...... 0.006. eee eevee eee. DO f (P)) GAMCROMGIELIS, Tg Wacosensoosds-sescsesocan Beh Lophocheilus rubrocaudatus, Sp. M. .....-2.000--.000--ss-. DI Neozeleboria alexandri, sp. ni. RCO ReB eeoticoeerobece nh OL, Phymatothynnus Peiorion (HSS AS) Oa 00\ dab eee dosenescardanse, iO 3 (OMSOROUS, So M6 cagcat. vaacecnodssopdesaos (all Pogonothynnus fulwohirtus, Sp. VW... 2.0.0.2. 20eeee-s. 22... AD Psammothynnus rubricans, sp. 0D. ......... Ese 2. 100) Sierola leeuwinensis, sp. n. (Family Bethylide) We eeeo ce 68 Tachynomyia maculiventris, sp. n. 4 dette) 63 Zaspilothynnus dilatatus Sm., sah Spiele 3 nov... 43 5 TOUTICOMOS:, Bi Ilo counnosnasat ondecuossveseeyoce 2B} aS ADO OONVATCRUIS BID5 TDG coc acy scacceeccsbesoeecn — Aell The species described in this paper were mostly collected by me on a recent expedition to Australia; afew have been received from the Queensland and West Australian Museums. Family THYNNID2. ZASPILOTHYNNUS UNIPUNCTATUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 1, 2.) 3. Niger; clypeo linea angusta apicali utrinque, maculaque mediana albo-flavidulis ; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis ; mandibulis macula basali flava; femoribus anticis intermediisque apice, posticis omnino, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis. 2. Nigra; mandibulis pygidioque fusco-ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali primo oblique striato, secundo circa decies transverse striato; pygidio elongato-ovato, longitudinaliter striato. ones) @ 15> mm. > 2 10mm; * For explanation of the Plate see p. 69. 42 MR. R. E. TURNER ON 3. Clypeus strongly convex at the base, obliquely depressed towards the apex, closely punctured, the apical margin broadly truncate. Head closely punctured, the interantennal prominence very broad, feebly rounded at the apex, divided by a longitudinal carina which is continued to the base of the clypeus. Thorax closely punctured; the anterior angles of the pronotum not produced ; median segment as long as broad, rounded, with two parallel longitudinal grooves on the posterior slope. Abdomen elongate, closely and shallowly punctured, the segments very slightly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal segment longi- tudinally striated, produced at the apex into a flat subtriangular lamella. Hypopygium linguiform, without an apical spine, obliquely striated above, the basal angles produced into blunt teeth. Sixth ventral segment with a spine on each side at the apical angles. Claspers truncate at the apex, with a fringe of long hairs. Second abscissa of the radius a little shorter than the third, second recurrent nervure received just beyond one- third from the base of the third cubital cell. _Pubescence on the head and dorsulum pale fulvous, whitish elsewhere. @. Clypeus punctured - rugose, without a carina. Head shining, with a few scattered punctures, subrectangular, nearly half as broad again as long, rounded at the posterior angles, the front coarsely punctured. Pronotum broader than the head, nearly twice as broad as long, opaque and shallowly punctured ; the anterior margin very shallowly emarginate, W ith a few lar ge setigerous punctures. Scutellum and median segment: shining, sparsely and finely punctured; the scutellum br oader than long, broadly rounded at the apex, dorsal surface of the median segment shorter than the scutellum. Abdomen shining, sparsely punctured ; first dorsal segment closely obliquely striated ; second with about ten transverse carine gradually decreasing in height from the apex to the base, the basal ones low and not very distinct. Fifth ventral segment longitudinally striated ; pygidial area elongate-ovate, longitudinally striated, the strize conver ging at the bares Intermediate tibiz dilated, basal joint of inter- mediate tarsi moderately broadened, Hab. Yallingup, S$.W. Australia; October to December. d¢ 2 in cop. This is nearest to 7. dilatatus Sm., from which the male differs in the sculpture and colour of the clypeus, in the distinctly coarser puncturation, and in the position of the second recurrent nervure, which is received further from the base of the cell than in dilatatus. The female differs conspicuously from dilatatus in the sculpture of the first dorsal segment and in the shape of the pygidium ; in the former character it approaches carbonarius Sm., but the pygidium is not constricted at the base in either this species or dilatatus. It is remarkable that although dilatatus is one of the commonest species about Perth in December, I did not take it at Yallingup, whereas I secured a good series of males of the present species, though not many females. This species AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 43 has not yet been taken at Perth. Mr. Giles took dilatatus on Leptospermum blossom, which the present species does not seem to frequent, most of my specimens having been taken on the wing, or resting on Eucalyptus leaves. There is no tubercle at the base of the second ventral segment of the male as there is in dilatatus, and the mesopleure of the female do not show a small dorsal surface as in that species. ZASPILOTHYNNUS DILATATUS Sm., subsp. SPICULIFER, nov. A pair received by me from Southern Cross, W. Australia. The male differs from Perth specimens in having a short but distinct apical spine on the hypopygium, and black legs. @. Nigra, mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; segmento dorsali primo punctato, secundo transverse circa 12-carinato; tibiis intermedius inerassatis. Long. 12 mm, @. Head subrectangular, more than half as broad again as long; shining, sparsely punctured. Pronotum broader than the head, sparsely and finely punctured, the anterior margin very shallowly emarginate, with a row of large punctures, from each of which springs a long hai. Mesopleurz showing a very small dorsal surface on each side at the basal angles of the scutellum. First dorsal segment punctured, with a transverse groove before the recurved apical margin; second dorsal segment with about twelve transverse carine, all low, except the two nearest the apex, the basal carinze very low andl indistinct. Pygidium not constricted at the base, obliquely truncate posteriorly, with arched carine at the base and on the basal portion of the surface of the truncation which is broadly ovate. Fifth ventral segment obliquely striated. Hab. Southern Cross, W. Australia. o¢ Q in cop. This is in both sexes very near Z. dilatatus Sm., but the male differs in the presence of an apical spine on the hypopygium and in the colour of the legs; the female in the sculpture of the basal dorsal segment and of the fifth ventral segment, in dilatatus the former is finely transversely striated, with punctures between the striz, the latter longitudinally striated instead of obliquely as in the present form, in which also the striz on the first dorsal segment are obsolete leaving only the punctures. This species is remarkable in showing a small dorsal surface of the mesopleure on each side at the base of the scutellum. This point is one of the chief characters of the subfamily Rhagi- gasterine, in which, however, it is much more strongly developed. ZASPILOTHYNNUS RUGICOLLIS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 3, 4.) 3. Niger; rugosus; albopilosus ; abdomine punctato ; pronoto angulis anticis acute producto: alis subhyalinis, venis nigris. Ke) . Rufo-ferruginea ; abdomine nigro ; segmento fons primo transverse rugoso, apice transverse cavlinet. segmento dorsali 44 MR. R. E. TURNER ON secundo transverse decem carinato, area pygidiali longitudinaliter striato; antennis nigris. Long., ¢ 18mm.; 2 11 mm. 3. Head broad, distinctly broader than the pronotum ; clypeus convex, narrowly truncate at the apex. Eyes separated at the base of the antennz by a distance equal to nearly three times the length of the scape; the interantennal prominence very broad, strongly recurved at the sides, almost transverse at the apex and divided by a low longitudinal carina. Head and thorax coarsely rugose; the anterior angles of the pronotum acutely produced ; scutellum almost flat. Median segment broader than long, strongly sloped, and closely punctured, the sides clothed with long white pubescence. Abdomen elongate, shallowly punctured, the segments slightly constricted at the base ; sixth ventral segment with a spine on each side at the apical angles ; seventh dorsal segment not produced into a lamella, coarsely striated, the striae rounded towards the apex. Hypopygium triangular, with a strong apical spine, the basal angles produced into broad rounded teeth. Second abscissa of the radius about equal to the third, second recurrent nervure received at two-fifths from the base of the third cubital cell. Hind tibiz spinose. 2. Clypeus convex, without a carina; head subrectangular, rounded at the posterior angles, nearly half as broad again as long, distinctly convex, with fine scattered punctures. Pronotum twice as broad as long, sparsely punctured, the anterior margin straight, with a transverse row of large punctures each bearing a long hair. Seutellam much broader than long; median segment broad, no lenger than the scutellum, the two combined no longer than the pronotum. Abdomen finely and closely punctured ; first dorsal segment transversely rugose, with an apical transverse carina; second dorsal segment with ten transverse carine, the two apical carine stronger and further apart than the others. Sixth dorsal segment about twice as long as broad, the sides parallel till near the apex, when they converge sharply, the apex produced into a point, the ventral plate extending beyond the dorsal and broadly rounded. Fifth ventral segment coarsely longitudinally striated. The pygidium is not constricted at the base. Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia; November. Capel River, S.W. Australia. ¢ 2 in cop. This species differs from most of the genus, in the male sex by the absence of the flat lamella on the seventh dorsal segment, and in the female by the shape of the pygidium which is not narrowed at the base. The hind and intermediate tibie of the female are much broadened and strongly spinose, but the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi is not broadened. In both sexes the species is closely related to 7. nigripes Guér., differing in the male by the larger head, coarser sculpture, and acute angles of the pronotum; in the female by the colour of the median segment and the different shape of the pygidium. AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 45 PoGONOTHYNNUS FULVOHIRTUS, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 5, 6.) 3. Niger, albopilosus; thorace supra fulvohirto; mandibulis, clypeo, lineaque pone oculos flavis ; alis hyalinis, leviter infuscatis, venis fuscis. Q. Nigra; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis; flagello fusco ; pedi- bus obscure fusco-ferrugineis; segmento dorsali secundo trans- verse Sex-carinato ; segmento sexto contracto, apice late truncato. Long., 6 20mm.; 2 12mm. 3. Clypeus moderately convex, very broadly truncate at the apex ; antenne as long as the head, thorax, and median segment combined, the interantennal prominence rounded at the apex and connected by a carina with the base of the clypeus. Head rugosely punctured, thinly covered above with fulvous pubescence ; thorax closely and more finely punctured, the dorsal surface thickly covered with long fulvous pubescence. Median segment covered with long whitish pubescence, rounded, broader than long. Abdomen shallowly punctured, the sides almost parallel, except at the extremities; sixth ventral segment with a short spine on each side at the apical angles; hypopygium broad at the base, with a strong tooth on each side at the basal angles, thence the sides converge sharply and are produced into a process longer than broad, the sides of which diverge slightly towards the apex, which is truncate at the base of the long and slightly recurved apical spine. Second and third abscisse of the radius almost equal, second recurrent nervure received at one- fourth from the base of the third cubital cell. @. Clypeus without a carina; head shining, with scattered punctures, nearly twice as broad as long, very strongly rounded posteriorly. Thorax shining, with scattered punctures; the pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, widely emarginate anteriorly, with a row of punctures on the anterior margin, from each of which springs a long hair; seutellum broader than long. Median segment very short, not more than half as long as the scutellum. First dorsal segment strongly punctured at the base, with one or two indistinct transverse strie before the strongly raised apical margin; second dorsal segment with six strong transverse carine, third and fourth segments very sparsely punctured. Pygidium contracted at the base, then obliquely truncate, the surface of the truncation ovate, the dorsal plate covering only two-thirds of the surface of the truncation and broadly truncate at the apex, two arched carine at the base of the truncation. Fifth ventral segment coarsely obliquely striated. Intermediate tibiz very stout; basal joint of intermediate tarsi moderately broadened. Hab. Yallingup, 8. W. Australia; October to December. This is near P. morosus Sm., from which the male differs in the colour of the pubescence on the head and thorax and the shghtly narrower process of the hypopygium. In both species the seventh dorsal segment is produced into a flat rugulose lamella. The female of morosws 1s unknown, but the female of the closely 46 MR. R. E. TURNER ON allied walkeri Turn. differs in the deeply emarginate apex of the dorsal plate of the pygidium. These three species are very closely allied and probably do not occur together. The only other species of Pogonothynnus which I took at Yallingup was fenestratus Sm., of which I obtained two males and a female. In one male the process of the hypopygium is narrower than in Perth specimens, in the other much broader, showing that too much importance must not be attached to small variations in the shape of the hypopygium. CAMPYLOTHYNNUS LUNDY, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 17, 18.) 3. Flavus; mandibulis apice, antennis, vertice fascia lata inter oculos, antice per ocellos posticos ad basin antennarum producta, fascia sub-ocello antico, pronoto fascia angusta transversa, meso- noto fasciis tribus longitudinalibus, scutello segmentoque mediano fascia angusta longitudinali, mesosterno, segmentis dorsalibus ventralibusque linea longitudinali mediana, tibus supra, tarsisque intermediis posticisque nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris. Q. Flava; mandibulis, fronte inter oculos ; segmentis dorsal- ibus primo secundoque fascia transversa apicali, tertio, quarto quintoque linea apicali in media dilatata, maculaque basali utrinque, pygidio, femoribus supra, tarsisque posticis nigris. Long., ¢ 23mm.; 2 14 mm. 3. Closely punctured, more finely on the abdomen than on the thorax. Interantennal prominence very broadly rounded at the apex, connected by a short carina with the base of the clypeus, which is very broadly truncate at the apex. Pronotuin vather strongly produced at the anterior angles but not forming tubercles. Apex of the scutellum raised above the level of the postscutellum. Abdomen elongate, the sides nearly parallel ; seventh dorsal segment not flattened or produced into a lamella ; hypopygium with a spine on each side at the basal angles, thence narrowly produced with converging sides and ending in a long apical spine. The second transverse cubital nervure is nearer to the second than to the first recurrent nervure. 2. Head shining, broader than long, very sparsely punctured, with a short longitudinal frontal sulcus, three large punctures apparently indicating the position of the ocelli. Thorax very sparsely punctured ; pronotum twice as broad as long, with a row of deep punctures along the anterior margin ; dorsal surface of the median segment no longer than the scutellum, First dorsal segment with a transverse carinaat the apex, with a broad groove before the carina; second dorsal segment with three strong carine, which are separated by a very broad furrow from the apical carina. Pygidium shining at the base, constricted and marked with several arched carine atthe base of the oblique osterior truncation, the surface of which is elongate ovate; the ventral plate slightly broadened and rounded beyond the apex of the dorsal plate. Fifth ventral segment coarsely longitudinally AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 47 striated. Intermediate tibiz swollen, basal joint of intermediate tarsi not broadened. A tuft of golden hairs on each side of the pygidium. Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia, 80 miles east of Perth (Urs. Lundy). December to January. ¢ @ in cop. Closely allied to C. assimilis Sm., from which the male differs in the shape of the interantennal prominence, which is pointed in assimilis, in the more prominent angles of the pronotum and in the narrower hypopygium, as well as in the much greater extent of the yellow colour. On the abdomen the colour is light orange rather than yellow. The female differs from assimilis (described by Smith as flavo- fasciatus) in the greater extent of the yellow colour, in the much greater width of the furrow before the apical carina of the second dorsal segment, and in the same difference on the first dorsal segment. The form of the pygidium is almost identical in the two species. C. assimilis occurs at Perth and also at Southern Cross, Cunderdin being about halfway between the two localities, so that this is not likely to be merely a subspecies. ELIDOTHYNNUS FUMATIPENNIS, sp. n. 3d. Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo, margine in- teriore oculorum angustissime usque ad _ basin antennar mn, lineaque pone oculos flavis ; alis fuscis, apice subhyalinis. 2. Nigra, albopilosa; ¢ capite nitido, pygidio pilis longissimis instructo ; -jnamelilelig fusco-ferruginels. Long., ¢ 26mm.; 2 12 mm. 3. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex; interantennal pro- minence almost poited at the apex, connected by a carina with the base of the clypeus; head and thorax closely punctured, scutellum and abdomen rather more sparsely punctured, median segment very closely and finely punctured. Prothorax produced into acute angles at the sides; median segment short and broad, thinly clothed with white pubescence; sides of the abdomen almost parallel. Seventh dorsal segment with curved strie, not produced into a lamella; hypopygium triangular, with, an apical spine, the basal angles produced into strong blunt teeth. Second abscissa of the radius as long as the third, second and first recurrent nervures received at almost equal distances from the second transverse cubital nervure. 2. Head fully half as broad again as long, very slightly con- vex, with a few large punctures on the front, the remainder of the head shining, with “a few scattered punctures. Thorax and median segment sparsely punctured and thinly clothed with long white hairs; the pronotum nearly twice as broad as long, very slightly narrowed posteriorly ; scutellum broad, no longer than the dorsal surface of the median segment. Basal half of the first abdominal segment raised above the apical portion and deeply emarginate in the middle posteriorly, sparsely punctured 48 MR. R. E. TURNER ON at the base and thinly clothed with long white hairs, delicately transversely aciculate on the depressed apical portion. Second dorsal segment with three strong transverse carine at the base, the apical half transversely striated; third and fourth dorsal segments closely punctured and clothed with long pubescence at the base, smooth at the apex; fifth dorsal segment closely pune- tured. Fifth ventral segment coarsely longitudinally striated, Pygidium strongly compressed at the base, She surface of the apical truncation narrowly elongate ovate, a dense tuft of pale fulvous hairs springing from each side near the base. Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia (i/rs. Lundy). December and January. & Q in cop. This is very near Z. tuberculifrons Sm., but may be distinguished in the male by the large size, the fuscous wings, the acute angles on the sides of the prothorax, and the broader hypopygium ; in the female by the much sparser puncturation of the head and thorax, and the straight instead of arched division between the punctured and smooth areas on the third dorsal segment. THYNNOIDES FUSCOCOSTALIS Turn. Thynnoides fuscocostalis Turn. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) x. p. 540 (1912), ¢ @. Further specimens of this species show that the female often has the legs ferruginous. BELOTHYNNUS NOVELLUS, sp. n. 3. Niger; mandibulis basi, clypeo margine apicali, maculaque utringue, lineaque obliqua utrinque inter antennas flavis ; femori- bus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; alis subhyalinis, venis fuscis ; segmento ventrali primo apice tuberculato. Q. Ferruginea; abdomine nigro; segmento dorsali primo transverse sex-carinato ; pygidio contracto, longitudinaliter striato, basi utrinque fasciculato, Long., d 18mm.; 2 14 mm. 3. Clypeus obliquely depressed from near the base, broadly truncate at the apex; the interantennal prominence broadly rounded at the apex ; antenne slightly narrowed at the apex, a little longer than the thorax and median segment combined. Head, thorax, and median segment very finely and closely punc- tured; anterior margin of the pronotum very shallowly and widely emarginate. Abdomen elongate, the sides nearly parallel, more ‘sparsely punctured than the thorax, the segments slightly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal segment rugose at the apex ; first ventral segment with a strong longitudinal carina, produced into a tubercle at the apex ; hypopygium with a blunt tooth on each side at the base, thence produced in an elongate triangular form to the base of the apical spine. Third abscissa of the radius a little longer than the second, first recurrent nervure received nearer to the second transverse cubital nervure AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 49 than the second, which is received beyond one-third from the base of the third cubital cell. 2. Clypeus very short, transverse, without a carina. Head rather large, more than half as broad again as long, with a dis- tinct frontal suleus, subopaque, with a few scattered punctures, strongly rounded at the posterior angles. Thorax and median segment sparsely punctured; the pronotnm nearly twice as broad as long, rectangular, with a row of large punctures along the anterior margin; scutellum very broad, as long as the dorsal surface of the median segment. Abdomen very finely and closely punctured ; the first dorsal segment with a shallow transverse groove before the apical margin; second dorsal segment with six strong transverse carinze ; fifth ventral segment longitudinally rugose. Pygidium elongate, nearly four times as long as broad, the sides nearly parallel, rounded at the apex, finely longi- tudinally striated, smooth at the apex. Intermediate tibize moderately swollen ; basal joint of intermediate tarsi spinose, but not broadened. Hab. Brisbane (Hacker). September. From the Queensland Museum. This is nearer to B. binghami Turn, than to any other species, but is quite distinct. The hypopygium is broader than in impetuosus Syn. LoPHOCHEILUS MAMILLATUS Turn, Thynnus (Lophochetlus) mamillatus Turn. Proc, Linn, Soe. N.S.W. xxxiil. p. 171 (1908), ¢. 2. Nigra: mandibulis, pedibus, segmento ventrali quinto, pygidioque ferrugineis ; antennis fuscis ; segmento dorsali secundo transverse sex-carinato. Long. 9-11 mm. 2. Clypeus without a carina, transverse at the apex; head twice as broad as long, rounded at the posterior angles, smooth and shining, with a short but distinct frontal sulcus, a few scattered punctures on the front. Thorax shining, with a few small scattered punctures; pronotum half as broad again as long, with a row of deep punctures along the anterior margin; dorsal surface of the median segment shorter than the scutellum, with large scattered punctures. First dorsal segment very sparsely punctured, with a deep transverse groove before the raised apical margin; second segment with six transverse carine, a deep, broad, transverse groove before the apical carina ; third and fourth segments very minutely punctured, with sparse large punctures intermingled; fifth dorsal segment more coarsely punctured in the middle, almost smooth at the base and apex. Fifth ventral segment on gitudinally rugose-striate. Sixth dorsal segment longitudinally striated, smooth at the extreme apex, about three times as long as the basal and twice as long as the _ Proc. Zoou, Soc.—i915, No. IV. 4 5) : MR. R. E. TURNER ON apical brealth, broadly rounded at the apex, the sides divergent from the base. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; November and December. 3 2 incop. Fremantle (type d). The nearest species to this is L. leviceps Sm., the male of which has a similar tubercle at the base of the second ventral segment, but in that species the apical segments are black in both sexes and the hypopygium of the male ‘and pygidiuim of the female are different in shape. LopHOCHEILUS L&VICEPS Sm. Thynnus leviceps Sm. Cat. Hym. B. M. vii. p. 44 (1859), 2. 3. Niger, albopilosus; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, segmento veatrali secundo basi tuberculato, clypeo apice transverse albo- lineato. 2. Nigra; mandibulis pygidioque apice fusco-ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali secundo irregulariter septem-carinato, Iboins, AO) wm, § QIN tranny, Clypeus closely. punctured, with a longitudinal carina at the base, truncate rather narrowly at the apex; interantennal prominence broad, bilobed at the apex. Head and thorax closely and rather finely punctured. Median segment very minutely punctured with large sparse punctures intermixed, thinly clothed with long white hairs. Abdomen finely and shallowly punctured, the segments slightly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal segment broadly subtruncate at the apex, irregularly longitu- dinally rugose-striate. First ventral segment with a strong longitudinal carina, deeply separated from the second, which has a strong tubercle at the base. Hypopygium strongly prominent at the basal angles, thence triangular to the base of the strong apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius nearly half as long again as the third; first and second recurrent nervures received at about the same distance from the second transverse cubital nervure. @. Head about half as broad again as long, very strongly rounded at the posterior angles, smooth and shining, with a dis- tinct frontal suleus. Thorax shining ; a row of large punctures along the anterior margin of the pronotum, which is nearly twice as broad as long. Median segment coar sely punctured, nearly as long as the scutellum. Abdomen shining, with a few scattered punctures ; first dorsal segment with a ‘deep transverse groove before the raised apical margin; second dorsal segment with about seven transverse carine, the two at the apex and the basal one high and regular, those intermediate lower and broken. Fifth ventral segment rugose. Pygidium more than twice as long as broad, the sides parallel, rounded at the apex, longitudinally striated, ‘smooth at the apex. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; December. ¢ Q in cop. This is nearest to L. mamillatus Turn., as noticed under that AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 5] species. Smith described the female only from a specimen collected on the west coast of Australia. LOPHOCHEILUS RUBROCAUDATUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 7, 8.) 3. Niger, fulvopilosus; mandibulis, clypeo margine apicali, maculaque parva utrinque inter antennas flavis ; segmentis abdominalibus sexto septimoque, femoribus intermediis apice, posticis dimidio apicali, tiblis tarsisque rufo-ferrugineis; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, stigmate ferrugineo. Q. Nigra; segmentis quinto sextoque rufo-ferrugineis ; man- dibulis, antennis, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali secundo transverse septem-carinato. Long., d 14-16 mm.; 92 10-12 mm. 3. Clypeus closely punctured, with a distinct longitudinal carina, rather narrowly truncate at the apex; interantennal carina almost transverse, not very strongly developed. Head, thorax, and median segment finely and closely punctured; the pubescence on the head and dorsal surface of the thorax fulvous, on the pleure and median segment whitish. Abdomen shining and more sparsely punctured, feebly fusiform, the segments con- stricted at the base, seventh dorsal segment with strong curved strie. Hypopygium elongate triangular, produced into an apical spine, the basal angles produced, forming rounded teeth. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third; first and second recurrent nervures received at an almost equal distance from the second transverse cubital nervure. @. Clypeus without a carina, transverse at the apex. Head nearly twice as broad as long, very strongly rounded at the pos- terior angles, shining, with a few scattered punctures and a short shallow frontal sulcus. Pronotum much narrower than the head, nearly twice as broad as long, very finely and closely punctured, with a row of large setigerous punctures along the anterior margin. Median segment sparsely punctured, the dorsal surface as long as the scutellum. First dorsal segment coarsely but sparsely punc- tured, with a deep transverse groove before the raised apical margin ; second dorsal segment with seven transverse carine, the two apical carine higher than the rest and with a broader and deeper groove between them; third and fourth dorsal seg- ments microscopically punctured, with larger punctures inter- mingled; fifth dorsal segment smooth at the base, punctured at the apex. Fifth ventral segment longitudinally rugose-striate. Sixth dorsal segment oblique, the sides parallel, rounded at the apex, nearly three times as long as broad, longitudinally striated, smooth at the apex. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; September to November. 3S 2 in cop. The fore coxee of the male are slightly concave. This may be distinguished from /. mamillatus Turn., which occurs In the same district, and is very similar in size and colour 4® D2 MR. R. E. TURNER ON of the abdomen, by the absence of a tubercle at the base of the second ventral segment, by the yellow clypeus and mandibles and ferruginous legs in the male, and by the red colour of the fifth dorsal seginent, the presence of seven (instead of six) carine on the second “dorsal segment, the longer and narrower pygidium, and the puncturation of the thorax in the female. ENCOPOTHYNNUS, gen. Nov. 3. Pronotum widely emarginate anteriorly ; abdominal seg- ments strongly constricted at the base ; ventral segments 3—6 with a spine on each side at the apical angles, dorsal segments 2-5 with a spine on each side at the apical angles ; ; hypopygium very broad, broader than long, the sides sere! the apical margin narrowly emarginate near the middle on each side of the short apical spine; maxille strongly bearded. . 2. Clypeus convex, without a carina; pronotum much longer than broad, with a median sulcus; second abdominal segment without carine, the sculpture not differing from the other seg- ments; fifth dorsal segment with a longitudinal carina; sixth segment compressed laterally, the dorsal plate obliquely depressed, very narrow, slightly broadened to the apex. This genus is somewhat allied to Doratithynnus, but may be distinguished by the spines on the dorsal segments of the male, and by the undifferentiated second dorsal segment of the female. In most of the allied genera, such as Zmesothynnus and — Acanthothynnus, the maxille of the male are strongly bearded. Type of the genus, #4. spimulosus. ENCOPOTHYNNUS SPINULOSUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 9, 10.) 3. Rufo-ferruginea ; sterno, postscutello, segmento mediano, coxis, trochanter ibus, demmoniions. tarsis intermediis et posticis, tibiis intermediis supra posticisque totis, mandibulis macula basali alba, antennisque nigris ; clypeo margine anteriore, pronoto linea angusta transversa antice, tegulis basi, postscutelloque linea angusta transversa albis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis. 2. Nigra; capite, prothorace, scutello pygidioque rufo- ferrugineis ; tibiis tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis. Long., 3 8-10mm.; 9 3-/mm. 3. Clypeus broad, very slightly convex, not much produced, and narrowly truncate at the apex. Antenne of almost even thickness throughout, short, shorter than the thorax and median segment combined ; interantennal prominence obsolete. Head and thorax sparsely but not finely punctured; pronotum as broad as the head, widely emarginate anteriorly ; median segment rounded, finely and closely punctured. Abdomen narrower than the thorax, the segments strongly constricted at the base, the sides not parallel, the third segment the broadest ; dorsal segments 2-5 with a small spine on each side at the apical angles, those on AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. a5 segments 2-4 white; ventral segments 3-6 with a spine on each side at the apical angles; all the segments coarsely punctured ; seventh dorsal segment rather broadly truncate at the apex. Hypopygium much broader than long, the sides parallel, rounded at the apical angles, the apical margin strongly but rather narrowly emarginate on each side of the short apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius about twice as long as the third ; second recurrent nervure received at about one-tenth from the base of the third cubital cell. 2. Head smooth and shining, as long as the greatest breadth, nearly twice as broad in front as on the hind margin; mandibles faleate. Pronotum nearly half as long again as broad, the sides almost parallel, a sulcus from the anterior margin rea ching beyond the middle, smooth and shining, with a row of large punctures on the anterior margin, from each of which springs a long hair. Scutellum small, strongly narrowed to the apex; dorsal surface _of the median segment twice as long as the scutellum, sparsely punctured. Abdominal segments very minutely and _ closely punctured ; a small, narrow, raised area on each side at the base of the five basal dorsal segments; fifth segment longitudinally carinated in the middle; Shit segment compressed laterally, the dorsal surface oblique, very narrow, slightly broadened towards the apex. Fifth ventral segment sparsely punctured. Hab, Kalamunda, Darling Ranges, 8.W. Australia, 850 ft. ; February to April. 2 in cop. Taken in considerable numbers on Eucalyptus blossom. GYMNOTHYNNUS CARISSIMUS, Sp. n. 3. Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo linea longitudinali nigra, linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas, pronoto margine -anteriore et posteriore, mesoplenris maculis duabus, mesonoto linea longitudinali, scutello macula mediana, maculaque utrinque angulis anticis, postscutello linea transversa, segmentisque dorsalibus 1—6, ventralibusque 2—5 fascia interrupta apicali albido- flavis ; seman 7. tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate pailide ferrugineo. 2. Nigra; tibiis tarsisque bruneo-testaceis ; segmentis abdomi- nalibus apice lateribusque luteo-testaceis, pygidio pallide ferru- gineo; pronoto plano; segmento dorsali secundo basi transverse bicarinato. Long., ¢ 9-llmm.; 9 46mm. ¢. Clypeus produced and rather narrowly truncate at the apex ; interantennal prominence broad ; antenne scarcely as long as the thorax and median segment combined, tapering slightly towards the apex. Pronotum short, the anterior margin almost straight; head and thorax finely and closely punctured, opaque seutellum shining and very strongly convex ; median segment rounded, finely and closely punctured. Abdominal segments moderately constricted at the base, shining and very sparsely ‘gyal ME. R. BE. TURNER ON punctured ; seventh dorsal segment very broadly truncate at the apex; hypopygium truncate at the apex, with a strong apical sue. Second abscissa of the radius more than half as long again as the third ; first recurrent nervure received beyond two- hate from the base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-eighth from the base of the third cubital cell. 2°. Head as long as the greatest breadth, strongly narrowed posteriorly ; a broad, shallow depression on each side, with a shallow frontal suleus, smooth. Pronotum smooth, opaque, a little longer than broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly ; scutellum transverse, broader than long; dorsal surface of the median segment no longer than the scutellum, shining, with a few scattered punctures. First dorsal segment broadly depressed at the apex, the raised basal portion strongly bilobed ; second dorsal segment with two strong transverse carine near the base, the apical margin also raised; third and fourth segments narrowly depressed at the apex. Pygidium very narrow, the dorsal plate sharply narrowed into a point at the apex, the ventral plate notched at the apex; a tuft of pale golden hairs on each side. Hab. Kalamunda, Darling Ranges, S.W. Australia; March and April. Perth; February. o¢ 2 in cop. This is related 4 G. lesogufi Turn., especially in the male sex, but the shape of the head and thorax and the seulpture of the abdomen of the female are very different. The flattened pronotum of the female seems to be characteristic of this genus. GYMNOTHYNNUS (?) MUCRONATUS, sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 15, 16.) 3. Niger: mandibulis, clypeo margine apicali, pronoto margine anteriore, * tegulis basi, scutello macula mediana, postscutelloque linea transversa pallide flavis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate fusco-ferrugineo ; hypopygio trilobato, loba apicali elongata, mucronata. 2. Fusco-nigra ; segmentis abdominalibus apice late luteo- testacels; pyg gidio pallide ferrugineo, crinito ; segmento dorsali secundo haud transverse car inato, dimidio apicali valde depresso. Long... 6 7mm.; 9 5mm. 3. Clypeus produced and narrowly truneate at the apex: interantennal prominence obsolete; antenne shorter than the thorax and median segment combined, of almost even thickness throughout; head closely punctured, the clypeus smooth and flattened. Thorax rather closely punctured; median segment smooth and shining at the base. Abdomen fusiform, the segments strongly constricted at the base, smooth and shining, the two apical segments closely punctured. The head, sides of the abdo- men and thorax clothed with long whitish hairs. Hypopygium trilobed, the lateral lobes not very strongly developed, the median lobe much longer than the lateral, nearly twice as long as broad and rounded at the apex, without an apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius more than half as long again as the third ; Mt v5) ey AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. first recurrent nervure received just beyond two-thirds from the base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-tenth from the base of the third cubital cell. 2. Head shining, very sparsely punctured, a little longer than the greatest breadth, narrowed posteriorly, not convex, without a frontal suleus. Thorax much narrower than the head; the pronotum longer than broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a median sulcus on the anterior half, slightly raised posteriorly and subtuberculate ; scutellum very small, subtriangular ; dorsal surface of the median segment shorter than the scutellum. Dorsal segments of the abdomen very broadly depressed at the apex, the raised basal portion bilobed, second segment without transverse carine. Pygidium arched, narrow, lanceolate, tle sides densely clothed with long pale fulvous hairs, which also cover the fifth ventral segment. Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia; February to March (/rs. Lundy). 3 @ in cop. This little species is not very near typical Gymnothynnus, and ean only be placed provisionally in the genus. The form of the male hypopygium is singular; aud though the sculpture of the abdomen and form of the pygidium of the female are very near G. trianguliceps Turn., the form of the head and pronotum differ very greatly. That species and Jesogufi Turn. are most nearly related to the present species, and none of them is very near typical Gymnothynnus. G. carissimus, described above, seems to form a link connecting them with the typical species. ASPIDOTHYNNUS FOSSULATUS, sp. . 3. Niger; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo linea marginali utrinque, macula minuta utrinque inter basin antennarum, pronoto margine anteriore in medio interrupto, tegulis, scutello linea abbreviata Jongitudinali, postscutello linea transversa, meso- pleuris macula parva sub alis, segmentisque dorsalibus 2-4 macula transversa utrinque flavidulis ; pronoto margine posteriore late luteo ; femoribus anticis dimidio apicali, tibiis anticis tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis. 9. Fusco-ferruginea ; thorace, segmentisque dorsalibus tertio quartoque dimidio apicali nigris ; capite utrinque concave depresso; segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadricarinato, pronoto angulis anticis tuberculatis. lbome, 6 MO mms 2 rman, 3. Clypeus convex, longer than broad, with a longitudinal carina, rather broadly truncate at the apex, the anterior angles rounded ; interantennal prominence very feebly developed ; antenne about as long as the thorax and median segment com- bined, of almost even thickness throughout. Head long and narrow, closely and finely punctured, thorax more finely and sparsely punctured ; anterior margin of the pronotum straight ; seutellum strongly convex. Abdomen elongate fusiform, the 56 MR. R. E. TURNER ON segments strongly constricted at the base; seventh dorsal segment broadly truncate at the apex; hypopygium short, very broadly rounded at the apex, with a slender apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third ; second recurrent nervure received by the third cubital cell at a distance from the base equal to one-quarter of the length of the second transverse cubital nervure. 2. Clypeus convex, but not carinate. Head a little longer than broad, subrectangular, shining, with a few scattered punctures, with a strong longitudinal median ridge, on each side of which is a large concave depression. Pronotum broader than long, very slightly narrowed posteriorly, sparsely and finely punctured, the anterior angles distinctly tuberculate ; scutellum broader than long, br oadly rounded at the apex ; dorsal surface of the median Seoment very short, not so long as the scutellum, the posterior slope oblique. First dorsal segment with the apical half depressed, the apex of the raised basal half strongly emarginate ; second dorsal Segments with four well marked transverse carine ; seoments 3-5) smooth at the base, sparsely but rather deeply punctured at ve apex. Pygidium very narrowly elongate ovate, compressed into a narrow carina at the base. Tibi ‘thickened, the basal joint of the intermediate tarsi slender, not broadened. Tarsal ungues simple, not bidentate. fab. Yalling up, S.W. Australia; ¢ 2 in cop., January 6th, 1914. Busselton, S.W. Australia ; 11 oo, January 24-27, 1914. This is the first female of the group to be described. The male is very near 4. combustus Sm., but in that species the abdomen is ferruginous. I am inclined to think that Jossulatus may prove to be only a local form of combustus, but it + 1s quite possible that the female may show stronger differences. A. combustus is from Adelaide, though the type appears to have been taken on the west coast. ASTHENOTHYNNUS VICARIUS, Sp. li. 3. Niger; mandibulis basi, macula obliqua utrinque inter antennas, linea late interrupta pone oculos, vertice macula utringue, pronoto margine anteriore et posteriore, tegulis basi, mesopleuris maculis duabus parvis, mesonoto macula quadrata, scutello macula mediana, postscutello linea transversa, seg- mentisque dorsalibus 2-6 macula obliqua utrinque flavis ; femoribus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, stigmate bruneo-testaceo ; hypopygio linguiforme. @. Fusca; pedibus bruneis, tarsis testaceis ; segmentis dorsal- ibus primo, tertio quartoque apice testaceis ; segmento secundo bruneo-testaceo, sexto ferrugineo. Long., ¢ 5-7mm.; 9 3-4mm. 3. Clypeus convex, with a low carina from the base not reaching the apex, strongly produced in the middle and narrowly truncate at the apex. Antenne shorter than the thorax and —— AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. vi median segment combined, of almost even thickness throughout, the interantennal prominence pointed at the apex. Head closely punctured; thorax shining, very sparsely punctured. Median segment rounded, shining, very minutely punctured, smooth at the base. Abdomen fusiform, flattened, the third segment the broadest ; hypopygium narrowly linguiform, without an apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius equal to the third ; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the second cubital cell second just before one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell. @. Head shining, with a few scattered punctures, without a frontal suleus, nearly twice as broad anteriorly as long, narrowed posteriorly and rounded at the posterior angles, much broader than the thorax. Pronotum narrow, without a median sulcus, a little broader anteriorly than long, slightly narrowed posteriorly, finely punctured ; scutellum very small and narrow; dorsal surface of the median segment scarcely as long as the scutellum, shining and sparsely punctured, the posterior truncation oblique. First dorsal segment broadly depressed at the apex, the raised portion broadly emarginate posteriorly ; second segment with two strongly raised transverse carine in addition to the less strongly raised apical margin; segments 3-5 with a raised area on each side strongly curved. Pygidium lanceolate. Basal joint of intermediate tarsi slender, not spinose. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; November. ¢ 2 in cop. Allied to A. pygmeus Turn. both in the shape of the clypeus and hypopygium. ‘These species are not very near typical Astheno- thynnus, but seem to form a link between that genus and Zeleboria. The female of pygmeus is unknown. The male of the present species is less strongly punctured than pygmeus, has a longer clypeus and a shorter third cubital cell, in addition to colour differences. A. deductor Turn. 1s also closely allied. ASTHENOTHYNNUS LILLIPUTIANUS, Sp. n. 6. Niger; mandibulis basi, clypeo margine apicali angus- tissime, linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas, pronoto marginibus late interruptis, postscutello linea transversa, segmentisque dorsalibus secundo, tertio quartoque macula utringue albido- flavis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate bruneo-ferrugineo ; hypopyzio anguste linguiforme. 2. Nigra ; segmento dorsali secundo ferrugineo, transverse bicarinato, margine apicali insuper reflexo; pygidio pallide ferrugineo ; ee dorsalibus apice anguste testaceis. Long., ¢ 4-0 mm.; 9 3mm. 3. Clypeus produced and narrowly truncate at the apex; interantennal prominence not much developed, almost transverse at the apex; antenne scarcely as long as the thorax and median segment combined, the apical joints very feebly arcuate beneath. Head and thorax very finely and closely punctured. Median 58 MR. R. EH. LURNER ON segment rounded, shining, very minutely punctured. Abdomen flattened. fusiform, shining; the dorsal segments very narrowly depressed at the apex. Hypopygium narrowly linguiform, with- out an apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received at about two- thirds from the base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-quarter from the base of the third cubital cell. 2. Head smooth and shining, much broader anteriorly than long, narrowed posteriorly, slightly convex ; thorax much narrower than the head ; the pronotum a little broader anteriorly than long, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a longitudinal de- pression on each side reaching from near the anterior angles to more than halfway to the posterior margin; scuteilum narrow ; dorsal surface of the median segment a little longer than the seutellum, sparsely punctured. First dorsal segment broadly depressed at the apex, the raised basal portion widely emarginate posteriorly ; second dorsal segment with two strong transverse carine near the base, the apical margin also raised ; third and fourth segments narrowly depressed on the apical margin. Pygidium narrow, the sides almost parallel. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; November. ¢ 9 in cop. Allied to A. vicarius described above, but may easily be dis- tinguished by the black legs of the male and the lateral depres- sions on the pronotum of the female. ASTHENOTHYNNUS PLEURALIS, Sp. n. gd. Niger; mandibulis macula basali, clypeo margine apicali, linea obliqua utrinque inter antennas, pronoto margine anteriore et posteriore, mesonoto macula apicali, seutello linea longitudinali, pestscutello linea transversa, mesopleuris maculis duabus, seg- mento mediano macula apicali utrinque, segmentisque dorsalibus 1-5 macula transversa laterali utrinque albido-flavis; vertice macula utrinque fusco-ferruginea ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris ; hypopygio rotundato, spina minuta apical. 2. Fusea: segmento dorsali seeundo, pygidio, tarsisque bruneo- ferrugineis ; pronoto late longitudinaliter sulcato, segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadri-carinato. Long., ¢ 9-10 mm.; @ 4-5 mm. 3d. Clypeus produced and narrowly truncate at the apex ; interantennal prominence very feebly developed; antenne scarcely longer than the thorax and median segment combined, tapering slightly towards the apex; head and thorax finely and very closely punctured; scutellum strongly convex, subcarinate longitudinally in the middle; median segment short, much broader than long, Abdomen flattened, shining and almost smooth, the two apical segments rather coarsely punctured. Hypopygium broadly rounded, as broad at the base as long, with a short apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 59 the base of the second cubital cell, second at about one-sixth from the base of the third cubital cell. 2. Head smooth and shining, slightly convex, a little longer than the greatest breadth, slightly narrowed posteriorly, with a short frontal sulcus. Thorax much narrower than the head; the A ea nearly as long as broad, the sides almost parallel, with a very broad and deep longitudinal groove dividing the segment ; seoneaiiheiey narrow, longer hem broad, pointed at the base ; dorsal surface of median segment as long as the scutellum. Dorsal seg- ments of the abdomen narrowly depressed at the apex, second segment with four transverse cavinee. Pygidium lanceolate, very narrow. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia ; November. Kalamunda, S.W. Australia; February to April. ¢g Q incop. ‘The female is the type. The male is extremely near 4. beatriz Turn., and is only dis- tinguished from that species by the rather shorter antenne, the more convex and subcarinate scutellum, and by the somewhat different yellow markings, which however are subject to con- siderable variation. The female, on the other hand, is easily distinguished from that of beatriz by the broad groove on the pronofum and the longer and narrower head. The males in this genus and in Zeleboria are often extremely near each other, and the species are not always easy to divide in that sex. AGRIOMYIA SUSPICIOSA Sm. Thynnus suspiciosus Sm. Descr. n. sp. Hymen. p. 161 (1879), ¢. Thynnus teniolatus Frogg. Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xvi. artaln (USI) ach. I have seen the type of teniolatus in the South Australian Museum. NEOZELEBORIA ALEXANDRI, sp. nh. 3g. Niger: abdomine ferrugineo, segmento primo dimidio basali nigro; femoribus, tibiis, tarsisque ferrugineis ; vertice macula utrinque fusco-ferruginea ; mandibulis, clypeo margine apicali late, tegulis, scutello macula magna mediana, postscutel- loque fascia transversa flavis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris. 2. Nigra; pedibus ferrugineis, coxis nigris ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, antennisque subtus fusco-ferrugineis ; capite utrinque late excavato; segmento dorsali secundo transverse quadri- carinato. Long., ¢ 13-16 mm.; 9 7 mm. 3. Clypeus produced and rather broadly truncate at the apex ; interantennal prominence bilobed ; antenne as long as the head, thorax and median segment combined, the apical joints slightly arcuate beneath. Head and mesonotum finely granulate and clothed sparsely with long fulvous pubescence, pleure thickly 60 MR. R. E. TURNER ON clothed with grey pubescence; scutellum and median segment very closely punctured. Abdomen elongate, shallowly punctured ; seventh dorsal segment truncate at the apex. Hypopygium gradually narrowed to the apex, where it is narrowly truncate, with a strong apical spine. Second abscissa of the radius longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the second cubital cell, second at one-fifth from the base of the third cubital cell. A tuft of pale hairs on each side at the base of the hypopygium. @. Clypeus without a carina. Head shining, sparsely punc- tured, broader anteriorly than long, narrowed posteriorly, the hind margin not as broad as the head is long; a rather deep and large depression on each side of the head between the eyes and the base of the antenne ; the head somewhat compressed at the sides. Thorax much narrower than the head; pronotum closely punctured, half as broad again anteriorly as long, narrowed posteriorly, with a longitudinal suleus; scutellum sparsely punc- tured, narrowed towards the apex. Median segment very finely and closely punctured, the dorsal surface a little longer than the seutellam. First dorsal segment with a broad transverse groove before the apex, second with four strong transverse carine ; the other segments shining, very sparsely punctured. Pygidium con- stricted at the base, the surface of the posterior truncation ovate. Tarsi slender. Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia (Mrs. Lundy); July and August. The male is rather near volatilis Sm., but the sculpture is coarser, the details of neuration rather different, and the scutellum has a yellow spot. The females of the two species are very distinct. PSAMMOTHYNNUS RUBRICANS, Sp. Nn. 3. Niger; clypeo margine apicali, mandibulis basi, pronoto margine anteriore linea transversa utrinque, scutello postscutel- logue macula parva mediana flavis; pronoto margine posteriore late tegulisque luteis; segmentis abdominalibus primo apice secundoque fusco-ferrugineis, secundo tertiogue macula obliqua laterali flavidula ; femoribus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis. Long. 8°) mm. sg. Clypeus convex, broadly rounded at the apex, with a earina from the base not reaching the apex. Head, thorax, and median segment closely punctured, the head more coarsely, the median secment very finely; interantennal prominence almost pointed at the apex; the five apical joints of the flagellum arcuate beneath. Abdomen fusiform, shining, sparsely and very shallowly punctured ; hypopygium small, emarginate at the apex, with a small spine on each side at the angles of the emargination ; some Jong curved hairs springing from beneath the ‘seventh dorsal segment. Third abscissa of the radius slightly longer than the AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 61 second; the third cubital cell receiving the second recurrent nervure at a distance from the base equal to about one-fourth of the length of the second transverse cubital nervure. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; September. In addition to colour, the rounded apex of the clypeus separates this from other species of the genus. PHYMATOTHYNNUS TONSORIUS, sp. n. (Pl. I. figs. 11, 12.) 3. Niger, fulvopilosus ; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo margine anteriore, pronoto fascia arcuata et margine anteriore anguste, tegulis, postscutelloqgue macula parva flavis; femoribus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; clypeo apice bidentato; hypopygio lingwiforme. 2. Fusco-ferruginea: mandibulis, flagello, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque bruneo-testaceis ; scutello compresso, subtuberculato ; segmento mediano obliquo, angulis anticis subtuberculatis. Long., ¢ 13-17 mm.; 2 8-9 mm. 6. Clypeus not much produced, strongly bidentate on the middle of the apical margin; the interantennal prominence only represented by tubercles at the base of the antenne ; apical joints of the antennz strongly arcuate beneath. Head, thorax, and median segment opaque, closely and rather finely punctured ; pubescence fulvous on the head and thorax, aie on the median segment and sides of the abdomen. First abdominal segment slender, broadened from the base, longer than the second, with a sulcus from the base reaching beyond the middle ; abdomen shining, sparsely and very shallowly punctured, flattened, elongate; the seventh dorsal segment and the apex of the sixth rugose. Hypopygium linguiform, without spines. Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with yellow; second and third abscisse of the radius about equal; second recurrent nervure further than the first from the second transverse cubital nervure. 2. Clypeus with a carina; the front deeply emarginate anteriorly and subtuberculate at the base of the antenne, with a short frontal sulcus. Head shining, with scattered punctures, nearly twice as broad as long, strongly rounded posteriorly. Thorax and median segment very finely punctured ; the pro- notum more than half as broad again as long, depressed at the anterior angles, the anterior margin distinctly carinate between the depressions; scutellum strongly compressed and subtubercu- late. Median segment oblique, the anterior angles subtuberculate. Abdomen finely and closely punctured ; first dorsal segment narrowly depressed at the apex ; second transversely rugulose between two transverse carine, the apical margin raised, with a deep groove before it. Pygidium entire, almost vertical, broadly ovate, longitudinally rugulose. Fifth ventral segment punctured rugose. Hab. Yallingup, 5.W. Australia; September to November. d 2 in cop. 62 MR. R. E. TURNER ON This is related to P. nitidus Sm., but the male may be easily distinguished by the colouring and the bidentate clypeus; the female by the compressed and subtuberculate scutellum, the somewhat similar tubercle in nitidus being on the base of the median segment. These two species form a group rather distinct from P. monilicornis, the type of the genus. The male of this species was attracted at Yallingup in large numbers to hair lotion, the chief ingredient of which was oil of bergamot. PHYMATOTHYNNUS PYGIDIOPHORUS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 13, 14.) . Niger, albopilosus; alis hyalinis, venis nigris; hypopygio tr a angulis apicalibus brevissime dentatis, spina apicali magna, limoranaserho ®, Nigra, antennis pygidioque fusco-ferrugineis ; capite thoraceque nonnunquam ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali sexto basi constricto, lateribus mareinato: . Long., ¢ 10 mm.; 2 5-6 mm. 3g. Clypeus with a carina, produced and narrowly truncate at the apex; interantennal prominence strongly developed, broadly rounded at the apex; antenne with the apical joints strongly arcuate beneath. Head rather broad, coarsely rugose. Thorax deeply but not very closely punctured; the pronotum with the anterior angles slightly prominent ; median segment rounded, finely and closely punctured. Abdomen canines the punctures almost obsolete, subfusiform, the first segment slender at the base; seventh dorsal segment punctured-rugose. Hypo- pygium broad, with parallel sides, short, broadly truncate at the apex, the apical angles produced into short, delicate spines, the apical spine very stout and long. Second abscissa of the radius distinctly longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received nearly half as far again as the second from the second transverse cubital nervure, the second recurrent received at about one-fifth from the base of the third cubital cell. Q. Head subrectangular, half as broad again as long, rounded at the posterior angles, rather closely punctured, the clypeus without a carina, the front with a short sulcus and produced into small tubercles at the base of the antennz. Pronotum a little longer than broad, sparsely punctured. Scutellum broader than long, no longer than the dorsal surface of the median segment. Abdomen closely and finely punctured ; first dorsal segment with a transverse groove before the apical margin; second transversely rugulose between two transverse carine, a broad transverse groove before the raised apical margin. Pygidium narrowed at the base, the sides margined from the base by divergent carine, broadly rounded at the apex. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; September to November. 3 2 in cop. The male is rather near 7. monilicornis Sm., but the hypopygium AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 63 is much larger and broader; the female, however, differs in the shape of the head and most notably i in the shape of the pygidium, which, unlike typical Phymatothynnus, is narrowed at the base and margined. TTACHYNOMYIA MACULIVENTRIS, Sp. 0. 3. Niger, albopilosus; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo margine apicali et in medio, macula parva utrinque inter antennas, pronoto fascia arcuata, scutello postscutelloque macula parva mediana, segmentis dorsalibus 2-6 macula magna. laterali utrinque, ventralibusque 2-6 fascia lata vix interrupta flavis ; femoribus, tibiis, tarsis, segmentoque ventrali septimo ferru- ginels ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris; segmento ventrali primo acute tuberculato. 3g. Head finely rugose; thorax and median segment very closely punctured ; abdomen shining, shallowly punctured. Clypeus without a carina; interantennal prominence bilobed ; anterior margin of the pronotum broadly arched. First ventral segment with an acute tubercle at the apex, deeply separated from the second segment. Sides of the hypopygium parallel on the basal half, then strongly convergent to the base of the apical spine. The three apical joints of the maxillary palpi are longer than the others, but not very elongate. Second recurrent nervure received at about one-seventh from the base of the third cubital cell. Hab. Cunderdin, W. Australia; September to October (Mrs, Lundy). This species is easily distinguished from all others of the genus by the yellow markings of the abdomen, and the tubercle on the first ventral segment. The form of the hypopygium is very similar to that of 7. abdominalis Guer. EIRONE ALBOCLYPEATA, sp. n. d. Niger; clypeo macula apicali triangulari lineaque mar- ginali wtringue, pronotoque margine anteriore linea transversa utrinque albis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris. 2. Rufo-ferruginea, nitida ; abdomine nigro, segmento sexto ferrugineo ; scutello latitudine duplo latiore. Long., ¢ 85 mm.; 2 5°5 mm. 3. Clypeus with a depressed, oblique, triangular truncation at the apex. Head rather broad, not convex, closely and rather strongly punctured; the four apical joints of the flagellum arcuate beneath. ‘Thorax more finely punctured than the head ; median segment rounded. Abdomen shining, closely and finely punctured ; seventh dorsal segment with larger punctures, broadly rounded at the apex. Hypopygium rounded, ciliated. 9. Head subrectangular, as broad as long, smooth and 64 MR. R. E. TURNER ON shining. Pronotum longer than broad, emarginate posteriorly ; scutellum about twice as long as broad, more ‘than half as long as the pronotum; thorax band median segment smooth and shining, with a few scattered punctures. Median segment longer than the pronotum, much longer than broad, gradually broadened from the base. Abdomen elongate, subcylindrical, shining, sparsely and finely punccured, with a few larger elongate punctures. Pygidium with a broad median carina. Hab. Yallingup, S.W. Australia; November. <¢ 2 in cop. The male is nearest to #. vitripennis Sm., but im that species the head is rather strongly convex posteriorly and much less strongly punctured. The female has the head broader than in vitr- pennis, the seutellum longer, and the whole insect more polished ‘and less strongly punctured; there is also no longitudinal impressed mark on the dorsal segments. EIRONE RUFODORSATA, sp. n. 3. Niger; clypeo postscutelloque luteis ; pronoto, mesonoto, scutello ime eulisque ferrugineis; alis hy ates venls nigris. Long. 9 mm, 3g. Clypeus almost flat, with a carina, the apical margin transverse; head and thorax finely and closely punctured ; the front between the antenne widely emarginate. Pronotum less closely punctured than the mesonotum, narrower than the head, the anterior margin transverse and slightly raised; scutellum narrowly rounded at the apex; median segment rounded, very finely punctured. Abdomen shining, shallowly punctur ed ; hypopygium rounded and ciliated. Third abscissa of the radius a little longer than the second ; first recurrent nervure received at the middle of the second cubital cell, second at about one- third from the base of the third cubital cell. Hab. Herberton, N. Queensland (Dodd). The colouring is quite different from that of any other species of the genus. KIRONE FERRUGINEICORNIS Turn. Hirone ferrugineicornis Turn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 265 (iGO), ee The type came from Hermannsburg in Central Australia. I took five males at Kalamunda, in the hills behind Perth, in February. Family SCOLIID &. Subfamily ANTHOBOSCINA. ANTHOBOSCA CLYPEATA Sim. Dimorphoptera elypeata Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 240 (1868), @. AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. 65 Anthobosca clypeata Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxxii. p. 922 (1907). This appears to be a most variable species as to colour. The type, said by Smith to come from Champion Bay, though it is labelled ‘Swan River,” has the second, third, and fourth dorsal and second and third ventral segments broadly banded with ferruginous ; specimens from the Warren River, 8.W. Australia, are without the bands on the fourth dorsal and third ventral segments, but are undoubtedly of the same species. In the Australian Museum are specimens from Albany, W. A., collected by Masters, in which the thorax is richly variegated with yellow, and a form from Cunderdin in the West Australian Museum has the markings on the abdomen also yellow. Not having been able to compare these last two forms, I cannot be sure that they belong to the same species, though the neuration agrees, both recurrent nervures being received by the second cubital cell. With the Warren River females in the South Australian Museum is a male closely resembling A, crassicornis Sm., but differing in having the abdomen black, with the two apical segments ferru- ginous, and the antennte distinctly shorter and stouter than in the type. The latter difference must, I think, be specific, so that crassicornis cannot be the male of clypeata, though it must belong to a nearly related species, ANTHOBOSCA FASTUOSA Sm. Dimorphoptera fastuosa Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 240, 2. Anthobosca fastuosa Turn. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. xxxii. puozl(LIOs) ore The type from Champion Bay has the three apical segments of the abdomen black. A specimen in Mr, Froggatt’s collection from Southern Cross, W.A., has these segments ochraceous, so that the abdomen is all of one colour, giving the specimen a very strong resemblance to the female of Scolia (Trielis) flavidula Sm. This is probably only a colour variety, though it may possibly prove to be distinct. Family PSAMMOCHARIDS®, CALOPOMPILUS XANTHOCHROUS, Sp. Ni. @. Niger; mandibulis apice, femoribus, tibus tarsisque ferru- gineis; alis flavis, fusco bivittatis, margine apicali imsuper infuscatis. Long. 7-10 mm. @. Mandibles bidentate; clypeus short, very broadly truncate at the apex; antenne slender, second joint of the flagellum a little longer than the third, shorter than the third and first Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. V, ) 66 MR. R. E. TURNER ON combined ; ocelli very close together, the posterior pair more than twice as far from the eyes as from each other. Scutellum a little longer than the length of the transverse groove at the base, broadly subtruncate at the apex. Median segment as long as broad, with a longitudinal suleus from the base to the apex. Head opaque, thorax subopaque, abdomen shining ; hind tibie feebly serrate, not spmose. Second abscissa of the radius shorter than the third, second cubital cell narrow ; first recurrent nervure received close to the middle of the second cubital cell, second at one-third from the base of the third cubital cell. Cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond the transverse median nervure. Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2300 ft.; January to March. Nearly allied to C. alicie Turn. from the same locality, the colouring of the wings and the position of the cubitus of the hind wing being the same in both species. In alicie the antenne are much shorter and stouter, the scutellum shorter and broader, the two basal abdominal segments more or less ferruginous,.the third abscissa of the radius much shorter, being only about balf as long as the second, and the hind tibiz more distinetly serrate and slightly spinose. From the position of the cubitus of the hind wing these two species would, according to Ashmead’s table, fall stathoy the genus Hemipogonius Sauss.; but this character is certainly not of generic importance, and I am inclined to think that Ashmead’s name Calopompilus should sink, The comb of the fore tarsi is entirely absent in alicia and xanthochrous, though a few very minute spines are visible with the lens. But among Australian species many intermediate forms are to be found, and I doubt if Calopompilus ov Hemipogonius can be clearly separated from Cryptocheilus. CALOPOMPILUS CONNECTENS, Sp. 71. Q. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo apice, antennis, articulis duobus apicalibus exceptis, femoribus, tibiis, tarsisque ferrugineis ; alis flavo-hyalinis, fusco-bivittatis, margine apicali insuper infuscatis. Long. 8 min. 2. Antenne slender, the proportion of the joints as in awanthocnrous, from which the species differs in the shorter seutellum, the absence of a sulcus on the median segment, the position of the first recurrent nervure, which is received distinetly before the middle of the second cubital cell, the shorter third abscissa of the radius, which is only equal to the second, and the colour of the antenne, mandibles, and clypeus. Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2300 ft.; January. The hind tibie in this species are almost smooth, the serration being very feeble. AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. b/ CALOPOMPILUS AUROPILOSELLUS, Sp. Nn. Q. Nigra, aureo-sericea; mandibulis, clypeo apice, scapo subtus, flagello basi, tegulis, ano, pedibusque ferrugineis; alis flavis, nigro-trifasciatis. 3d. Femine similis; flagello nigro. Rone. 2 id mnie lemma, @. Clypeus broad and short, broadly subtruncate at the apex; labrum slightly exposed, subtruncate at the apex. Antenne rather short and stout; second joimt of the flagellum about as long as the first and third combined, third a little longer than the fourth. Kyes almost parallel on the inner margin; ocelli in a small triangle, the posterior pair twice as far from the eyes as from each other. Scutellum broadly subtruncate at the apex; median segment with a deep median sulens. Abdomen subopaque, the second ventral segment with a distinct transverse groove near the base; pygidium broad. The whole insect more or less densely clothed with golden pubescence, most closely on the posterior margin of the pro- notum, the pleure, the median segment, and the apical angles of the dorsal segments. Hind tibiz spinose, distinctly serrate on the outer side. Second abscissa of the radius about equal to the third; first recurrent nervure received at two-fifths from the base of the second cubital cell, second at three-fifths from the base of the third cubital cell. Cubitus of the hind wing interstitial with the transverse median nervure. The black bands on the fore wing are broad and completely cross the wing, the first on the basal nervure, the second from the base of the radial cell, the third is apical; the two latter converge towards the lower margin. Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft.; January to March. The male differs in having the flagellum wholly black, the margins of the abdominal segments pale ferruginous; the second joint of the flagellum a little shorter than the third. The colour of the wings is similar to that of C. molestus Sm., but the antenne are shorter and stouter, the hind tibize more distinetly serrate, the position of the recurrent nervures very different, also the colour of the pubescence. The antenne are not quite so stout and short as in pictipennis Sm. CALOPOMPILUS PROTERVUS, Sp. Nn. 2. Nigra, albopubescens ; segmentis dorsalibus fascia apicali interrupta albopilosa ; alis fuscis, cellula radiali macula apieali, cellulaque discoidali secunda striga basali flavis; segmentis analibus lateribus valde compressis; tibiis posticis basi albo- maculatis. Long. 19 mm. @. Clypeus broadly subtruncate at the apex; the labrum exposed, narrowly and shallowly emarginate at the apex, a loug seta springing from each of the angles of the emargination. HK 5 68 MR. R. E. TURNER ON Antenne fairly stout, but not short ; second joint of the flagellum as long as the first and third combined, the third fully half as long again as the fourth. Eyes slightly diverging towards the elypeus ; posterior ocelli a little further from the eyes than from each other. Thorax subopaque, finely aciculate ; scutellum tri- angular, very narrowly rounded at the apex. Median segment short, opaque, with a deep median sulcus. Abdomen sub- opaque ; first dorsal segment as broad as the second, the three apical segments strongly compressed laterally, the dorsal surface of the sixth segment almost linear ; second ventral segment with a distinct, but not very strong, transverse groove neat the base. Hind tibie spinose, the spines short; calcaria white, black at the extreme apex. Second abscissa of the radius distinctly longer than the third; first recurrent nervure received at three-fifths from the base of the second cubital cell, second at two-fifths from the base of the third cubital cell. Cubitus of the hind wing originating just before the transverse median nervure, almost interstitial. Hab. Kalamunda, 8.W. Australia, April. This ig somewhat allied to OC. lunatus Sm., but is easily distinguished by the different proportions of the joints of the flagellum, by the difference in the yellow marks on the fore wings, by the more triangular scutellum, and most conspicuously by the strongly compressed anal segments. Family BETH YLID4. SIEROLA LEEUWINENSIS, Sp. 0. @. Nigra, antennis pedibusque testaceo -ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis; venis ferrugineis, basi testaceis; capite magno, latitudine duplo latiore. Long. 3 mm. 9. Head very large, flat, twice as long as broad, longer than the antenne. Eyes large, oval, separated from the posterior margin of the head by a distance at least equal to their own length ; ocelli situated close to the posterior margin of the head, far behind the eyes. Head, thorax, and median segment coria- ceous, abdomen smooth and shining; the pronotum broader than long, a little narrowed anteriorly ; mesonotum short, with a distinct longitudinal furrow on each side; a distinct transverse groove at the base of the scutellum ; median segment margined at the sides, with an obscure median carina. Fore wing with a prostigma and a closed discoidal and radial cell as in other species of the genus. Hab. Yallingup, 8.W. Australia; December. This is distinct from the two Australian species described by Ashmead, having a carina on the median segment and a furrow on each side of the mesonotum. gg AUSTRALIAN FOSSORIAL WASPS. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. 69 1. Zaspilothynnus unipunctatus Turn. ¢. Apex of abdomen. Dorsal view. 2. bb} e ” e = 39 U by) 39 39 3. Zaspilothynnus rugicollis Turn. ¢. a 3 le 4. bb) ib) P 39 u bP] ” 33 5. Pogonothynnus fulvohirtus Turn. ¢. 5 ss x 6. 3” 33 seh) 2 2 33 39 39 7. Lophocheilus rubrocaudatus AW, go - ns 8. bb) ” 3° 2 39 Es o” 5 Se 9. Encopothynnus spinulosus Turn. g. Abdomen. Dorsal view. 10. 9 ” oy) 2 0 ee : 11. Phymatothynnus tonsorius Turn, §. Apex of abdomen. Dereal view. 12. 0 99 bb) ah - ” 39 ” 13. Phymatothynnus pygidiophorus (Nim, Bo ep au a 14. 33 39 an 33 Y 33 99 29 15. Gymnothynnus (2) mucronatus Turn. Gis 3s oe Fo = 16. +b) 3” me 3° 2 WO tL) 33 33 17. Campylothynnus lundye Turn. ¢. a 3 . 18. 33 33 3) 2 Y thT 29 ” ah ae haat ry 4 ee, oa fit +, ct wh seen aa! i ueeg i aan Spihes pias pines i ; c at ‘ ; ee an ; Nes Ly Sa men Aes s Roe en ae ata Prati! , ny seis Neves! nee ve mornin a 5 a Taleo. Wek Ain, Perens A Au ie HLS : Patel hy Cs ete SE om. at res ie i M, 7 goth Bk ve en ts Bp opel a , . ‘ gi esencs Pai NS ho bans pe Ae ah oe ees tapes ae ny a BLO ee eg Ye ea ean: ; yas ry 7 } de esa Pay ie ce j een try fy rye gem ta eS bh ie ety 22 seen hae NA Kev SL ae ip Li) Oar Ea u ee a esi, as ; i ; ye ’ ; tid rates ie HS ae ath} ) ey , “ : : I ‘ yk | a dt wea. ae aa fe; SS aa hk te ee son, itd imp els e & Dani Bal EI er OLED aaa nner Sie ses LIMNOCNIDA RHODESIAE, x about 8. = = A, . eal Oo ZA a ‘S) O aa of fa) | O (Za 4 < re} o wn) N ay del. ’ rere: nthe Arnold ‘es ~T = ON AN AFRICAN MEDUSA. 5. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River System, with a Note on a Parasitic Infusorian. By G. Arnotp, M.S8c., A.R.C.S., Curator of the Rhodesia Museum, Balayay ir dui Ore ere een ies M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.8., Zoological Department, The Univer ns of Birmingham. [ Received December 1, 1914; Read March 9, 1915. ] (Plate I.* and Text-figures 1 & 2.) INDEX. Page Anatomy of Limnocwida rhodesia@ 0... ..0:cscssersesiseeterenserseee 18 Trichodina parasitic on Limnocnida spp. oc. cccece cove eeee cence 75 Limpopo kh. system, occurrence of Limnocnida rhodesia ...... 71 The meduse which form the subject of this communication were obtained by one of the authors during January 1913 in the Norquane River, a minor tributary flowing through the Inziza and Umzingwane Rivers to the Limpopo. They were identified as belonging to the genus Limnocnida, and the new fact in the. distribution of this form was recorded in a letter to ‘Nature’ in April of the same year (17). A number of specimens were sent to England, and proved to belong to the same species, Limnocinida odesice Boulenger, as those collected during 1908 by Mr. R. H. Thomas in the Hunyani River, a southern tributary of the Middle Zambesi. Limnocnida phodesice was described in 1912 (14) from some- what scanty and poorly preserved material, so that, in addition to their interest from the zoo-geographical point of view. the Norquane River specimens afford an opportunity of adding to our knowledge of this species. Species of the genus Limnocnida have now been recorded from the five principal river-systems of Africa, as well as from India. The type species, L. tanganice, discovered by Bohm (1) in Lake Tanganyika in 1883 and described by Giinther ten years Jater (2, 3), has been found to occur also in the Victoria Nyanza (6-8) as well as in the River Niger (9,10). JZ. rhodesiw is now known to inhabit Rhodesia both in the Zambesi and Limpopo river- systems ; and the Indian species has been described under the name of L. indica (15) from tributaries of the Kistna River in the Satara district of the Bombay Presidency. The Norquane River is situated in the Bembesi district of Southern Rhodesia, about 30 miles W.N.W. of Bulawayo. This stream usually contains water throughout the year, but the visible fiow is interrupted during the “dry season by sandy bars, whereby the course is broken up into a succession of pools. * Por explanation of the Plate see p. 76. 12 MR. G. ARNOLD AND DR. C. L. BOULENGER ON About a mile above its junction with another small stream, the Nongqua or Noonka, the Norquane River is broken by a large granite bar which during the rains forms a small waterfall. No jellyfishes were seen above this bar, but down to the junction of the two streams all the pools contained them. The vegetation of the latter consists of water-lilies and Potamogetons together with a submerged plant (not identified) which forms thick carpets on the bottom. The remainder of the fauna comprises the usual aquatic insect larvee, freshwater crabs, mussels, and two small species of fish. The jelly-fish in the living state vary in size from about 6-16 mm. in diameter, the depth of the umbrella varying corres- pondingly from 3-6°5mm. when in the uncontracted condition. They are very transparent; the tentacles are, however, of a milky white colour and more opaque, whilst the umbrella-edge and the base of the manubrium are of a pale yellowish- omhiie and also slightly opaque. When, therefore, the animal is viewed from above, at a distance of two feet or so, only a central patch is seen separated by a transparent area from an external opaque ring. The meduse move fairly rapidly, at 5 rate of 12-14 inches per minute; the tentacles usually take part in the wave of con- traction whereby locomotion is effected, but are sometimes kept extended during the whole phase. The manubrium, or stomach, appears to aid in locomotion, being emptied and refilled with water at each contraction. The deeper and larger pools contained far greater numbers of these creatures than the shallow ones: this is no doubt largely due to the difference in temperature between these bodies of water, the temperature being of course higher in the smaller and shallower pools. Careful observation made it clear that the jelly- fish prefer the cooler waters. This was especially seen in the fact that during the hotter hours of the day, 7. e. from about 11 A.M. to 4 p.M., very few meduse were to be seen near the surface; they remained at a level of about two feet below the same, where the water was appreciably cooler. In the early morning and in the evening they were as plentiful at the surface as at deeper levels. It was noticed that the fish in the stream did not attempt to feed on the medusee—indeed, some of the smaller fish were seen to swim out of the way of an advancing medusa; it is probable, therefore, that their stinging powers render them unpalatable. Although carefully sought for, no traces of a hydroid stage were found. . Plate 1, shows the appearance of the living animal; after fixation the natural shape of the medusa is not easily appreciated, preserved specimens presenting the flattened umbrella and widely open mouth so generally associated with the genus Limnocnida. The specimens received in England had been fixed with various reagents, chiefly corrosive sublimate and osmic acid: all, unfor- tunately, had the umbrella-edge, the tentacles, and the manubrium AN AFRICAN MEDUSA. is much contracted, so that the largest specimens measured no more than 6°5 mm. in diameter, exclusive of the tentacles. Umbrella.—tIn all the preserved specimens from the Norquane River, the umbrella is disk-shaped and considerably flattened at the top; itis about 34 times as broad as high. Manubrium and Mouth—The manubrium is also much con- tracted in all the individuals, and the mouth appears as a wide circular aperture. Observations on the living animal showed, however, that the mouth could be completely closed. In this connection it will be recalled that one of the Zambesi specimens of L. rhodesie was described as possessing an almost conical manubrium and a nearly completely closed mouth. Gravely and Agharkar (16) have shown that ZL. indica is also capable of closing the mouth, small specimens doing so more frequently than large ones. Gonads.—The gonads are poorly developed in all the indi- viduals ; so far as could be ascertained the majority belong to the male sex. The Norquane specimens were collected about the same time of the year as the originally described specimens of L. rhodesie ; these also had the gonads poorly developed except in One instance, where a fairly well-formed ovary occurred. Text-figure 1. Longitudinal horizontal section through part of the nettle-ring of Limnocnida rhodesie, X about 150. e.c., circular canal; end., endoderm; 7.r., nettle-ring; Tr., parasitic Trichodina. Tentacles.—In structure and arrangement the tentacles are precisely similar to those of the Zambesi specimens. The number of these organs varied in the different individuals from about 85 to 110; owing to the state of contraction of the umbrella-edge they appear very closely crowded together, and are therefore somewhat difficult to count with any accuracy. As in the other Species the tentacles are arranged in series, according to size— the perradial, interradial, and adradial being the largest. The larger tentacles have long narrow bases attached to the exumbrella surface of the bell and devoid of nematocyst batteries; the smaller ones are more cylindrical in shape and are only attached 74. MR. G. ARNOLD AND DR. C. L. BOULENGER ON to the umbrella for a short distance. The nematocysts are similar to those of L. tanganice. Nettle-Ring.—As in the type specimens of ZL. rhodesice, the nettle-ring is comparatively narrow and thickened and folded round the bases of the tentacles in such a-way as to form structures resembling the tentacle-bulbs which occur in so many craspedote medusxe. These “tentacle-bulbs” are particularly conspicuous in the specimens from the Norquane River: this is probably due, in part, to the great contraction of the umbrella- margin, which is thus thrown into folds. As the structure of the nettle-ring and other organs of the umbrella-edge forms the chief distinguishing character between L. rhodesie and L. tanganice, it seemed important to ascertain by means of sections whether the peculiar appearance of the tentacle- bases in the former species is due entirely to this folding of the nettle-ring whilst the medusa is in a contracted condition. A series of sections was cut in a longitudinal horizontal direction through the umbrella-margin, and such sections show quite clearly that, although the nettle-ring is a continuous structure, it is con- siderably thickened at the base of each tentacle, these thickenings forming the characteristic basal swellings which resemble the tentacle-bulbs of other meduse. In its histological structure the nettle-ring of Z. rhodesie is precisely similar to that of Z. tanganice as described by one of the authors in a previous communication (12). Text-figure 2. Seuse-organs of Limnocenida rhodesie (A) and L. tanganice (B) viewed under the same magnification. XX 170. Sense-Organs.—The sense-organs are only slightly less numerous than the tentacles: for instance, in the case of an individual with 96 tentacles, 84 of these organs were counted. This is due to the very definite relation between the arrangement of the sense- organs and that of the tentacles in this species: a pair of the former being situated at the base of each of the larger tentacles near the velar margin of the nettle-ring, whilst a single sense- organ occurs in a sunilar position at the base of each of the other tentacles with the exception of the smallest, which are without these organs. In the description of the Hunyani River specimens of ZL. rho- desiw (14), mention was made of the fact that the sense-organs AN AFRICAN MEDUSA. 75 of this species appeared to be somewhat larger than those of L. tanganice. This statement is correct also with regard to the specimens from the Norquane River. A number of the sense- organs from different individuals of ZL. rhodesiw were measured with care, and the average diameter found to be 135 w; exami- nation of preparations of LZ. tanganice showed the diameter of the sense-organs of this species to average 70 x and not to exceed 90 yx (at least in the few specimens at our disposal). The latter measurements were taken from some medusze collected by Dr. Cunnington in Lake Tanganyika in 1905. There seems to be no definite statement as to the size of the sense-organs in any of the numerous descriptions of the Tangan- yika medusa. Giinther (3), however, figures two of these organs x 1000, which by calculation gives the diameter as 60 p, this agrees fairly well with the measurements given above. Parasitic Infusorians.—A nnandale (15) recorded the occurrence of numerous examples of 7’richodina pediculus Khrenberg on the manubrium of specimens of L. indica. A peritrichous infusorian belonging to the same genus was found in great abundance on many of the specimens of L. rhodesicee from the Norquane River, occurring not only on the manubrium but also on the velum, the tentacles, and the surface of the umbrella, sometimes in such numbers as to give the whole medusa a spotted appearance when viewed under a lens or a low power of the microscope. Sections of a medusa showed a number of these infusorians inside the circular canal which runs peripherally along the umbrella-margin; they showed no signs of having been acted on by digestive juices, and were as well preserved and stained in the same way as those occurring on the umbrella surface: this suggests that 77ichodina is able to lead an endoparasitic existence within the gastrovascular system of the meduse. The occurrence of Z’richodina on both the Indian and Rhodesian species of Limnocnida led us to examine some preparations of LL. tanganice. These revealed the fact that this species also is infested with this infusorian, which in warmer countries therefore turns out to be a fairly constant associate of freshwater jellyfish, and must play much the same réle with regard to these organisms as it does in the case of the species of Hydra in this country. Bibliography. 1. Marrens, E. von, and Boum, R.—‘‘ Ueber eine Qualle im Tanganyika See, mit Bemerkungen.” Sitzgsb. naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1885, p. 179. 2. Gtnruer, R. 'T.—‘ Preliminary Account of the Fresh-water Medusa of Lake Tanganyika.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xi, 1893p. 269: 3. . “A farther Contribution to the Anatomy of Limno- enida tanganyice.’ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxxvi. 1894, p. 271. 76 10. Ad: 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. TR ON AN AFRICAN MEDUSA. GuERNE, J. DE.—“‘ A propos d’une Méduse observée par le Dr. Tautain dans le Niger 4 Bamakou (Soudan frangais).” Bull. Soe. Zool. de France, vol. xvii. 1893, p. 225. Trans- lation in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xiv. 1894, p. 29. Moors, J. E. 8. 2ST AS Tanganyika Problem. London, 1903, p. 298. Lankesrer, E. R.—‘‘ Exhibition of Specimens of Medusee from the Victoria Nyanza.” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1908, ii, p. 340. GraviER, C.—“ Sur la Méduse du Victoria Nyanza et faune des grands lacs africains.” Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. ix. 1903, p. 347. . “Sur la Méduse du Victoria Nyanza.” CR. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. exxxvil. 1903, p. 867. Browne, E. T.—-“ On the Freshwater Medusa, Limnocnida tanganice, and its Occurrence in the River Niger.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xvii. 1906, p. 304. —. ‘On the Freshwater Medusa, Limnocnida tanganice. discovered in the River Niger by the late J. S. Budgett.” The Work of John Samuel Budgett, Cambridge, 1907, p. 471. Gtnrner, R. T.—“ Zoological Results of the Third Tanga- nyika Expedition, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunnington, 1904-5: Report on Limnocnida tanganiee, with a Note on the Sub-species from the Victoria Nyanza.” Proc. Zool. Soe. London, 1907, p. 643. Boutencer, C. L.—*On some Points in the Anatomy and Bud-Formation of Zimnocnida tanganice.” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei. vol. lvii. 1911, p. 83. ANNANDALE, N.—‘“ The Occurrence of a Freshwater Medusa (Limnocnida) in Indian Streams.” Nature, vol. Ixxxvii. 1911, p. 144. Boutencer, C. L.—‘*On a Freshwater Medusa from Rho- desia.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. lvia. 1912, p. 427. ANNANDALE, N.—‘ Preliminary Description of a Freshwater Medusa from the Bombay Presidency.” Ree. Indian Mus. vol. vii. 1912, p. 253. GravELy, F. H., and AqgHarxkar, 8. P.—“ Notes on the Habits and Distribution of Zimnoenida indica Annan- dale.” Ree. Indian Mus. vol. vii. 1912, p. 399. AnnoubD, G.—‘“‘ Jellyfish of the Norquane River.” Nature, wolwaxci.) 1OMS.jos Me EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Limnocnida rhodesie. Specimen trom the Norquane River, Southern Rhodesia. X about 8 P.Z.S. 1915. Haddon. Pl. I. K. Haddon. del. University Press Cambridge. STRUCTURE OF LAMPYRIS NOCTILUCA. ON THE LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM, “I “I On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca). By Karaneen Happon, Zoological Laboratory, Cam- bridge * [Received June 26, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.) (Plate ot) Inprx. Page Ethology Pr Er Ah PE an REGRET nen AeD SHUG HUMAN sama macserceei enema wenennaheatenadac wabwol io In many insects of widely separated groups digestion takes place partly outside the body, digestive fluids being exuded from the mouth upon or into the food, which is then sucked up in a liquid form. The mouth-parts are in some cases specially formed in connection with this habit, while in other cases there appear to be no peculiar modifications. One type of modification seen in a few forms is that in which the mandibles are either grooved or pierced by a fine tube, and in which the groove or “tube is the channel of egress for the digestive fluid, although there seems to be no Gleait evidence of this, except perhaps in the vase of the Dytiscid larvee: such modi- fication is apparently found only in insects which feed chiefly or entirely upon the juices of their prey. The glow-worm larva is one of those forms in which the man- dibles are pierced by a fine tube, and as it feeds upon snails and slugs and leaves no residue, excepting the slime of its prey, Mr. F. Balfour-Browne su oeested that I should study the mouth- parts to ascertain whether the food was eaten or sucked up. A certain amount of spirit-material was available for dissection, but we were fortunate in obtaining a number of nearly full-grown living specimens at Wicken Fen in May. Specimens required for section-cutting were first softened for about forty-eight hours in Perenyi’s fluid, dehydrated, cleared in cedar-wood Bil; and embedded in pai vatin i in the usual’ way. The sections were cut 8m thick and stained on the slide, first with eosin in ninety per cent. alcohol, then with picro-nigrosin in water. Keternal Features and Habits. The larvee were kept in an inverted bell-jar nearly filled with moist earth, and supplied with some moss. They were caught on May 14th, and for about a week were fairly active and ready to eat; but subsequently they became torpid, refused their food, and finally began to pupate—by June Ist all had pupated. * Communicated by Frank Batrour-Brownn, M.A. (Oxon. et Cantab.), F.R.S.1., ¥.Z.S. + For explanation of the Plate see p. 82. 78 MISS K. HADDON ON TITE The habits of these larvee have already been described by Newport * and later writers, but their accounts do not entirely agree. Newport describes the bite of the larva as causing great pain to the snails on which they feed; whereas Fabrevy, in a popular article on the subject, says that the snail is aneesthetised by the bite. It may be of interest, therefore, to record my own observations, which were carried out with a Zeiss binocular, the larvee being placed with some moss in a shallow glass dish and suppled with small snails, The larvee crawl about, feeling their way with their maxillary palps, which are kept constantly in motion, the head being fully extended, so that the whole of it protrudes beyond the prothorax ; whereas when the animal is at rest only the mouth-parts are visible. The snail apparently is found quite by chance, and if hungry the larva at once fastens on its prey. ‘The mandibles are worked laterally, and bending its head down it cuts its way into the snail, which promptly withdraws into its shell, the larva following. If left undisturbed the larva feeds continuously, and is frequently joined by others, until the snail is finished; but if it is pulled off at once, the snail pursues its way apparently un- injured. Wishing to see more clearly the method of procedure, I supplied small slugs as food instead of snails, so that there could be no retreat into a shell. The larva bit the slug on the visceral hump, but apparently could not get a sufficient hold, as the slug with a twist of its body slipped away leaving a mass of mucus over the head of its enemy. The larva at once desisted from its attack and tried to free itself from the slime by working its jaws and rubbing them with its front legs. These methods failing, it curled up and cleaned itself with the adhesive organs in the terminal portion of its abdomen, repeating the process long after there were any signs of slime on the head, probably to cleanse the hairy bases of the mouth-parts. In the next attempt to feed the larve with slugs the attack was more fortunate, the larva striking right into the pulmonary cavity of its victim; but either the food was not to its taste or else it was not hungry, as it shortly let go, and the slug, which had previously been lethargic, glided off apparently undisturbed. These observations show that—in these cases, at any rate — there was no aneesthetising. When feeding, the larve keep their jaws constantly moving, and thus their mouth is bathed in the juices from the snail. Newport { also observed some dark-coloured liquid, which flowed from the mouth of the larva at the time of its attack and appar- ently acted as a poison, for the snail was much more affected by the bite of a larva than by a mechanical injury, such as piercing with a needle. He apparently failed to notice that the mandibles * G. Newport, “On the Natural History of the Glow-worm,” Journal of the Proc. of the Linnean Society, Zoology, vol. i. 1857, p. 40. 7 Fabre, “‘ The Glow-worm,”’ Century Magazine, November 1913. { Loe. cit. p. 58. LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM. 79 of the larve are pierced by canals which communicate with the mouth, a fact described by Meinert* some time later. This observer suggested that the juices of the snail were sucked up through these tubes, the thick hairs which surround the mouth acting as a kind of absorbing sponge. More recently R. Vogel t has described these tubular mandibles, and he further asserts that he bas seen the dark-coloured liquid mentioned by Newport flowing from them. As no salivary glands are to be found in this animal, he believes that the secretion originates in the mid- gut, as is said to be the case with the larva of Dytiscus and in Carabus. Mouth-parts. As stated above, the head of the Zampyris larva can be re- tracted within the prothorax, and in this position only the tips of the mouth-parts are visible. As the preserved specimens are usually in this position, the dorsal portion of the prothorax has to be cut away to expose the head (PI. I. fig. 1). Only the man- dibles are strongly chitinised; the first and second maxille are fleshy, their basal parts being distinguishable only by the sclerites (figs. 4&5). The labrum and hypopharynx are strengthened by chitin and covered with hairs. Mandibles. The mandibles (figs. 2, 3) are strong and much curved, and except at the distal end are covered with small hairs. There is a secondary tooth (¢.) on the inner margin, which is sharply pointed on the right mandible and as a rule stouter and blunt on the left ; in some cases, however, the left resembles the right. The base of each mandible on the dorsal side is occupied by a thick brush of hairs, pointing towards the tip of the mandible. Along the inner edge, between the secondary tooth and the basal brush, there are longer and stiffer hairs than over the rest of the surface. Along the outer border, and near the base, is a condyle (c.) for articulation with the labrum. Just inside this on the dorsal side is the posterior opening (p.op.) of the canal which pierces the mandibles; the anterior opening (a.op.) of this canal is on the outer margin of the mandible slightly to the side of the apex. Directly in front of the condyle is a group of short stout bristles. Masxillee and Labium. These appendages (figs. 4 & 5) are fused posteriorly into a fleshy pad, and it is only ventrally that their component parts can be distinguished by means of the sclerites. Distally, how- ever, the various parts of the appendages may easily be identified. * HW. Meinert, “Gjennemborede Kindbakke hos Lampyris og Dribus-Laverne,” Ent. Tidskritt, vii. 1886. + R. Vogel, “ Beitrage zur Anatomie und Biologie der Larve von Lampyris noctiluca,” Zool, Anz. xxxix, 1912, p. 518, 80 MISS K. HADDON ON THE The maxille have on their ventral aspect a small square plate (cd.) representing the cardo, and a larger more elongated stipes (st.), which bears a few long bristles and some short flattened hairs. Externally is a stout four-jointed palp (mx.p.) with a few hairs, and internally a two-jointed palp-like galea (ga.) and a flat lacinia (Ja.), both covered profusely with hairs, the inner margin of the lacinia bearing a row of stiff bristles. Dorsally, the maxille have much the same appearance, except that the cardo is not represented and the stipes is small. At the base of the palp along the external border is a tuft of hairs pointing forward, as do all the hairs on these mouth-parts. Posterior to the tuft are a few more of the short flattened hairs, which are similar to those described by Packard * as taste-hairs. The ventral view of the labium shows the transversely placed submentum (sm.) tapering from each end towards the middle. The mentum (md.) is in the shape of an elongated triangle, the apex being anterior; it bears a few bristles and some short flattened hairs. Distally, there is a pair of short, fat, three- jointed palps (da.p.), with a few hairs. Dorsally, there is a clump of hairs at the base of the palps, and another larger one more posteriorly. Labrum. The shape of the upper lip (fig. 6) is roughly trapezoidal, the anterior margin being the longest, and slightly indented in the middle. Posteriorly there is a deep bay, formed of a fork of chitin (¢,f) which protrudes beyond the rest of the labrum ; the handle, as it were, of the fork forms the main support, or mid-rib (mr.), of the labrum, and bears two wing-lke lateral expansions which keep the whole rigid. Dorsally the surface is slightly rounded, but on the underside there is a mid-ventral ridge formed by the junction of the two sides, which slope steeply down towards it. There is on each antero-lateral corner a socket which receives the condyles on the mandible. The whole of the ventral surface of the labrum is covered with numerous rows of tiny hairs, all of which point forwards. The rows themselves are arranged across the labrum, but slope forward from the sides towards the mid-ventral ridge. The anterior margin is beset with stiff bristles which bend slightly towards the middle. ; The Hypopharyna. The tongue, or hypopharynx (fig. 7), is in the shape of a tri- angle with the base bulged out; the apex is directed forwards, while at each end of the base is a chitinous knob (aré.) articulating with a strut from the side of the head. With the exception of these knobs the hypopharynx is completely covered with hairs pointing forwards, as usual. * A.S. Packard, ‘Textbook of Entomology,’ 1898, p. 282. LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM. 81 Viewed from the side, this organ is slightly curved upwards at the tip, and ventrally the surface is entire. On the dorsal side, however, there is a distinct groove (g7.) which fits the cor- responding ridge on the labrum; the edge of the groove is strengthened by a thicker band of hairs. The hairs at the apex of the hypopharynx are longer than the others, and are frequently forked. Interrelations of Mouth-parts. The arrangement of the mouth-parts is such that it prevents any solid matter from entering the gullet. This is effected by the enormous number of hairs that surround the mouth, all pointing outwards, so that although the mouth is always open it is impossible for any solid particles to enter. A comparison might be made here between this larva and the larva of Dytiscws, which also sucks the juices of its prey. The Dytiscus larva has its mandibles tubular, but the mouth can be closed by an apparatus which has been described as a ‘‘ mouth lock,” which automatically closes up the aperture when the man- dibles shut. The larva pierces its prey with its mandibles, closes them, and proceeds to suck the juices through the mandible-tubes by means of the pharyngeal pump. When the mandibles open it can swallow small particles in the ordinary way ™*. The Pharynax. The floor and sides of the anterior end of the pharynx are strongly chitinised (fig. 8, ph.), and the tongue is a direct con- tinuation of the floor. The sides at this point receive an additional support from the chitinous fork which protrudes from the posterior end of the labrum (fig. 6, ¢,f.). More posteriorly, the chitinous fork ends and the sides and floor of the pharynx become membranous, the chitin tapering down to a narrow ventral strip. The roof of the pharynx up to this point is also membranous, but here it turns sharply upwards and forms a small vertical chitinous plate (figs. 1 & 8, ¢.p.), from which muscles (fig. 8, d.m.) run to the dorsal integument of the head. From the apex of this plate another larger one slopes downwards (fig. 8, c.p.'), and runs into the dorsal surface of the esophagus. ‘T'wo strong bands of muscle (figs. 1 & 8, p.m.) are attached to the posterior surface of this plate, and run to the back of the larva’s head; while from its edges bands of muscle (fig. 8, 7m.) run down on either side of the pharynx and are attached to the posterior end of the plate forming its floor. This plate is perforated by two pairs of small holes, the function of which I cannot ascertain at present. This apparatus evidently forms a suction-pump, and is worked by contraction of the muscles attached to the two dorsal plates, which raises them and makes a vacuum into which the liquid food flows, while contraction of the lateral descending muscles * TL. C. Miall, ‘The Natural History of Aquatic Insects,’ 1912, p. 44. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. VI. 6 82 ON THE LARVA OF THE GLOW-WORM. lowers the roof again. A similar contrivance is found in some groups of Hemiptera *, only in them there are no ventral muscles, the roof falling back into its place by the natural elasticity of the pharynx. The method of feeding of this larva is obviously different from that of the Dytiscus larva, for it has no means of shutting its mouth, and hence cannot suck through the mandible-tubes only. The mouth, although guarded by an immense number of out- wardly directed bristles, has sufficient aperture to allow of the passage of a fine hair; this, if placed on the tip of the hypo- pharynx and pushed gently along, runs down into the pharynx. On the other hand, a hair pushed down the mandible-tube bends forwards and curves out again at the mouth; this is difficult to understand unless it is due to the forwardly directed hairs that lie on the base of the mandible. A stiffer bristle might overeome this resistance, but I could not insert one into the tube; it is probable that liquid, such as would be sucked up through the mandible, would trickle through the hairs and be drawn into the pharynx by the action of the suction-pump. It is clear, at any rate, that no large particles of food can find their way through the mass of hairs that surround the mouth ; they are are all strained off and removed later by the terminal adhesive organs. It is probably the difficulty of extracting these particles that causes the larva to continue to cleanse itself long after the apparent need for it is over. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Lettering. a.c., articulation for condyle of mandible; ant., antenna; a.op., anterior opening of canal through mandible; a7¢t., articulation of hypopharynx; 67., brush of hairs on mandible; ¢., condyle of mandible; cd., cardo; c.f, chitinous fork ; e~p., chitious plate of pharynx ; c.p.’, posterior chitinous plate; d.m., dorsal pharyngeal muscle ; ga., galea; gv., groove of hypopharynx; hyp., hypopharynx; J7a., lacinia; lbr., labrum ; la.p., labial palp; Z.m., lateral pharyngeal muscle; md., mandible; mr., mid-rib of labrum; mé., mentum; me.p., maxillary palp; cs., cesophagus; op., opening into gullet; ph., chitinous floor of pharynx; p.m., posterior pharyngeal muscle ; p.op., posterior opening of canal through mandible; pth., prothorax sm., Submentum ; s¢., stipes; ¢., tooth on mandible. The figures, with exception of fig. 8, were all drawn with a camera lucida. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of the head of a larva (x 16). The prothorax has been cut away to expose it, and the dorsal integument removed. 2. Dorsal view of right mandible. (X 30.) 3. Dorsal view of left mandible. (x 80.) 4, Dorsal view of first maxille and labium (xX 30). (Note asymmetrical sclerites.) 5. Ventral view of first maxille and labium. (X 30.) 6. Ventral view of labrum. (XX 30.) 7. Dorsal view of hypopharynx. (X 80.) 8. Diagram of the pharyngeal pump. * K. Muir and J.C. Kershaw, ‘On the Homologies of the Mouth-parts of Hemiptera,’ Psyche, vol. xviii. no. 1, 1911, p. 5. ON A COLUBRID WITH VERTICALLY MOVABLE MAXILLA, 83 7. Ona Colubrid Snake (Yenodon) with a vertically moyable Maxillary Bone. By E.G. Boutzencer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. [Received November 10, 1914: Read February 9, 1915. | (Text-figure 1.) INDEX. Page Structure or Morphology. Maxillary bone in Snakes... 83 Physiology. Importance of physiological action of the venoms of Snakes on classification ..........0006c cee cee eee eee 83 ZKtiology. Evolution of the maxillary bones in Snakes... 85 In Vipers the maxillary bones, to which the poison-fangs are firmly attached, are movably articulated to the prefrontals and ectopterygoids, the poison-fangs being, when at rest, folded against the roof of the mouth and becoming erected, or even thrust forward, when the animal is about to strike. This ver- tical mobility of the maxillary bone, which gives these snakes such a mechanical advantage when they are about to strike, has always been regarded as essentially characteristic of the members of the family Viperide. The Society recently received from Mr. W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S.,a generous donor to its collection, a specimen of Xenodon merremi, an aglyphodont colubrid in- habiting Brazil and Paraguay, which is characterized by an extremely short maxillary with only six or seven teeth, followed after an interspace by a pair of strongly enlarged but likewise solid, ungrooved fangs. On taking the snake from the box in which it was packed and catching hold of it behind the head, I was most surprised to see the creature, on opening its mouth in an attempt to bite, erect and depress its fangs in a thoroughly Viperine manner. Further observations showed that the mobility of its maxilla was so great that the fangs could be not merely erected, but thrust forward and sideways, revealing the fact that the mechanism in this snake is more perfect than in a large number of Vipers of similar size. This discovery of a solid toothed Colubrid with a vertically movable maxilla is of special interest, as I think it goes a long way towards settling the problem, so often discussed, of the derivation of the Viperine maxillary bone. The Viperide were formerly believed to have sprung from the Proteroglyph Colu- brids. In the Catalogue of the British Museum, published in 1893, my father, G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., expressed the opinion that the poison apparatus of the Vipers was in all probability derived from the Opisthoglyphs. Later, in a paper published in the Proceedings of this Society, he pointed out that, from the Aglyphodont forms in which the teeth increase in size posteriorly, we are gradually led to the Opisthoglyphs, which can be differ- entiated only by the presence of more or less deep grooves on the 6* 84 MR. E. G. BOULENGER ON A posterior fang-like teeth, the series culminating in such forms as show the maxillary bone much abbreviated, the solid teeth re- duced to two or three only, and the fangs extremely large and grooved. The latest contribution to the subject is one by Mr. John Hewitt *, who attempts to show that the Viperide are not of Opisthoglyph ancestry, but are more closely related to the Proteroglyphs. ‘The most important arguments he uses to estab- lish his point are that, in the first place, in the Opisthoglyphs the Text-figure 1. Maxillary (ma.) of Xenodon merremi at rest (A), and erected (B). ept., ectopterygoid ; orb., orbit; prf., prefrontal; ptf., postfrontal. fang-bearing portion ot the maxilla is situated far behind the prefrontal, and consequently that as there appears to be no tendency amongst Opisthoglyphs for a forward movement of the fang-bearing portion, it is difficult to conceive how the evolution of the Viperine character commenced; secondly, that in the Proteroglyphs the fang-bearing portion of the maxilla is some- * Ann. Transvaal Mus. ui. 1911. COLUBRID WITH VERTICALLY MOVABLE MAXILLA. 85 what enlarged, often in a vertical direction, showing a resemblance to the state of things found in Causus. The first argument is easily disposed of, as in a number of Opisthoglyphs the fangs are situated just below the prefrontal (Miodon, Polemon, Brachyophis). Now in Xenodon the portion of maxilla bearing the fang-like teeth will be found to be much enlarged, and in a more or less vertical direction, and it only remains for the last two teeth to be furnished with grooves to transtorm Yenodon into an Opisthoglyph with the fangs situated below the prefrontal. Further, we have only to compare the maxilla of Yenodon with that of the least specialized of the Vipers, Causus, to see that merely a slight tilting up of the maxilla of the former snake, with the loss of the few front teeth anda very slight modification of the bone, is needed to bring about a condition similar both in structure and mechanism to that of Vipers. Thus Yenodon with its vertically movable maxille enables us to trace the probable evolution of this bone, and the old view, recently revived, that Vipers are descended from Proteroglyphs must, in my opinion, be abandoned. Mr. Hewitt in his papers states that the various experiments on snake-venom seem to show that there is more in common between the Proteroglyphs and the Vipers, than between the Opisthoglyphs and either of the other divisions. That this is so in the majority of cases has been demonstrated by Phisalix. It should be borne in mind, however, that, as has recently been shown by Fitzsimons, the poison of the most highly venomous Opisthoglyph, Dispholidus typus, in its physiological action is particularly characteristic of that of the South American Vipers of the genus Lachesis. The physiological action of the venoms ean, therefore, have little importance in the settlement of the broader problem of the classification of Snakes from the pomt of view of descent. te adds ae OO a eh, = a or ie A a nee) wey tae, Fy! n a a (AM ody an % Reon aly Oy dete nie in a ie tee SY wel a i D ” bare Vu 4) wiAY iit ee Wha: rary r ‘+ bayit eae vet’ ae rn a irl Paes “ Hyu.l i hy Auaeh K ay Pa te a als sf eae) ; re Yerdeh doe RAP pimp na Vie egal paca Ney wen Trem wih Ole Wy tai ales Ceient ARR 1 aed. ibs Wilt Pe ade ty li MOTD. Diya wo toe, Tani) ewan / 7 dune dt hae GY By panel oie ot) a APB tate yx) ue woe ea th Yorlioge? el. anew? PEP Tes sheslieiifwuig s fabal owe oe hee ; % etl Pil bind Wir ev hip ely We A ened halter by lives a eee he , witweny Vihwilie an ae dnbwues ta atl! ae enw iy rn i, poate se le “Sui. eA hee attic i us Aided ie: ‘ed Al Aly Noise ait D 7 a PObiiviokeal, ner “oar dealt Lc es iekewt: veel? The walt an ‘ P ? A ’ a ra 7 A bay ali bo port rr jhe a) Ge Pei) t aN a Y wp abi ¥ 7 yeyh ott iniyy oi OTe a? mk ‘erent ata) tot Or gat Vane ‘ot a , Heine ay Aiwa at oe shy 4 wt oy sy? “fe we (igeags ees i. ; mY, a ewe) opt WE P lh tela ait eluatetart eit M “ eae? iM? dial! rivedal aety savbbe. wlh} Wa) ia iit fate a(Lpehy tf fj : s ie rt ‘ eit aai | i LLL piwey Gil ane Wr 2 ‘un ee ‘ a wel. Gio eal ayia hal) biier Be dad ol ah ee. epodeni” vita edi @ht Fo @obedet MIL) “aii aie * : a ae yubeiys | Latibobtoly ‘soy in 6 wedi Hig dageit} hey ¥} ie ‘ viens F nein A Asoo ald” We Gal) hes Sie els ohqailt Aa ittntvee ae (maha Atel a josh yest vent ol h. « arveqdagys,) Oka Tk a sid top SAAR alt Wh ¢ Fieebecetcleh” URAL) tusierl: Jace ern ae wig ' "Wy LT aey ss ‘iol. ener? erie Th sent iene lala ALS. LAL Ld | 4 vat b, a \ ‘ 4 iitwieal) We is 6 ie q ire . d : 4 i " r ai Te I 4 ew i i « i et erie? aia q bat 7 ae P uo ait ; y ‘a “i hp ec) S' V ' ' last aed) ios MB valent. oe 1 elle ae i 7 i) Line Aieg ‘ OG Teak RC Cat i - io, ; Bl dt! Oks ; a ee . +s) aie ee la Praveiriaty viii 1 oF ged iN bom ae) owe i wa Be re tin java ARG ‘ My j ~ by ON A NEW AVIAN LIVER-FLUKE, 87 8. A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acuminatum) from the Kestrel. By Winuram Nicoun, M.A., D.Sc., M.D., EZ [ Received September 4, 1914: Read February 9, 1915. | (Text-figure 1.) INDEX. GHOGRAPHICAL ZOOLOGY : Page Scotland, West Coast; Kestrel (Cerchncis tinnunculus). Niewe lavioratinkel sis... serene An sven saivamanceeneananiey 87 Systematic Zoonoay : Family Dicroceliide. Platynosomum acuminatum, sp. i. TOMMASO LIVER Ot AMMCRUVelim yr isndsninsesestaisrndencveasyanines 87 In January 1912 I received from Mr. J. 5. Dunkerley, of the Zoological Department, Glasgow University, a single fluke from the liver of a kestrel (Cerchneis tinnunculus), shot on the west coast of Scotland. It appears to represent a new species of the genus Platynosomum Looss, and for it I propose the name ‘Platynosomum acuminatvwn, Tn a note accompanying the specimen Mr. Dunkerley observed and that the parasite was found in the gut, but there can be little question that it must have wandered there from the liver. The specimen when received had been stained and mounted, was somewhat twisted in the course of preparation. Its total length is 6°3mm., and its maximum breadth, just behind the ven- tral sucker, is 15 mm. ‘The body is broadest at its middle part, and both the head and tail ends are markedly attenuated. The oval sucker, which is twisted to the right, is rather deep and measures ‘45 x "40mm, The globular ventral sucker measures ‘6°75 mm. andis situated 1°97 mm. fromthe anteriorend. The pharynx is contiguous with the oral sucker and measures ‘17% 15 mm. There is a short csophagus, 25 mm. in length, and the intestinal diverticula are long and narrow, their ends being lost in the folds of the uterus. The genital aperture lies over the pharynx, and, like the oral sucker, is twisted tothe right. The cirrus-pouch is comparatively large, measuring -7x'16 mm. It contains a thin convoluted vesicula seminalis, a pars prostatica of medium length, and a rather longer ductus. The cirrus was slightly extruded, The testes lie symmetrically, immediately behind the ventral sucker and separated from each other by nearly half the width of the body. They are oblong-oval in outline with their long axes obliquely transverse. They measure about *25 x °36 mm. A short distance behind the left testis lies the transversely oval ovary, which is somewhat smaller than either of the testes. The 88 DR. WILLIAM NICOLL ON yolk-glands are entirely lateral, forming rather a broad band on each side from the level of the testes to about 2°3 mm. from the posterior end of the body. They thus extend over a space equal to about one-quarter of the body-length. The follicles are rather small. Text-figure 1. Platynosomum acuminatum, sp.n. Ventral view. X 20. C.B. Cirrus-pouch. P.G. Genital aperture. K.St. Ovary. T. Testes. The uterus fills up the greater part of the postacetabular space. Towards the posterior end it tends to form small semicircular loops, but further forward the convolutions become more decidedly transverse, without, however, ever actually traversing the whole space between the intestinal diverticula. The convolutions are —_— A NEW AVIAN LIVER-FLUKE. 89 confined entirely behind the ventral sucker, and the terminal part of the uterus passes forwards as a single narrow tube, slightly twisted but unconvoluted. The vagina appears to be only weakly developed. The numerous eggs measure -033—039 x -018— 020 mm. Amongst the many species of Platynosomum this new form bears the closest resemblance to P. deflectens (Rud., Braun, 1902) and P. petiolatum (Raill., Braun, 1902). From both it differs only in minor details. P. deflectens is a considerably smaller species with relatively larger suckers. An cesophagus is almost absent, while the cirrus-pouch is short and plump. The testes are globular and more closely apposed. P. petrolatum is a larger species with a shorter neck. The cesophagus is extremely short, and the cirrus-pouch extends past the anterior border of the ventral sucker. The yolk-glands, again, are somewhat more extensive but sparser, while the uterus is not so voluminous. Apart from these anatomical details, the difference in host indi- cates. that the present species is distinct from either of the above mentioned forms. I have to thank Mr. Dunkerley for his courtesy in submitting the specimen for examination. Reference. Braun, M. “ Die Fascioliden der Vogel,” Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abt. xvi., 1902. iw owe wal iE Aint dncy Wi 0 Pa Ai shivl Neen ode rae iii PROG ee Ande ’ eee i's * we wersiiets Prins toluncdy wale v" ati ly th shat ities ret Teun NO rece Seale on a ar ae ehauttanetis pea pacayitare Hal oe. belnds Siete be ee tattie al Wea aeste yeah) Wie “Ue ‘ A aiid ATR i eee) waite RA Din Pryevliti, erin ee hie eo, Nom ae AE Sa aeiiiicon RNS, ere brit Bia sv Finds CLadtteyiny phe sv; Fi eal Ra wilt hs isa fen eee i picid tt slid Ntae ee ex an Miny’ oA oad Gee mee with vice. Piichag em eT aad Hae Oy | Pemmer ody “itd. Tit a Vee ee 6 e ee SOC fetek i Wid. ee Vidal, a Wale Oe: OK slipate 8 onal si ; a il abs, idan HAT ri i PA WibiapoR,” Ee FREI AHN. Ge. Hocit aa Avrada, ettth joel eh hee pvintily oat AED Ti ‘auaaine iaeyyy raga is DENA \ebebaty feiadt 4 Book OP alee A FP A a ry ten tie fema’: i) et pet iC Pa! iF oes bay ; 4 uss hic iis Shr CVE. iow fey vide ¢, Alia joni fe : init BiG) Pies cc 4. Geecdy, ta Pye _ oh pong : ins Rm PORN Dae Ghiwy Fry: | M... svinmpeale i. i) oa i ye ta ands, Rirasiip ca my TRE ea, ae LT ens er “ely Tekin ty —r Oe CU P.Z.S.1915. Faweett. Pie J. MF’ del. West,Newman chr. Ty r AFRICA. HETRROCHRA FROM BRITISH EFAS Cat , A J,M.F. del. HETEROCKRA FROM PZ.3. 1915. Faweett Silene x \ ; i wr TAI West,Newman chr. BR TS el BANSi ARR ie AG ON HASY AFRICAN MOTHS. 9] 9. Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British Hast Africa, 1911-12. By Lt -Col. J. M. Fawcert™. [Received June 22, 1914: Read February 23, 1915.) (Plates I. & IT.+) INDEX. Page Page Metarctia neera, sp. u................ 92 | Parusta thelxinoé, sp. n. ..........+ 103 Diacrisia epicaste, sp.n. ............_ 93 | Goodia oriens heptapora, subsp. n. 104 Amsacta evadne, sp.n. ............. 93 | Sabalia euterpe, sp.n. .....-....-.-.. 104, Paratuerta featheri, sp. n. ......... 94 | Sabalia thalia,sp.n. ............... 105 Paratuerta argentifascia,sp.n.... 94 | Poliana marmorata, sp.n. ......... 105 Ovios nealces, sp. n. .................. 95 | Dovania circe, sp. W. .........-.....-.. 106 Parallelia portia,sp.n. ............. 97 | Polyptychus fumosus pelops, Paratlelia rectifascia, sp.n. ...... OF) Nn) sulbspmmeaee rete grace onan rel ON Rhanidophora athigutta, sp.n. ... 98 | Nephele vespera, sp. 0. ......-........ 108 Lymantria melete,sp.n. ............ 98 | TLemnora erato, sp. N................-.. 108 Lymantria melia,sp.n. ........... 99 | Hippotion dexippus, sp. 0. ......... 108 Lymantria metella, sp.n. ......... 99 | Hippotion diyllus, sp.n. ............ 109 Lymantria menecles, sp.n. ........._ 99 | Hippotion exclamationis, sp. un. ... 109 Tiymantria arete, Sp. Ds ...:.....0:... 99 | Ceratopacha decora, Sp.N. ......... 110 Lymantria melissa, sp. n. ............ 100 | Pachymeta flavia, sp.n. ......-..-.. 110 Dasychira obliquilinea, sp. n. ...... 100 | Pachymeta roxana, sp. n. ............ 111 Dulichia fasciata plana, subsp. n. 101 | Eupagia tullia, sp. n. .............. 12 Nudauretia vau, spon. ............... 101 | form viridescens, nov. ... 112 Ludia crenulata, sp.n. ............... 103 | The literature on British East African Heterocera 1s not extensive, and a great part of it is contained in recent German publications mainly dealing with their adjoining territory, and to which I have not had access. But the district is remarkable mainly for specially developed forms. The most interesting col- lection under notice contains a large number of those—many of which appear to be still undescribed, and also a number of known forms which have not hitherto been recorded from British East Africa. The majority of the latter are known through allied forms from the West Coast districts, from which they present striking variations in colour; I have not been able to examine the genitalia. : Out of a total of 126 species which I have examined, 36 appear to be still undescribed, which seems a large proportion, considering that the country where the collection was made is now traversed by the Uganda Railway, which must offer special facilities to col- lectors, but this region has never yet been thoroughly worked out. I believe Mr. Feather has a large number of Heterocera still to be examined, and I hope to be able to give the result of my enquiries into them in a future paper. Professor Poulton, of the Hope Museum at Oxford, has the butterfly portion of the collection, and I understand that he has discovered several new Species amongst the specimens. Great credit is due to Mr. Feather for the exactness with which * Communicated by the SECRETARY. + For explanation of the Plates see p. 113. 92 LT.-COL. J. M. FAWCErT ON he has preserved the locality and date of every specimen, by which the time of flight of the various forms is recorded, and also for the excellent condition of the specimens. My thanks are especially due to the Hon. Walter Rothschild, and to Sir George Hampson, whose kind assistance was of great value to me in working out the various species in the British Museum. The following is a list of the localities given in this memoir :— (1) Kedai, British East Africa. Altitude 2500 feet, 120 miles from the coast. (2) Kibweisi, ditto. Altitude 3000 feet, 114 miles up Uganda Railway. (38) Voi, ditto. Altitude 1800 feet, 101 miles up Uganda Railway. (4) Masongaleni, ditto. Altitude 3000 feet, 182 miles up Uganda Railway. In describing the various new species, | have indicated in each ease the form in the British Museum which I have found to be nearest to. it, and stated the points of difference between them. The figures of new species are drawn to exact size by myself. From the fact that many of the species were taken in November and December and again in March and April, it would appear that they are at least double-brooded. A few species are added to this paper which were taken by Lady Colvile at Meru, B. EK. Africa, but unfortunately I have not got the dates or elevation of the locality. HETEROCERA. SYNTOMID4. 1. METARCTIA NERA, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 6.) Description.— $. Head, body, and wings unicolorous pale reddish brown, the hind wings almost diaphanous in the centre. A very indistinct fuscous spot at the apex of cell of fore wing. Habitat. Kedai, 24th November. Expanse 40 mm. This species is allied to J. pulverea Hampson, from Ruwenzori, from which it differs in having a blunter apex to the fore wing, and in lacking the black spot at the base of interspace 2, and the irroration of black atoms which covers the fore wing in pulverea. 2. Merarcria FLAVIcINcCrA Aurivillius. Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa. Taken by Lady Colvile. 3. Merarcria LareritiA Herr.-Schiff. Habitat. Meru, B. E. Africa. Taken by Lady Colvile. 4, THYRETES NEGUS Oberthiir. Habitat. Kedai, 25th November. Agrees with the description of negus, except that the white spot in cell of fore wing is quadrilateral and not triangular. EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 93 ARCTIADA. 5, DracristA MACULOSA Stoll, Form macutarta Walker. Habitat. Mombasa, 21st March. 6. Dracrista sAcKsSoNT Rothschild. Habitat. Kedai, 25th November. 7. DIACRISIA EPICASTE, sp.n. (Pl. I. fig. 5.) Description.— 3g. Head and collar grey, the latter witha bright orange fringe, thorax pale yellow; patagia streaked with grey. Abdomen orange above, ochreous underneath, with a lateral row of small black spots. The five middle somites of the abdomen black dorsally, orange laterall Fore wing pale cream-yellow ; the interspaces between the veins with grey streaks; an orange discoidal spot; cilia and inner margin orange : hind wing pale cream-colour, cilia orange. This form differs from all other species of Diacri isi which I have seen in its deep black abdomen. Habitat. Masongaleni, 18th and 20th April. Expanse 46 mm. 8. AMSACTA EVADNE, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 4.) Description.— $. Head, thorax, and wings white ; costa of fore wing cream-coloured. Abdomen, Ist somite and ventral area white, remaining somites yellow; the five middle somites with black bands dorsally. Fore wing with four smal! black spots in interspace 1: one below median nervure, one below middle of vein 2, and two above vein 1. A black spot at base of interspace 2, and one at apex of discoidal cell. Two parallel rows of minute black spots distally, and a row of marginal black spots between the veins. No black spots on costa. Hind wing: a black spot at apex of cell, and another beyond it submarginally on vein 6. A V-shaped black spot at anal angle with two minute specks inside it. This form is nearest to dmsacta flavizonata Hampson, from North Nigeria, which form has no black spots on the hind wing. | Habitat. Kedai, 17th November. Expanse 40 mm. TERACOTONA RHODOPHHA Walker. Habitat. Kedai, 25th November. 10, ARGINA CRIBRARIA Clerck. Habitat. Mombasa, 30th October. 11. ReopocastriA BUBO Walker. Habitat. Kedai, 21st January. 94 LY.-COL. J. M, FAWCETT ON NYCTEMERID &. 12. DeILemMERA LEUCONOE Hopffer. Habitat. Kibweisi, 10th February. AGARISTID!. 13. ANcocERA OBLIQUISIGNA Hampson. Habitat. Kedai, 5th January. 14. PARMGOCERA CONFLUENS Weymer. Habitat. Kedai, 9th June. 15. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX THRUPPI Butler. Habitat. Kedai, 7th November. 16. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA: Butler. Habitat. Kedai, 27th November. 17. TueRTA TRIMENI Felder. Habitat. Masongaleni, lst April and 25th June. NocTuUID.A. 18. PARATUERTA MARSHALLI Hampson. Habitat. Kedai, 12th March. 19. PARATUERTA FEATHERI, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7.) Description —¢. Head and thorax red-brown ; abdomen yellow, with two black dorsal spots on 2nd and 3rd somites, and four fuscous dorsal bands on succeeding somites. Fore wing red-brown suffused with pink; a pale pinkish costal subapical fascia. Outer margin pale pinkish, with a red-brown tornal spot. A broad white silver band from the base of costa along vein 1, reaching two-thirds of the length of the inner margin of the wing, and then bent up towards the apex, and narrowing to a point between veins Mand 5. This band is bordered above and outwardly by a dark sap-green band, which also bends up and reaches the costa before the apex. Below, the white band is bounded by a pale pinkish band which gradually merges into an indistinct green band along the inner margin. Hind wing dull yellow with a red-brown anal spot, surrounded by a small patch of red-brown irrorations. Underside dull yellow. Apex and outer margin of fore wing pale fuscous and a fuscous spot below apex of cell. Habitat. Kedai, 8th December. Expanse 46 mm. 920. PARATUERTA ARGENTIFASCIA, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 7a.) Description.— ¢ . Head, thorax, and fore wing red-brown thickly irrorated with black and grey atoms. Abdomen dull yellow with EAST AFRICAN MOTHS. 95 a dorsal series of small elongate fuscous spots. ic = o> to bo ce bo bo re bo bo Ort fon} bo: 14 9 BB ase SB. Ss 1. The total incidence of infectious diseases in the Gardens is about 8°5 per cent. for mammals, and 10 per cent. for birds and reptiles. 2. The following are the percentages of deaths from tubercle duving the year: mammals -9 per cent., birds 3-5 per cent., and reptiles -D per cent. on the total numbers for the year, The DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS. UW Q7/ mammals have reached the lowest figure during the last seven years: of the 12 cases, 3 were pet animals, and 2 came from a suspected source. ‘T'wo had been kept for about five years in the open, both summer and winter. The birds show a slight increase, and in 63 of the cases the infection was general. About 50 of the birds came from the Small Bird House, where there was an epidemic during the spring and summer months. In three of the birds it was of bovine type, and in a Coati it was of * perlsucht ” type. 3. All the mould diseases have been grouped under Mycosis. Of the 6 mammals, 4 were Kangaroos and 2 Gazelles. The number of deaths from mycosis in birds is still very high, and constitutes close on 10 per cent. of the deaths. It has increased in reptiles, and has been found in the larger frogs and tortoises. It is produced in them by a much larger mould than that found in the mammals and birds, which generally leads to the formation of tumours. 4. There has been a considerable increase in the incidence of pheumonia in mammals and birds, but a considerable decrease in reptiles, due to the careful sterilization of the cages with steam. In three of the reptiles it was due to worms, the rest were pneumococcal. 5. In three of the mammals the abscesses, which were large and excavating, had started in connection with the teeth : in the remaining mammal the abscess was in the mediastinal glands, and was due to nematode werms. 6. Due in a Seal to perforation of stomach which contained 42 lbs. of stones, and in two Tasmanian Wolves to perforation of the intestine, caused by a mycotic growth in the intestine. 7. Found in a Fossa from Madagascar, and ina Fruit-Pigeon from the Aru Islands, in both for the first time. 8. Found in an Indian Wild Dog, which fortunately was only three weeks in the Gardens. 9. This Saccharomyces was of the Oidiwm albicans type. - 10. An acute infection in a Barbary Ape, with Demodex folliculorum, producing extensive ulceration of the face. 11. The designation is not used here in its usual sense. In this case the liver of a Honey-eater was riddled with nematode worms, but no embryos were found in the blood. 12. There has been a slight general increase in diseases of the respiratory organs: these are largely dependent on weather. 13. Two of nee cases were in Cats, and one in a Chimpanzee, whose gall-bladder was full of gall-stones. 14. In 3 of the mammals, 10 of the birds, and 2 of the reptiles the inflammation was eaused by parasites or foreign bodies. In 87 of the birds it was hemorrhagic and of bacterial origin. The remainder of the cases were apparently due to the quantity ov quality of the food not being suitable to the animal. 15. There has been a general decrease in the number of cases of nephritis. 18 of the cases In mammals and 13 of those in 128 MR. H. G. PLIMMER ON birds were acute. The great majority of the cases were of varying degrees of chronicity and were associated with other old-age changes. 1G. These cases of cancer occurred as follows :—epithelioma of neck in a Wolf and ina Gerbille; cancer a liver and glands in a Bear, and of pancreas in a Marmot. 17. Of the sarcomata, one was in the testis of an old Dingo, another, an angiosarcoma, in the liver of a Barbary Sheep, and the third, an adeno-sarcoma, in the kidney of an Ouakari. 18. Under the term malaria are grouped 12 cases due to Hemoproteus danilewskyi and 3 due to Plasmodium precox: see section on blood-parasites below. 19, 20, 21, 22. See the section on blood-parasites below. 23. The number of cases of atheroma indicates that a large number of old birds have died. 24. One case in an Otter, the other ina Wallaby. Both were uric acid caleuli. 25. The number of rickety animals in the Gardens has greatly decreased. Bioop-PARASITES. During the year the blood of every animal which died has been examined, with the result that parasites have been found in 70 ; in 30 species for the first time. They have been distributed as follows :— Filarie. In 5 mammals; in 3 species for the first time. 19 birds; in 6 species for the first time. 3 reptiles; in 3 species for the first time. Trypanosomes. In 2 birds; in both for the first time. 1 reptile. ( Hemoproteus danilewskyt. In 12 birds; in 8 species for the first time. 5 Plasmodium precox. In 3 birds; in all for the first time. Leucocytozoa. In 3 birds; in 2 species for the first time. Toxoplasma. In 1 mammal and 1 bird; in both for the first time. Babesia. In 1 mammal. Hemogregarines. In 19 reptiles; in 3 species for the first time. Malaria. The following Tables show the occurrence of the blood-parasites in detail :— Embryo Filarie found in the blood of Mammals. HiaBirat. TYPE. Found in the following for the first time : 2 Squirrel Monkeys (Saimiris sciurea)... Brazil. Long, thin. 2 Canadian Porcupines (Hrithizon dor- N. America. Long, pointed. satus). Marmoset (Leontocebus mystax) ......... S. America. Long. DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. Embryo Filarice found in the blood of Birds. White-throated Jay Thrush (Garrulax albigularis). Himalayan Whistling Thrush (Jyio- phoneus temmincki). Brazilian Hanegnest (Ieterus jamaicai)... 2 Chilian Starlings (Cureus aterrimus) . Green Cardinal (Gubernatrix crista- tella). 2 Blue Birds (Sialia sialis) .............. King Bird of Paradise regius). (Cicinnurus Occipital Blue Pie (Urocissa occipitalis). Hermit-Thrush (Hylocichla guttata) ... HABITAT. India. India. Colombia. Chili. S. America. N. America. Aru Islands. India. N. America. Found in the following for the first time : White-bellied Guan tris). 3 Black-headed YPartridges melanocephala). Shining Weaver-Bird (Hypochera nitens). Double-banded Finch (Stictoptera aniwu- losa). Cuban Mocking-Bird (Mimus orpheus) . (Ortalis albiven- (Caccabis Blue-headed Rock Thrash (Petrophila cinclorhynchus). Brazil. Avabia. W. Africa. Anstralia. Cuba. India. TYPE. Two kinds found; one very long, the other short, thick, pointed. Short, thick, pointed. Long, pointed, encap- suled. Short, thick, pointed. Long. Long, striated, encap- suled. Thick, short. Embryo Filarie found in the blood of Reptiles: in all for the first time. Bull Frog (Rana eatesbiana) .............5. Chicken Snake (Coluber obsoletus) Boa (Bow constrictor) -..2..-40--4-4:+.- N. America. N. America. S. America. Short, encapsuled. Long, encapsuled. Long. Trypanosomes found in the blood of Birds ; in both for the first time. King Bird of Paradise (Cicinnwrus regius). Blue-eyed Raven (Macrocorax fusci- capillus). Aru Islands. Ayu Islands. Of the type of 7. avium. Trypanosomes found in the blood of Reptiles. Bull Frog (Rana catesbiana)..............+ N. America. Of the type of T.'rota torium. Hemogreyarines found in the blood of Reptiles. Diamond Rattlesnake (Crotalus atrow) . 2 American Black Snakes (Zamenis constrictor). Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platy- rhinos). Mexican Snake (Coluber melanoleucus) . 2 Pigmy Rattlesnakes (Sistrurus imili- arius). Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1915, No. 1X. Texas. N. America. N. America. Mexico. N. America. 13 ON DEATHS IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. HaApirat. Tyre. Russell’s Viper (Vipera russelli) ......... India. Dark Green Snake (Zamenis gemonensis). Kurope. Indian Rat-Snake (Zamenis mucosus) ... India. IBoky (GEOG? GOPRFOCGOR)) soc -co 0s seo ove ceaune roe S. America. Chicken Snake (Coluber obsoletus) ...... N. America. Say’s Snake (Coluber melanoleucus)...... N. America. Testaceous Snake (Zamenis flagelli- N. America. formis). Corais Snake (Coluber corais) ............ Brazil. Bull Frog (Rana catesbiana) .:.......-..-.. N. America. Green Tree-Snake (Dendraspis viridis) . W. Africa. Found in the following for the first time : Emperor Boa (Boa imperator) ............ C. America. Very large. Long-necked Terrapin (Chelodina Queensland. Stout, short. expansa). Heemoproteus danilewskyi found in the blood of Birds. Haxpitat. 2 Blue-crowned Hanging Parakeets (Loriculus galgulus) ......... Malay. Found in the following for the first time : 2 Seed-eaters (Orithagra chrysopyga)) ....c0-...02 sense sec ees eevee se W. Africa. Java sparrows CRAdMGLOny ZO) pepe ees eee eee tee eee eee Java. Cotton Teal (Nettopus coromandelianus) ... 0.0... .0022. cece cee eee ee India. Violet-necked Lory (Hos riciniata) .......1.cicccrceeceece cee tee ees eee Aru Islands. 3 Black-headed Partridges (Caccabis melanocephala) ............ Arabia. Orange-bellied Fruit Pigeon (Ptilinopus iozonus).................- Aru Islands. Yellow-tufted Honey-eater (Ptilotis awricomis).............00.0. N.S. Wales. Plasmodium precox found in the blood of Birds ; in all for the first time. Quail Finch (Ortygospiza polyZond) ............ 00sec cent ee S. Africa. tikeniieel Dime (Th emMenHO, jOMCGHAD)) coc cme sorcrn coo soe on sey eco seaoeb nes ese Siberia. Grey -winged Ouzel (Merula UXOTRAD OUI) accte sacuaoe copepn 064 bee sao nortan Tndia. Leucocytozoa found in the blood of Birds. ‘Owl (Syrniam CHUTIC) aRtnues ee aeeeccr area eiroce ncame oneneste deardnaanchedc Europe. Found in the following for the first time : Haleated Duck (CHtunetta falcata) ......ts..e estes eee eee ee Siberia. Chilian Starling (Cureus aterrimus) ©......... 02.00. ce eee cee cece eens Chili. Babesia found in the blood of the following Mammat. Indian Wild Dog (Cyon dukhunensis) ... 0.2... 000.0. cee ccc eee cee tees India. Toxoplasma found in the blood of the following for the first time. [Mosse (CHRopaATROGEO, JARO®D) cco) sceiaon see convened cas Hes usdsoptos cnn oneCo" Madagascar. Blue-tailed Fruit Pigeon (Carpophaga concinna) ...........0...0. Aru Islands. ON EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRINA, Ua 12. On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of the Viverrinee, with the description of a New Genus. IB dite He OOOO, IIe Ss Itsy leash, | Cine ore Mammals. [Received December 11, 1914: Read March 9, 1915.] (Text-figures 1-7.) INDEX. Page Wee Ol WGC BUDA Mody sncoss box iascencsntaecascnossesc, LBP », Civettictis (gen. nov.) civetta .................. 184 » Viverricula malaccensis and V. rasse ...... 136 ej? \ CRAOARTO sone rm bear cmedeemem ater meaaacreInete te aml. 0 Feet as a Test of Specialisation... ..................... 139 Vibrisse and Rhinarium of Viverrine ................ 140 Reraqovme Cilenacls O! CRYOHAD caocecccaonsacoseadsecaasnecce 1D) Es 5 COOP BURA. occ sonans snesneon- 145 = 3 Vooenricula rassé 2...) LAT a a Civettictis civetta.................. 147 Apart from Genetta, which occurs in South Europe, the Viverrine Carnivores, in the restricted sense in which that term is here employed*, are limited to the Ethiopian and Oriental Regions, and Viverra is the only genus hitherto con- sidered to be both Ethiopian and Oriental’. The following species are included in it:—V. civetta of tropical Africa, and V. zibetha, civettina, megaspila, and tangalunga, which collec- tively range from western India as far eastward as southern China, Borneo, and the Philippines. It is the main purpose of the present paper to show that the wide discontinuity in distribution between the African and Asiatic forms is paralleled by structural differences in the glands and feet, necessitating generic recognition (see p. 134) t. Descriptions of the feet of Viverra may be found in various memoirs, text-books, and natural histories. These need not be enumerated since the descriptions appear either to be mere copies of previous records dating back at least to 1842, when Hodgson described and figured the hind feet of V. zibetha, or to have been derived, like Blanford’s account, from Indian species only. It is quite true that stateménts regarding the feet of V’. civetta have * Tuse the term Viverrine for the little group popularly called Civets and Genets, and commonly referred to the three genera, Viverra, Viverricula, and Genetta. Fossa, Linsang, and Poiana are here eliminated from this subfamily. + The occurrence of Viverricula in Sokotra, the Comoro Islands, and Madagascar must surely be assigned to human agency. ¢ Mr. Oldfield Thomas (P. Z.S. 1911, p. 137) has shown that the type of Viverra is zibetha; and since he agreed with Schreber and other early post- Linnean authors, who have been followed in this particular by subsequent writers, in restricting the term zibetha to the so-called large Indian Civet, it follows that the African species, no other name being apparently available, must receive the new generic title. G* e 132 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL been printed, but, instead of being taken from actual specimens, these have been published apparently on the assumption that the African species resembles its Asiatic congeners. At all events, I cannot find any evidence from the works I have consulted that the feet of V. civetta have ever been carefully examined with a view to comparison with those of V. zibetha or of any other Oriental species *. The facts substantiated in this paper are the result of the examination of specimens belonging to the two species just men- tioned, which died in the Zoological Gardens and came into my hands in a perfectly fresh state. Of V7. zibetha I have only seen one example, a male, from the Malay Peninsula ; but in the case of V. civetta my observations have been checked by an inspection of individuals of both sexes of what I take to be the typical race of this species, namely, the form that occurs in Sierra Leone, Liberia, Ashanti, etc. The Feet of Viverva zibetha Lnin. In his work upon Indian Mammals, Blanford described the feet of Viverra as follows:—“ Feet truly digitigrade, the meta- tarsus, metacarpus, and feet being hairy throughout, with the exception of a central and five toe-pads on all feet and a metacarpal pad on each fore limb. Claws small, partially vetractile and blunt.” This description applies to the feet of V. zibetha so far as it goes; but it requires amplification. The fore foot (text-fig. 1, A, C) is broader and more massive than the hind foot, as in most Carnivores, and carries a larger plantar pad. This pad is smooth and of the usual trilobate form, but with its posterior angles more produced than in the Canide and Felide. The pollical lobe, however, of the pad is either suppressed or indistinguishably fused with the posterior end of the internal lateral lobe corresponding to the second digity. The digits are moderately long and fully webbed, the web extending along the inner (admedian) part of the large smooth digital pads well beyond their proximal ends. The lateral webs are more * Miss Carlsson, however (Zool. Jahrb. Syst. xxvill. p. 559, 1910), gave a brief description of the feet of V. civetta, illustrated by two text-figures, to show the differences between them and the feet of Galidia, with which the feet of Mangos were also compared. So far as it is possible to judge from the somewhat indif- ferent prints, the paws of the specimen of V. civetta she examined agree with those that have come into my hands. + As in previous papers upon the feet of Carnivora, I use the term “plantar” indifferently for the large main pad of both fore and hind limbs. The trilobed condition of this pad results from the fusion of three originally quite distinct pads set opposite the intervals between the four principal digits, and hence called ‘“interdigital ? pads. (See Whipple, Zeitschr. morph. Anthropol. vii. 1904; Kidd, ‘The Sense of Touch in Mammals, etc.,’ A. & C. Black, 1907; Boas, Zool. Anz. 1909, p. 524.) Sometimes the pad lying primarily opposite the interval between the first and second digits forms part of it; but in the case of the Carnivora, at all events, when this element is indistinguishable, its absence appears to be due to suppression. However that may be, I call this element, when present, the “ollical or hallucal lobe,” because of its relations to the Ist digit. The three main lobes of the pad are called the “ median,” the “ internal lateral,” and the “ external lateral” lobes. CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRINA. 133 emarginate than the median ; and the width of the web joining the 3rd and 4th digits is about equal to the transverse diameter of either pad. Except for a narrow streak of naked or nearly naked skin passing from the digital to the plantar pad, the web is everywhere covered with hair. The pollex or Ist digit has a small but distinct pad situated about on a level with the posterior end of the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pad but separated Text-figure i, = = << SSE SSS SS SS Aes Mae seh WIA LILLE a 7 = WZ ee sy GALI y iy ZINE i, YZ Ly byt A. Inferior view of left fore foot of Viverra zibetha. B. Inferior view ot left hind foot of the same. C. External view of left fore foot of the same. therefrom by a bridge of hair. The claws are short and retrac- tile. Those of the Ist, 2nd, and 5th digits are unguarded by lobes of skin; but those of the 3rd and 4th digits are protected externally by a lobe of hairy skin, while there is, in addition, on the inner (admedian) side of the 3rd digit a very large flap-lke lobe guarding the adjoining claw and the claw of the 4th digit, when the two digits in question are in contact. These claws, in 134 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL short, are retractile and as well protected by skin-lobes as in many species of Melis * The carpal pad is moderately large but low. It is cordate in outline with the point projecting outwards and forwards. It is composed almost wholly of the ulnar element of the primitively double carpal pad, the radial or inner element being represented merely by a very small lobe jutting from its postero-internal end. Connecting the point of the carpal pad with the postero-external extremity ‘of the plantar pad is a narrow strip of naked or nearly naked skin. Apart from this strip the plantar pad is everywhere surrounded by hair. The hind foot (text-fig. 1, B) in its general features resembles the fore foot. There are, however, no well-defined skin-lobes protecting and forming sheaths for the claws. The hallux or Ist digit is set a little farther back, but is still close to the postero- internal angle of the plantar pad. This portion of the plantar pad terminates in a small area of naked skin, which may represent the hallucal lobe of the plantar pad. At all events it. occupies the position of that lobe. There is no trace of any pad or naked area of skin on the lower side of the foot behind (above) the plantar pad. I have not been able to examine the feet, either fresh or pre- served in alcohol, of V. civettina, megaspila, and tangalunga. Of the first, the so-called Malabar Civet, no material of any kind is available. Of the other two, there are several dried skins in the British Museum. So far as it is possible to judge from these, the feet of V. tangalunga resemble those of V. zibetha, at all events in the matter of hair-growth ; but those of J. Ugalde have the area between the plantar and digital pads much less thickly hairy. It is not indeed possible to affirm the presence of hairs on this area in all specimens ; but in some examples short hairs are visible between the pads. Perhaps this species differs from V. zibetha and JV. tangalunga, so far as this character is concerned, in the same way as the specimens of Viverricula malaccensis and V. rasse, described below, differ from each other. The Feet of Civettictis (gen. nov.) civetta Schreb. The fore foot (text-tig. 2, A, C) differs markedly from that of V. zibetha in the following particulars. The whole of the under- side round the plantar pad up to the margin of the webs and the digital pads is quite naked. The pollical lobe of the plantar pad, though small, forms a quite distinct excrescence set just behind the postero- -internal angle of the plantar pad and on a level with the digital lobe of the pollex, from which it is separated by a narrow area of naked skin, From the pollical lobe and from the corresponding external angle of the plantar pad, there usually = Tt does not appear to be generally realized that the extent to which the claws are “‘ sheathed ” varies considerably in different spscies of Felide. CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN.E. 135 runs backwards on each side a narrow strip of naked or nearly naked skin, the two uniting posteriorly just in front of the carpal pad and anteriorly just behind the plantar pad. They cireum- seribe a large, subovate area thickly covered with hair, and corresponding to the hairy area behind the plantar pad in V. zihetha. Text-figure 2. A. Inferior view of left fore foot of Civettictis civetta. {Sometimes the carpal pad is more distinctly cleft and the strips of naked skin running forwards from it may be overgrown with hair proximally. } & | B. Inferior view of left hind foot of the same. [Sometimes the metatarsal pad is cleft by a line of hair. } C. External view of left fore foot of the same. The carpal pad is large, transverse, and markedly bilobed. The two lobes, both rounded or subovate, are separated by a depres- sion, the outer or ulnar lobe being about twice as large as the inner or radial lobe. Behind them there is a small pointed area of naked skin. 136 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL The ciaws are long, projecting, not, or scarcely at all, retractile, and quite unprotected by sheaths of hairy skin. The hind foot (text-fig. 2, B) differs correspondingly from that ot V. zibetha, the area ait the sides and in front of the plantar pad being naked and the pollical lobe of the plantar pad forming a distinct excrescence. Behind it there is a small backwardly directed area of naked skin. The hallux is situated a little more forward, and its digital pad is larger. In addition, however, there is a distinct flat, baleinet sometimes divided, aniked pad siametie | some little distance behind (above) the plantar pad, and repre- senting the two streaks of naked skin traversing the underside of the metatarsus in Genetta and Poiana and the single small spot on that of Yossa *. The Feet of Viverricula malaccensis and V. rasse. I have seen no fresh specimens of V. malaccensis, but judging from dried skins the feet resemble those of Viverra zibetha in most respects. The pollex and hallux nevertheless, as noticed by previous writers, are considerably higher up; and I can find no trace of lobes of skin on the fore paw similar to those pro- tecting the claws in V. zibetha. Hodgson (Caleutta Journ. Sci. il. 1842, pl. i.) gave a sketch of the underside of the hind foot and drew attention to the presence of a small naked spot on the side of the plantar pad. This is the hallucal lobe of that pad. Its development seems to be variable, but in no case is it distinctive of this Civet, as the manner of its citation by Hodgson, Gray, and Mivart suggests. In the specimen figured by Hodgson, and in the skins above mentioned, the area between’ the plantar and digital pads was thickly hairy ; but in a spirit-preserved example in the British Museum, ticketed S.H. Java (H. O. Forbes), and therefore belonging to the species, or race, identified as V. rasse Horsf. by Bonhote tT, the greater part of this area is naked, the hair being restricted to a triangular patch on the web between the 3rd and Ath digits and to somewhat similar patches extending backwards from the edge of the webs joining the 2nd and 5th digits to the 3rd and 4th respectively. The skin at the sides of the plantar pads and back to the digital pad of the pollex and hallux is also naked, and a narrow strip of naked skin runs from the carpal ad to the digital pad of the pollex (text-fig. 3, A, B). The Feet of Genetta. These have been often described but not quite so fully as might be. Mivart’s figure and description of the feet of the species he identified as G. tigrina (P. Z.S. 1882, p. 152, fig. 3) * A peculiarity in the hind foot of Fossa is the upward migration of the hallucal element of the plantar pad in company with the hallux. This and the little metatarsal pad constitute “the two bald places” mentioned by Mivart. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1898, i. p. 121. P.Z.S. 1915. Part 1. Owing toa mishap during printing, text-fig. 3, D, p. 137, was badly broken ; this was unfortunately not discovered until after many copies had been distributed. The attached pages are to replace those previously issued. June, 1915. Pat Pe caietasacs Nit ; ‘ ihiswneltas CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN-E. Text-fieure 3. (=) lies Y We oy dey py A. Inferior view of right fore foot of Viverricula rasse. B. Ditto of right hind foot of the same. G. Ditto of right fore foot of Genettu pubiyinosa. Lb. Ditto of right hind foot of the same. isu) = 138 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL suggest, for example, that in the fore paw the carpal pads are separated from the plantar pad by a continuous tract of hair, and that in the hind paw the plantar pad is similarly cut off from the two juxtaposed narrow ridges of naked skin that traverse the underside of the metatarsus. I have not examined the feet of G. tigrina and can say nothing of that species; but in G. rubiginosa and G..pardina that condition does not obtain, at all events in the specimens I have seen. The pads are smooth, the area between the digital and plantar pads is thickly covered with hair, and the toes are webbed up to the proximal ends of the digital pads. The plantar pads are normally trilobed, but there are a large pollical and a hallucal lobe in contact posteriorly with the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pad of the fore and hind feet respectively. A naked strip of skin passes from the digital pad of the pollex and hallux to the corresponding lobe of the plantar pad. The carpal pad is antero-posteriorly elongate and manifestly bilobed, the external or ulnar element is much larger than the internal, the latter is connected with the pollical lobe by a naked strip of skin and a corresponding strip extends forwards from the large lobe of the carpal pad to the posterior external angle of the plantar pad. Hence the hairy patch im- mediately behind the plantar pad is completely cut off by naked skin from the hairs clothing the rest of the underside of the paw. Similarly in the hind feet, the two contiguous ridges of naked, skin, the outer of which extends farther up the metatarsus than the inner, diverge inferiorly and are continued as narrow strips of naked skin to the postero-external and internal angles of the plantar pad, circumscribing a long triangular hairy area. The claws are retractile and, except those of the hallux and pollex, are protected externally by a lobe of hairy skin. ‘Those of the fore foot, excluding the pollex, are protected on the outer side by a small lobe of skin, the lobes of the 2ndand 5th being smaller than of the 3rd and 4th, while the 3rd has, in addition, a larger internal lobe, similar to but relatively smaller than that of Viverra zibetha. In the hind foot, the claws of the 3rd and 4th digits are protected externally by small lobes. That is the con- dition observed in a male specimen of G. rubiginosa Gext-fig. 3, C, D); but probably the size of these lobes will be found to vary considerably in different species, for in the fore foot of an example of G. dongolana the lobes are all smaller than in that of G. rubi- ginosa, the lobes on the 2nd and 5th digits and the internal lobe on the 4th being scarcely perceptible. The feet of a specimen of G. dongolana, from Berbera, resemble those described above, except that the underside of the pollex and hallux is hairy, there being no strip of naked skin joining their digital pads with the corresponding lobes of the plantar pad, and that in the hind foot the lower divergent ends of the two ridge- like pads are not connected by means of naked strips of integu- ment with the posterior angles of the plantar pad, the area below CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN Al. : 137 Text-figure 3, NH Ne Wil Zoe Nat \{ Wil! f \ y "ULE A \e MW Wan hi fi: A INU NENW Garey Se Oy) ig LAN NWeea RNIN Wii, na | ii Y aN \ } Ys Ye; Y JANICE My, ig pee Ss. = 3 he NG hes UA Nerd LUN ZN 8 Bt at Pe THM ip, Ki ¢ see Pas! \ if AX) KY) ate ny D 3 A. Inferior view of right fore foot of Viverricula rasse. B. Ditto of right hind foot of the same. C. Ditto of right fore foot of Genetta rubiginosa. D. Ditto of right hind foot of the same. 138 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL suggest, for example, that in the fore paw the carpal pads are separated from the plantar pad by a continuous tract of hair, and that in the hind paw the plantar pad is similarly cut off from the two juxtaposed narrow ridges of naked skin that traverse the underside of the metatarsus. I have not examined the feet of G. tigrina and can say nothing of that species; but in G. rubiginosa and G. pardina that condition does not obtain, at all events in the specimens I have seen. The pads are smooth, the area between the digital and plantar pads is thickly covered with hair, and the toes are webbed up to the proximal ends of the digital pads. The plantar pads are normally trilobed, but there are a large pollical and a hallucal lobe in contact posteriorly with the internal lateral lobe of the plantar pad of the fore and hind feet respectively. A naked strip of skin passes from the digital pad of the pollex and hallux to the corresponding lobe of the plantar pad. The carpal pad is antero-posteriorly elongate: and manifestly bilobed, the external or ulnar element is much larger than the internal, the latter is connected with the pollical lobe by a naked strip of skin and a corresponding strip extends forwards from the large lobe of the carpal pad to the posterior external angle of the plantar pad. Hence the hairy patch im- mediately behind the plantar pad is completely cut off by naked skin from the hairs clothing the rest of the underside of the paw. Similarly in the hind feet, the two contiguous ridges of naked skin, the outer of which extends farther up the metatarsus than the inner, diverge inferiorly and are continued as narrow strips of naked skin to the postero-external and internal angles of the plantar pad, circumscribing a long triangular hairy area. The claws are retractile and, except ‘those of the hallux and pollex, are protected externally by a lobe of hairy skin, Those of the fore foot, excluding the pollex, are protected on the outer side by a small lobe of skin, the lobes of the 2nd and 5th being smaller than of the 3rd and 4th, while the 3rd _ has, in sdlition, a larger internal lobe, similar to but relatively smaller than that moe Viverra zibetha. In the hind foot, the claws of the 3rd and 4th digits are protected externally by small lobes. That is the con- dition observed in a male specimen of G. rubiginosa (text-fig. 3, C, D); but probably the size of these lobes will be found to vary considerably in different species, for in the fore foot of an example of G. dongolana the lobes are all smaller than in that of G. rubi- ginosa, the lobes on the 2nd and 5th digits and the internal lobe on the 4th being scarcely perceptible. The feet of a specimen of G. dongolana, from Berbera, resemble those described above, except that the underside of the pollex and hallux is hairy, there being no strip of naked skin joining their digital pads with the corresponding lobes of the plantar pad, and that i in the hind foot the lower divergent ends of the two ridge- like pads are not connected by means of naked strips of integu- ment with the posterior angles of the plantar pad, the area below CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRINA. 139 re) these ridges being continuously hairy from side to side across the metatarsus. The Feet as a Test of Specialisation. In attempting to estimate by the structure of the feet the degree of specialisation of the four genera of Viverrine Car- nivores, 1t may be assumed that this group is a specialised offshoot of a group of which the Paradoxures and their allies are existing representatives ; and that this Paradoxurine group had feet not only with the area between the plantar and digital pads naked, but also the area behind the plantar pad. This latter area extended on the hind foot up to or almost up to the heel (tarsus) and covered nearly the whole width of the underside of the meta- tarsus. On the fore foot it included two large carpal pads, together approximately equalling or surpassing in size the plantar pad. The inner or radial carpal pad was in contact with the well developed pollical lobe of the plantar pad, and the outer or ulnar carpal pad similarly reached the ezternal lateral lobe of the plantar pad. The central space between the median portion of the plantar pad and the carpal pads was depressed and covered with thinner naked skin. The pollex and hallux were low down, only a little distance behind the second digits of the paws. and abutted against the pollical and hallucal lobes of the plantar pad respectively. The Viverrine genera above enumerated show to a varying extent departure from the type of foot just described in the following particulars:—(1) Growth of hair over the naked integument ; (2) reduction in the size of the carpal pads and of the pollical and hallucal elements of the plantar pads; (3) separation of the pollex and hallux and of the carpal pad from the plantar pad. Those genera which exhibit these modifications in the most marked degree are the most specialised, and those in which they are least marked are the most primitive of the group, so far at all events as the feet are concerned. Judged by this standard the genera may be arranged from highest to lowest in the following order :—(1) Viverricula, (2) Viverra, (3) Ciwettictis, (4) Genetta. Or perhaps they should rather be placed in pairs, the Asiatic genera Viverricula and Viverra standing together at a considerably higher level than the two African genera Civettictis and Genetta. 'In the high position of the pollex and hallux, the feet of Viverricula ave the most specialised and the most feline of the section. On the other hand, the skin-lobes sheathing the claws in Viverra ave also a specialised and feline feature. Oivettictis is certainly more primitive than Viverra. Not only is the area between the plantar and digital pads naked, but in the fore foot this naked area is extended backwards on each side to the carpal pad. The carpal pad also is much larger and has its 140 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON EXTERNAL ulnar or inner moiety well developed and the pollical and hallueal elements of the plantar pad form tolerably large excrescences*. Finally, in the hind feet remains of the naked metatarsal area persist as the small bilobed pad. Between Civettictis and Genetta it is not easy to make a choice as regards degree of specialisation of the feet. The feet of Genetia are thickly hairy between the plantar and digital pads, the claws are short, partially retractile, and protected by small lobes of hairy skin, thus approaching those of Viverra. On the other hand, the pollical and hallucal lobes of the plantar pad are considerably larger than in Civettictis, and the carpal pads are not only larger, especially antero-posteriorly, but are situated nearer the plantar pad, both primitive features. Finally,in the hind limb the primitive naked area beneath the metatarsus is represented by the pair of median juxtaposed ridges above described. This is a much more primitive condition than that seen in any of the so-called Civets, two of which, Viverra and Viverricula, have lost all trace of this naked metatarsal area, while in Civettict?s it is merely represented by the small bilobed metatarsal pad. Vibrisse and Rhinariwm of Viverrinee. In the four genera here recognised as composing this subfamily, the vibrissee are well developed and quite normal for the Carni- vora—that is to say, there are an interramal tuft and two genal tufts in addition to the superciliary and mystacial tufts. The rhinarium shows some interesting differences in the types examined. Daubenton long ago pointed out that the rhinarium of Viverra zibetha differs from that of Civettictis civetta. In the former (text-fig. 4, C, D) it is slightly convex antero-posteriorly above owing to the elevation of its lateral portion, but from the anterior view it is lightly bi-convex owing to a longitudinal depression along the middle line. The anterior median sulcus dividing its narrow labial portion scarcely extends above that portion, being obsolete, or nearly so, on the internarial area. In C. civetia (text-fig. 4, A, B) this -groove is similarly shallow or indistinct above, but the upper margin of the rhinarium is more evenly convex from side to side, without trace of median de- pression, and in profile view it is straight, the lateral portion of the upper surface not being elevated. In Viverricula the rhina- rium is like that of Civettictis in shape, but the infra-narial portion is narrower and the median sulcus extending from the labial portion is stronger and reaches up to the internarial area. In Genetta rubiginosa (text-fig. 4, HK, F) the upper surface is flat in profile; while from the anterior aspect it is also flat with strongly rounded angles, but not biconvex as in J. zibetha, nor uniformly convex from side to side as in Civettictis civetta; and * Provisionally, at all events, I do not attach much weight to this difference because, since Hodgson figured a small hallucal element in Viverra zibetha, the character must be variable and we do not know the extent of the variation. CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN®. 141 the anterior median sulcus is more pronounced than in Viverricula and a little longer. Text-figure 4. A. Anterior view of rhinarium of Civettictis civetta. [The upper surface is too convex and too narrow. | B. Side view of the same. C. Anterior view of rhinarium of Viverra zibetha. D. Side view of, the same. KE. Anterior view of rhinarium of Genetta rubiginosa. F. Side view of the same. Norz.—The width of the naked area dividing the lip below the rhinarium varies according to the degree of separation of the two portions of the lip. It may be noted that in the biconvexity of its upper surface the rhinarium of Viverra zibetha approaches that of Paradoxurus, though it differs therefrom in the obsolescence of the anterior 142 MR. R, I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL internarial sulcus. Since this, however, is retained in Genetta, it is impossible to affirm the existence of any absolute difference between the rhinaria of the Viverrine collectively and of the Pavadoxurine. Perfume-glands of the Viverrine. The Glands of Genetta. [ do not find the description of the glands of Viverra (including Civettictis) and Genetta, published by Chatin (Ann, Sci. Nat. (5) xix. 1874), very intelligible. In the little summary given of their distinctive features, however, he states that the glands of Genetta differ fiom those of Viverra in having no special pouch for the storage of the secretion. This is quoted in many text-books and is referred to by Mivart (P. Z.S. 1882, p. 156) as ‘a most important difference.” Mivart aiso gives a figure of the gland of a female specimen referred to G. tigrina, but the accompanying letterpress does not agree with the figure, nor does it convey an accurate idea of the glands of the Genets that IT have examined. ‘The following account, therefore, may help to an understanding of this gland in the Genets and of the more elaborate gland found in the Civets. The glands consist of two elongated eminences covered with hair both externally and internally. When undisturbed the two lobes are closely apposed, their line of contact being marked by a longitudinal sulcus which is Y-shaped anteriorly, that is to say, just behind the vulva or prepuce. In no case does the median sulcus extend forwards to the vulva as figured by Mivart for G. tagrina. In males of the three species examined by me, namely, G. par- dina, G. rubiginosa, and G'. dongolana *, the space between the glandular lobes, when these are pulled apart, may be seen to be imperfectly divided into three compartments—marked in Mivart’s figure by the laterally extending grooves—one in front, one * G. dongolana is probably nothing but a subspecies of G. senegalensis, the gland of which was described by Chatin. Description of text-figure 5, continued. D. Anal and glandular area of newly born young of Genetta pardina 2, the labia of the gland separated, showing two pairs of depressions. £. The same of ¢. fj F. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Genetta felina °. G. The same, with the labia of the glandular space separated. H. Longitudinal and vertical section of the same. a., anus; gl., gland; pr., prepuce; s., scrotum; v., vulva. In fig. C; p., penis; 1, 2, 3, the three glandular pouches ; ¢., testis; o., orifice of anal gland within anus. CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN A, 143 Text-figure 5. Wy fy < WG Svs iy Ae TL / A A. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Genetta pardina 6. B. The same, with the three glandular pouches partially distended. GC, Longitudinal and vertical section of the same. 144 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL behind, and one between the two. The compartments are separated by two transverse ridges of integument, extending across the space between the lobes but with their summits below the level of the anterior, posterior, and lateral walls of the space. Into the bottom of each of these compartments the secretion of the glands can be squeezed from a pair of laterally placed clusters of minute orifices. Thus there are six centres from which the liquid secretion exudes, three leading from the right and three from the left gland. Longitudinal and vertical section of the glandular area shows that the low partitions between the compart- ments of the glandular space are formed by simple uprising folds of the integument of its floor. Beneath the integument a narrow strip of the gland stretches the whole length of the glandular area; beneath and in front of the gland is the penis; behind it the testis, and below the testis the anal gland with its orifice just within the anus (text-fig. 5, A, B, C)*. This is the condition of things in the males of the three species mentioned above; and the gland of a female Genet from Nairobi, similar in colour and markings to the 8. African G’. rwbiginosa, resembled those of the males in being divided into three com- partments and provided with three pairs of secreting areas, one pair for each compartment ; and I do not doubt that the female Mivart identified as G. tigrina was similarly provided. But in a half-grown female of G. dongolana the gland is of a different and simpler type. The median sulcus is Y-shaped as in the male, but when the lobes are pulled apart, the space between them is seen to be undivided, with a naked floor continuous m front with the naked skin surrounding the vulva and limited posteriorly by the preanal area of integument, which is covered with short hair. Secretion under pressure can be squeezed from the inner face of the glandular lobes, but there are no definite and isolated paired secreting centres as in the male of this species and of the others described. That the characters in which the gland of this young female differ from those of the adult male are not attributable to its immaturity, is shown by the occurrence of a gland, similar to that of the adult male, in a young male that came at the same time and from the same place as the young female, but died two months before she did. The sexual differences between these two in the structure of the glands was very striking. Again, I have drawings and notes of the gland of an adult female 8. African Feline Genet (G. felina) that died as long ago as June 1910. In all essential respects this gland appears to have resembled that of the young female G. dongolana, but the glandular lobes were larger and the space between them deeper, especially posteriorly. The hair lining the inner faces of the lobes was stained with yellow secretion, which could be squeezed * The glands are well developed in the newly born young of Genets. In themale G. pardina the gland resembles that of the adult ; in the female it is provided with two pairs of secreting pouches (text-fig. 5, D, E). CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN&. 145 from a definite area, pitted with numerous pores, upon each lobe (text-fig. 5, F, G, H). The structure of the gland in the females of G. dongolana and G. felina throws light, I think, upon a difficulty that puzzled Mivart, who could not reconcile his observations upon the gland in the female of G. tigrina with those of Daubenton (Bufton’s Hist. Nat. ix. 1761, p. 343, pls. 56-40) on the gland of what appears to have been a Huropean Genet (G. genetta). Daubenton figured a simple, small glandular space lying between two lappets and furnished with a pair of secreting pores. Except that the pores were described as single orifices, this gland agrees tolerably closely with that of G. felina, described above. It is not sur- prising that these two species, which resemble each other closely in many respects, should have similar glands in the female. G. tigrina, on the contrary, belongs to a distinct group of the genus, which includes G. pardina and G. rubiginosa amongst other species. So far as specific and sexual differ ences in the glands of Genets are concerned, my observations point to the possible division of the genus into two categories, as follows :— 1. Interglandular space tripartite and chambered, structur- ally alike in the two sexes (@. tigrina, pardina, rubiginosa) ; 2. Interglandular space of male as in section 1, that of female of a different and simpler type (G. genetta, dongolana, felina). But until these organs have been studied in other species and in the males of ints Selina, and genetta, and the female of pardina, the value of this opinion consists merely in its sug- gesting a useful line of research. The Glands of Viverra zibetha, In the male of this species the gland differs in two or three points from that of Genetta. The glandular space between the lobes is not subdivided by transverse partitions, but is much wider in its deeper parts than at the orifice, the margins of which overlap the space towards the middle line. Nevertheless, in the specimen examined the margins or “labia” were not mesially in contact in the posterior half of the gland, being somewhat widely separated towards the scrotum and rather abruptly convergent towards the prepuce. Furthermore, the anterior part of the glandular Space is roofed* over by the fusion of the integument forming the inner margins of the labia, so that the two Tobes cannot be divaricated throughout their length up to the prepuce, as in Genetta. This overlapped area * The gland is here described as seen from the ventral side, with the orifice looking upwards, as when the animal is lying on its back. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. X. 10 eS for) MR. R. I. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL Text-ficure 6. A. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Viverra zibetha ¢. B. Longitudinal and vertical section of the same. C. Transverse section of gland of the same. D. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Viverricula rasse 9, the labia of the glandular space widely separated. a., anus; ap., anal pouch; g/., interglandular space; p., peiis ; pr., prepuce ; s., one half of scrotum ; v., vulva. CHARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN.E. 147 constitutes a large storage pouch for secretion. The secretion appears to make its way into the depths of the glandular space through five areas on each side. The two anterior of these lie in the anterior pouch and the three posterior, the last nearest the scrotum being quite small, in the hinder part of the glandular space, which is only overlapped laterally by the labia (text-fig. 6, A, B, C). Other points to be noticed in this region are the following -— The scrotum is divided, and the broad area between its two halves is naked and glandular and extends backwards from the open posterior mouth of the perfume-sac nearly to the anal area. But it is separated from the anal area by an upstanding rim of integument, which is continued to the right and left and curves backwards like a collar round the anal area without, however, quite encircling it posteriorly. The anus lies in the centre of the space thus circumscribed, and this space is naked save for the hairs that grow on the integumental rim. Thus in the specimen examined at all events there is a very definite glandular area, defined by an upstanding rim, round the anus, as in the Mungooses and, to a greater degree, in Cryptoprocta. The figure published by Chatin (Ann. Sci. Nat. (5) xix. 1874, pl. u. fig. 10) of the anal and glandular region in V. zibetha does not agree with the description just given. The anus is not encircled with an integumental ring, the halves of the scrotum are in contact, and the cleft between the glandular lobes is much shorter and not expanded posteriorly. His figure in fact tallies in all essential respects with those showing the corresponding parts in C. civetia (pl. i. figs. 1, 2, 3). Beyond suggesting that his specimen, if correctly named, may have been young, I can think of no plausible explanation of the discrepancies. The Glands of Viverricula rasse. In the female example of this species in the British Museum the two glands (text-fig,. 6, D) are large and the space between them is undivided and is overlapped marginally, both at the sides and in front, to a iesser extent than in the case of the male Viverra zibetha described above. In the female, at all events, of this species, the glandular apparatus cannot be said to differ from that of Genetta in being provided with a distinct pouch for the storage of secretion, as Chatin and others following him have asserted. The Glands of Civettictis civetia. Chatin’s figures and description of the glands of the African and Indian Civets show no anatomical differences between the two species, but sketches and notes I made in 1909 on the gland of a male C. civetta demonstrate one important distinction (text-fig. 7, A). 148 MR. R. IT. POCOCK ON EXTERNAL Superficially the gland, scrotum, and anus are as represented by Chatin. The cleft between the glandular lobes is a simple undilated slit, the two halves of the scrotum are not widely separated, and there is no integumental collar round the naked anal area. When the two glandular lobes are pulled apart, there appears on the inner face of each a moderately large oval orifice leading into a large hair-lined sac or pouch, which extends forwards, backwards, and upwards within the gland. The secre- tion is poured into this sac from its walls and makes its way into Text-figure 7. NAY \ A i St ie NS) Fee \ NS A SA AA/A Vd La bd A B A. Inferior view of anal and glandular area of Civettictis civetta 3, with the labia of the interglandular space widely separated. B. The same of Civettictis civetta 2. |The area round the vulya is naked back to the gland. | a., anus; gl., interglandular space; o., orifice of pouch excayated in gland of -); pr., prepuce; s., scrotum; v., vulva. the space between the glandular lobes through the orifice. Thus the space between the two glands may be described as separated from the main pouch of the gland on each side by a wall per- forated by a large aperture. It is this pouch, apparently, that Chatin described as the ‘‘ réservoir” or ‘“ poche”; and he quite rightly insists upon the distinction between it and the inter- glandular space marked superficially by the cleft between the two glandular lobes. In this respect there is a marked differ- ence between the gland of the male Civettictis civetta and of the HARACTERS OF THE VIVERRIN. 149 Genets ; but there is also a marked difference between the glands of the former and of the male Viverra zibetha. The gland in the female C. civetta (text-fig. 7, B) superficially resembles that of the male, and when the glandular lobes are pulled apart the space between them, lined with hairs and secretion, is seen to be in communication in front with a pair of deep pockets, separated bya vertical partition, each pocket passing forwards alongside the vagina and beneath the area of integu- ment that separates the vulva from the glandular cleft. Thus the gland of the female Civettictis civetta is tolevably similar to that of the male. % Setting aside cranial and dental features * and making use of some of the characters set forth in this paper, the four genera of Viverrine, in the restricted sense in which that term is here used, may be briefly contrasted as follows :— a. Interglandular space in the males and some females divided into three compartments by two transverse ridges of integument, in other females forming a small, shallow ae ; metatarsus with a Jong narrow double | WAV! | onenes . Genetta, _ Interelandular space never so divided and in the females always forming a deep, capacious pouch; metatarsal pad absent or very short. é. Each half of the gland excavated to form a pouch com- municating with the interglandular space by a constricted orifice. A small metatarsal pad above the plantar pad; carpal pad markedly bilobed; sole of foot in front and at the sides of plantar pad quite eee claws longer, unsheathed, less retractile .... .... Pete want te caetan ae ena OMDEGLICLESS . Halves of the gland not so excavated ; no metatarsal pad; carpal pad not so markedly bilobed ; sole of foot partially or wholly hairy ; claws shorter, more retractile. c. Pollex and hallux as in Genetta and Civettictis, low down, their digital pads approximately on a level with the postero-lateral angle of the plantar pad; claws of 3ra and 4th digits of fore foot guarded by large skin- lobes ¥ .. Viverra. . Pollex and hallux higher ‘up, “above the “postero- lateral angle of the plantar pad; claws of 3rd and 4th digits of fore foot unguarded by lobes of skin..................... Vivervicula. * Since most contemporary mammalogists will probably consider cranial and dental characters of more value in the discrimination of genera than the external features here made use of in severing the African from the Oriental Civets, I may point out that the former may be further distinguished from the latter by the prominence of the tympanic bulla and of the parocc:pital process that accom- panies it. This difference is well shown in the case of V. zibetha and C. civetta in Blainville’s Ostéogr. Mamm. Atlas, Viverra, pl. vii. The two molars of the upper jaw and the last molar of the lower jaw are also markedly larger in C. civetta than in V. zibetha; and in the matter of the dentition and of the tympanic area V. megaspila and V. tangalunga and Viverricula malaccensis go along with V. zibetha. + At least in V. zibetha; unknown in TF. tangalunga and megaspila. COTA Ra: Pie a Sade: BO okt Aa 4 ; ‘ly RRNA ed eer det Ve TNT, | PS. hr eee ete Pec My 7,0 ‘ ‘ en ny it Fv ti ees fr eer ce) i ils & © oer ne 7 qe ‘ey; at Hak iv i ep ty A et inp a i y , ‘ 5 ie a Tie Aca} jijs ' Titon ee | i a4 @ ea \ A h } 7. ‘wi , LP i, ae Ff yi x 4 = as j = : Mt at 19 \ é te h : "i rf 1 a o UF as : P *) A j * k Si yi x es , ak ' we 7 ‘ he ’ fei ; vip. 4 7 ' : [ 7 ; iy F Pca A a « { 7 ; g + ms r F oN 5 we ; mt ¢ ' ° . r ’ . | Hae F =_ j ‘ : i , af 1 / * af f ' 7 ‘ if i 4 < ee), al ; : + : aati ey ca ae ee ee, ee vat) af buddy +A des ii AE ba , i) 4 . a 4 t rel iiy)| A de 2% : " THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, aul EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. February 9, 1915. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Srcrerary read the following report on the Additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of November, December, and January, 1914—5 :— NOVEMBER. The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of November was 58. Of these 42 were acquired by presentation, 9 were received on deposit, and 7 in exchange. The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 177. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :-— 2 Klands (Yaurotraygus oryx), from S. Africa, presented by A. H. Wingfield, F.Z.8., on November | 8th. DECEMBER. The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December was 52. Of these 27 were acquired by presentation, 18 were received on deposit, 3 in exchange, and 4 were born in the Gardens. The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 137. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— 1 Peter’s Dwart Mongoose (Helogale undulata), from Wangi, Tanaland, E. Africa, new to the Collection, deposited on Deceinber Ist. 1 Golden-eared Honey-eater (Ptilotis chrysotis), from New Guinea, new to the Collection, presented by Alfred Ezra, F.Z.8., on December 7th. 2 Red-crowned Fruit-Pigeons (Alectrwnas pulcherrima), from the Seychelles, received in exchange on December 21st. JANUARY, The number of registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of “January was 30. Of these 22 were acquired by presentation, 1 by purchase, 3 were received on deposit, 2 in exchange, and 2 were born in the Gardens. The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 132. Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :— 1 Sing-Sing Waterbuck (Cobus defassa), 2 , from Senegambia, presented by A. H. Wingfield, F.Z.5., on January 26th. 152 MR. E. LERON-ALLEN ON SKIAGRAPHS OF FORAMINIFERA. 1 Squirrel-Monkey (Saimiris sciwrea), from Demerara, and 1 Potto (Potos caudivolvulus), from Colombia, presented by Gordon R. W. Hutton on January 27th and 3lst. 2 Senegal Genets (Genetta senegalensis), from Zaria, Nigeria, presented by Charles Migeod on January 19th. 1 Peter’s Spotted Fire-Finch (Lagonosticta niveiguttata), from BK. Africa, new to the Collection, received in exchange on January 11th. The Application of X-rays to Microscopical research ; illustrated by Skiagraphs revealing the internal structure of Foraminifera. Mr. EK. Heron-Attsn, F.L.S., F.Z.8., brought before the Society a new method of determining the internal structure of the Foraminifera without transparent mounting or section-cutting, or other interference with the specimens, by means of Skiagraphs. These have been made by Mr. J. EK. Barnard. A series of slides was exhibited showing :—(i.) The first experiment made for the purpose of ascertaining the structure of a Foraminifer of a new type, and of extreme rarity found in the Kerimba Archipelago (KH. Africa). (ii.) An ordinary North Sea dredging showing the internal structure of the Foraminifera as if they had been mounted in balsam. (ii1.) Thick and dense tests of J/assilinw secans (d’Orbigny) and Skiagraphs of the same. (iv.) The still thicker and denser tests of Biloculina bulloides VOrbigny, the Skiagraphs showing the arrangement of the earlier chambers. (v.) Cornuspura foliacea (Philippi). The dense imperforate shells, and Skiagraphs revealing micro- and megalo-spheric primordial chambers. (v1.) Coarse and densely agglutinate tests of the arenaceous species Astrorhiza arenaria Norman, and Skiagraphs revealing the cavi- ties containing the protoplasm body. (vul.) Two monothalamous arenaceous types of similar external appearance. ‘The Skiagraphs reveal that one is Botellina labyrinthica Brady, and the other Jaculella obtusa Brady. (viii.) The dense hyaline tropical species Operculina complanata Defrance, with the obscuring papille constituting the var. granulosa of Leymerie, the Skiagraphs revealing curious distortions of some of the internal septa. (ix.) The equally dense species Orbiculina adunca (¥ichtel & Moll), the central chambers obscured by thick shell-growth which does not affect the Skiagraph. (x.) The coarse and solidly built arena- ceous species Cyclammina cancellata Brady, the dense cement shell studded with sandy particles. These disappear in the Skiagraph, which shows the labyrinthic structure and a megalospheric primordial chamber. (xi.) A Nodosarian, showing the method of growth by the addition of successive chambers. [From (vi.) to (xi.) were shown in two states, (a) in black on a white ground and (6) reversed.| (xii.) The common tropical form Orbitoliées complanata Lamarck, the Skiagraphs showing the Milioline early chambers. Shells of this species were also exhibited which had ON THE ANATOMY OF THE OPEN-BILL. WH been skiagraphed to ascertain whether they were in the process of viviparous reproduction described by Brady *. The speaker’s views upon the importance and ultimate poten- tialities of this new method of research have been set out at length in the Proceedings of the Royal Microscopical Society (Jan. 20th, 1915). At present the definition and resolution of these internal structures is limited by the fact that the original Skia- graph is not a magnification, the magnification being produced by projection ; but it appears more than likely from the experiments of Mr. Barnard that a newer process of Microskiagraphy will, before long, give results which may ultimately yield information of the highest biological value in relation to the structure and functions (behaviour) of simple protoplasmic organisms. When this difficulty has been overcome Messrs. Heron-Allen and Barnard propose to continue these experiments upon living Foraminifera, and they see no reason why, in the near future, the nucleus should not be resolved, and some of its functions photographed in the living condition. The Stomach and Intestines of the Open-bill. Dr. P. Cuaumers Mircuett, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society, exhibited preparations made from two examples of the Indian Open-bill (Anastomus oscitans) which had recently lived in the Society’s Gardens, and remarked as follows :—‘“ In dissect- ing these birds I noticed two peculiarities which do not appear to have been described before. The Open-bill is stated to live on shell-fish and the conformation of the bill is described as forming a sifting apparatus. In the stomach there is an elaborate arrangement which would serve asa sifting organ to prevent large particles from passing into the duodenum. The stomach is divided into a soft-walled glandular proventriculus, separated by a constriction from a muscular gizzard, the lining membrane of which consists of a hardened layer of secretion, as in most birds with a gizzard. This communicates by a wide aperture with an elongated, rather small cardiac chamber, which is scft-walled and opens into the duodenum. ‘The wall of the gizzard is raised in a strong, crescentic fold which biocks the aperture into the cardiac chamber, the free margin of the fold being frayed into flat plates placed like the teeth of acomb. The ridge and plates are covered with the hardened secretion lining the general cavity of the gizzard, and particles of food can reach the intestines only after being squeezed through these plates. The gizzard in each specimen was nearly full of large stones. The second peculiarity related to the colic ceca. In Herons only one of these is present, but in Storks the normal pair occurs. In both examples of Anastomuws, which has always been regarded as a stork, only one of the two ceca was present, as in Baleniceps.” * J. BR. Micr. Soc. 1888, pp. 693-697, pl. x. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XI. Il ee ON DAURIAN OR BEARDED PARDRIDGES. Sir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., F.Z.8., exhibited the tanned skin of a large Capybara (Hydrocherus hydrocherus), which he sug- gested might be identical with the “ pigskin” of commerce, and the skull of a Walrus (Zrichechus rosmarus) from Kamschatka, with record tusks. The weight of the skull and tusks was about 40 Ibs. The tusks alone weighed 214 Ibs., and measured 364 inches in length, 293 inches from outside the gum, and 93 inches in girth. Mr. Guy Ayumer, F.Z.8., exhibited some skins of mammals from Sierra Leone, including those of a Serval (felis capensis) and of a Servaline Cat (/ servalina), and stated that a native had brought him two kittens, almost certainly from the same litter, one being spotted like the Serval and the other obscurely speckled like the Servaline Cat. This he regarded as proof that the differences between the Servals and Servaline Cats are of no systematic importance. February 23, 1915. Prof. KE. W. MacBrins, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair. Dr. P. Cuaumers Mircueti, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society, exhibited mounted examples of three species of Cock- roach, Periplaneta americana, P. orientalis, and Phyllodromia germanica, all of which had established themselves in different houses in the Society’s Gardens, and stated his wish that some naturalist would endeavour to work out the causes of the selective distribution of these insects. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex- hibited, on behalf of Mr. Epwarp GeRRARD, the mounted head of a male Sitatunga Antelope (Limnotragus) shot by Capt. H. D. Bentinck on the Bahr-el-Ghazal. Instead of being dark brown, the colour characteristic of the males of this buck, the head was whitish brown, suggesting that the individual was a partial albino, My. D. Sern-Surrn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Epwarp GERRARD, a pair of Daurian or Bearded Partridges (Perdix daurica), which had recently been purchased in the flesh at a poulterer’s shop in London. Numbers of these partridges arrive in London and other large Kuropean towns every winter in a frozen state, and are sold under the name of “ Russian ” or “‘ Manchurian Partridges.” The species inhabits THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 155 Central and Eastern Asia, and may readily be distinguished from the Common Partridge, P. perdix, by its paler colour, the elongated feathers on the sides of the throat, and by the black horseshoe patch on the breast. Miss Annie C. Jackson exhibited some living male specimens of the Indian Stick-Insect, Caransius morosus, and remarked :— “The male of this species was figured by Redtenbacher in his monograph ‘ Insektenfamilie der Phasmiden’ without any comment as to its rareness or otherwise. When, however, the species is bred in captivity males are very rare, and I believe Tam right in saying that hitherto, though many insects have been bred in this country, only one male has been observed. Last year IT reared about 3000 stick-insects and among them identified seven males. The female stick-insect you are doubtless familiar with, as there are many in the insect-house here. The male differs from the female in its smaller size and more slender appearance, and the antenne and legs are proportionately longer. The rei vermilion colour present in the adult female on the inner side of the femur of the front legs is absent ; on the dorsal surface of the thorax there are two small red marks, while on the ventral surface both meso- and metathorax are streaked with red; in some females, however, the ventral surface of the thorax is similarly marked. One of the males differed from the others in having one of the front legs with a patch of red as in the adult female, the other one being normal; the leg with the red patch is distinctly shorter than the other, which suggests that the insect at an earlier stage lost the leg and developed this one in its place, as it has Hie power of doing, but why it should have grown one resembling that of ‘an adult female I am unable to explain.” March 9, 1915. R. H. Burne, Hsq., M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Secrerary read the following report on the Additions m ale to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1915 The number of register ed additions to the Society’s ieee during the month of February was 62. Of these 27 were sequived by presentation, 5 by purchase, 25 were received on deposit, 2 in exchange, and 3 were born in the Gardens. The number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 129, Amongst the additions special attention may be directed to :-— 2 Azara’s Dogs (Canis azarica), from Santa Fé, Argentina, presented by George O’Donnel on February 10th. 156 ON COLLECTIONS MADE IN DUTCH NEW GUINEA. 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus) 3, from Australia, pre- sented by Capt. F. Dent on February 26th. Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a skull of Chryso- chloris asiatica with four upper molars on each side. On November 24th, 1914, Dr. Broom exhibited a skull of Chryso- chloris hottentota with only one molar on each side above. A few species of Chrysochloris have normally two molars, and used to be placed in the genus Amblysomus. But Chrysochloris namaguensis has one-third of the known specimens with two ‘molars, one-third with three molars, and the rest with two molars on one side and three on the other. Most species of Chrysochloris have three molars. The specimen exhibited shows that even the type species is variable. The following reports on the collections made by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea were read, and Mr. W. R. Ocrtyvix- GRANT gave a short account of the expeditions and the results obtained :— Coleoptera. By G. J. Arrow, G. A. K. Marswatn, F.Z.5., and C. J. GAHAN. Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.H.S., and EH. E. Austen, F.Z.S. Odonata. By Herpert Campion. Vermes. “By Dr. L. Cognerrr bE Martius. These reports will be published in the ‘ Transactions.’ NOTICE. In my “ Description of a new Lizard from the Canary Islands ” (P. ZS. 1914, p. 681) unfortunately a slight error occurred in the dimensions given of the head of Lacerta cesaris :— Instead of ‘Width of head 3 of the length” it should be ‘‘ Width of head = of the length.” (Signed) Pu. Leurs. March 5th, 1915. i No. 139. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* February 9th, 1915. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed. The Secretary read a Report on the Additions to the Society’s ‘Menagerie during the months of November and December, 1914, and January, 1915. Sir Epmunp G. Lopsr, Bt., F.Z.S., exhibited the tanned skin of a large Capybara (Hydrocherus hydrocherus), which he sug- gested might be identical with the ‘“ pigskin” of commerce, and the skull of a Walrus (lrichechus rosmarus) from Kamschatka, with record tusks. The weight of the skull and tusks was about 40 lbs. ‘The tusks alone weighed 211 lbs., and measured 363 inches in length, 294 inches from outside the gum, and 92 inches in girth. Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircuett, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Secretary to the Society, exhibited preparations of the stomach and intestines of the Open-bill (Anastomus oscitans) and described the elaborate sifting apparatus in the stomach and the presence of only a single colic ccecum. Mr. E. Heron-Atuen, F.L.S., F.Z.8., exhibited a series of skiagraphs of Foraminifera, revealing their internal structure without transparent roounting or section-cutting, or other interference with the specimens, and illustrating the application of X-rays to microscopical research. * This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance, 2 Mr. Guy Avyrumer, F.Z.S., exhibited some skins. of mammals from Sierra Leone, including those of a Serval (Felis capensis) and of a Servaline Cat (7. servalina), and stated that a native had brought him two kittens, almost certainly from the same litter, one being spotted like the Serval and the other obscurely speckled like the Servaline Cat. This he regarded as proof that the differences between the Servals and Servaline Cats are of no systematic importance. Mr. H. G. Promer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Pathologist to the Society, read his Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Society's Gardens during 1914, and on the Blood-parasites found during the same period. Mr. E. G. Boutenesr, Curator of Reptiles, read a paper on an Aglyphodont Colubrid Snake (Yenodon merremiz), with a vertically movable maxillary bone. The vertical mobility of the maxillary bone in Snakes had previously been regarded as essentially characteristic of the Viperide. Observations on the Snake in question, which was recently received by the Society from Mr. W. A. Smithers, C.M.Z.S., showed that the mobility of its maxillary bones was so great that the fangs could be not merely erected, but were capable of being thrust forward and sideways, the mechanism being as perfect as in any of the Vipers. Mr. Boulenger pointed out that the discovery of a solid-toothed Golubrid with vertically movable maxille went a long way towards settling the so often discussed problem of the derivation of the viperine maxillary bone. The author traced the probable evolution of the bone, expressing the opinion that the Viperidee were descended from the Opisthoglyph Colubrids, and that the old view, recently revived, that they were of Proteroglyph ancestry, must be abandoned once and for all. Dr. Winttam Nicort, M.A., M.D., F.Z.S., communicated the deseription of a new species of Liver-fluke from the Kestrel, the first of its kind found in Great Britain. The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on ‘Tuesday, February 23rd, 1915, at half-past Five o'clock p.M., when the following communications will be made :— Miss JACKSON. Exhibition of a collection of Stick-insects. (1) Abnormal Gills in the Starfish, Porania pulvillus O. F.M. (2) On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species. Miss KATHLEEN HAppon. On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca). RowLaNnD i. Turner, F.Z.8. Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia. Lt.-Col. J. M. Faworrt. Notes on a small Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, 1911-12. The following papers have been received :— F. F. Larpiaw, M.A., F.Z.S. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo. —Part Il. A Collection made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. Moulton in September and October 1913. G. Arnotp, M.Sc., A.R.C.S., and C. L. Boutenerr, M.A., D.Sc., E.ZS8. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River-System. On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of the Viverrine, with the Description of a New Genus. Miss M. L. Herr, B.Sc., FZ. On some New Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s Gardens. Dr. L. Cognetti DE MaARtTits. I Report on the Vermes (Oligocheta) collected by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea, A Report on the Coleoptera collected by the British Ornitholo- gists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea.—Parts I. and II. _F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.B.S., and B. E. Ausren, F.Z.8. Report on the Diptera collected by the British Ornitholo- gists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. G. E. NICHOLLS, D.Se., E.L.S. A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coceygewm) of the Anurous Amphibia. Herbert CAMPION. Report on the Odonata collected by the British Ornitholo- gists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea. Bruce F. CumMines. On Two new Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt. R. Broom, D.Sc. ee On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the British Museum. J.T. Cunnineoam, M.A., F.Z.S8. The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of Structures resembling Molluscan Shells. Haruanp, F.R.M.S. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).—Part II. FRMS, EZS., and ARTHUR Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement of the Cestoidea.— XVI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyurotenia. R. Lypexker, F.R.S., F.Z.8. The True Coracoid. Sc ent fic Mectings should P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. ZooLoctcaL Socrery or Lonpon, Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W, February 16th, 1915. No. 140. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. February 23rd, 1915. Prof. E. W. MacBripz, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed. Dr. P. Cuatmers Mircuett, F.RB.S., F.Z.S., Secretary to the Society, exhibited mounted examples of three species of Cock- roach, Periplaneta americana, P. orientalis, and Phyllodromia germanica, all of which had established themselves in different houses in the Society’s Gardens, and stated his wish that some naturalist would endeavour to work out the causes of the selective distribution of these insects. Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.RB.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, ex- hibited, on behalf of Mr. Epwarp GERRARD, the mounted head of a male Sitatunga Antelope shot by Capt. H. D. Bentinck on the Bahr-el-Gazal. Instead of being dark brown, the colour characteristic of the males of this buck, the head was whitish brown, suggesting that the individual was a partial albino. Mr. D. Seru-Surru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Epwarp GERRARD, a pair of Daurian or Bearded Partridges (Perdix daurica), which had recently been purchased in the flesh, at a poulterer’s shop in London. Numbers of these partridges arrive in London and other large European towns every winter in a frozen state, and are sold under the name of * This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the day of publication at the price of Siapence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance. 8 “Russian” or “ Manchurian Partridges.” The species inhabits Central and Hastern Asia, and may readily be distinguished from the Common Partridge, P. perdix, by its paler colour, the elongated feathers on the sides of the throat, and by the black horseshoe patch on the breast. Miss Annie C. Jackson exhibited some living male specimens of Stick Insects, and remarked that, although she had sueceeded in rearing several thousands in parthenogenetic generation, she had obtained only seven males. Miss Kataitrmn Happon read a paper “On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-Worm.” xternal digestion is a phenomenon of fairly wide occurrence among various groups of insects, and the mouth-parts are in some cases specially adapted to this purpose. The larva of the Glow- worm (Lampyris noctiluca) feeds on snails, of which it leaves no residue but an empty shell; it is unlikely that there is any preliminary anesthetising as asserted by Fabre. The mandibles of the larva bite up the food and each mandible is pierced by a fine tube, through which a dark-coloured fluid is exuded. The bases of all the mouth- -parts are covered with fine outwardly- directed hairs, which are bathed in the juices of the snail whilst the larva is feeding; the juice is sucked into the cesophagus, which is extremely narrow, by the action of a pharyngeal pump similar to that found in other sucking insects. Dr. J. F. Guemuinn, M.A., F.Z.8., read a paper on the ‘“‘Ciliation of Asterids and on the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species.” The arrangement of the ciliary currents on the various surfaces of four widely different species of Starfishes is described in detail. This arrangement is constant for all individuals in each of the species, and, except as regards external surfaces, is practically the same in all the species. Everywhere the arrangement is shown to be explicable by physiological needs. Ciliation in the peri- heemal spaces is demonstrated. In the case of Porania pulvillus a mechanism for ciliary feeding is shown to exist, and the results of experiment demonstrate that this kind of feeding actually takes place. As regards Astropecten, it is only shown, so far, that the arrangement of the actinal and abactinal cilia makes ciliary feeding possible. In Solaster papposus ciliary feeding probably takes place, but in an entirely minor degree. The other starfishes examined gave negative results. The important bearing of the above results on questions of phylogeny is briefly discussed. 9 Dr. GEMMILL also gave an account of several examples of the phanerozonate Starfish, Porania pulvillus, with actinally placed gills. The abnormality is of interest as confirming various other lines of evidence, which show that the division of Asteroids into Phanerozonia and Cryptozonia is not an entirely natural one. My. R. HE. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S., presented a paper containing descriptions of a large number of new Fossorial Wasps, mostly collected by him while on a recent expedition to Australia, but including a few received from the Queensland and West Australian Museums. Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcrrr contributed a paper on a collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British Hast Africa. The bulk of the species was taken at light during damp evenings, and perhaps the most interesting capture is that of a specimen of the celebrated Actias besanti Rebel, a large and most beautiful Saturnid moth distinguished by its extremely long tails. This is a well-known rarity of the ‘“ first water,” and only, four speci- mens were previously known to have been taken, two of which are in the British Museum and two in Germany. Besides the forms described as new species, there are a good many previously- described forms not as yet represented in the National Collection, which of itself is evidence of their rarity. Mr. Feather is to be especially congratulated upon the very perfect condition of his specimens and the very accurate record he has kept of the dates of their capture and the localities. Many of the forms dealt with in this memoir were only previously known to science through specimens brought from Tropical West Africa, and were previously unrecorded from British East Africa. But this region still remains to be properly worked out, and a great field of research is in store for anyone who can find time to take the matter in hand. The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, March 9th, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.m., when the following communications will be made :— ee eo Me Bee iene = a aa of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo. —Part III. A Collection made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. Moulton in September and October 1913. 10 G. ARNOLD, M. Se. " A.R. C. Sky and C. I. BoULENGER, M.A., 1D: Sc., E.ZS.. On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River-System. On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of the Viverrine, with the Description of a New Genus. Miss M. L. Hart, B.Sc., F.Z.S. On some New Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s Gardens. Reports on the Collections made by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea :— Coleoptera. By G. J. Arrow, G. A. K. MarsHatt, F.Z.8., and C. J. GAHAN. Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S., and E. Hi. Austen, F.Z.8. Odonata. By Hurperr Campion. Vermes, By Dr. L. CoGNerti DE Marvrits. The following papers have been received :— G. KE. Nicxorns, D.Sce., F.L.S8. A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coccygeuwm) of the Anurous Amphibia. Bruce F. CumMines. On Two new Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt. R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the British Museum. J. T. Cunnineuam, M.A., F.Z.S. The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of Structures resembling Molluscan Shells. E. Heron -Auuen, F.LS., FARMS. F.Z.5., and Arruur Eariann, F.R.MS. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Etubig tiene East Africa)—Part II, 7 Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement of the Cestoidea.— XVI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyurotenia. R. Lypexxer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. The True Coracoid. Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. ZOOLOGICAL Soctery oF Lonpon, Recent’s Park, Lonpoy, N.W. March 2nd, 1915. rece YY : ae 5 oy a ere wo Seg DP ends oe 08 oaks ur Te ner aie) atta nth aaa INO. 141. ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.* March 9th, 1915. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed. The Sucrerary read a Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie during the month of February 1915, Dr. R. Broom, M.D., C.M.Z.S., exhibited a skull of Chryso- chloris asiatica with four upper molars on each side. On November 24th, 1914, Dr. Broom exhibited a skull of Chryso- chloris hottentota with only one molar on each side above. A few species of Chrysochloris have normally two molars, and used to be placed in the genus Amblysomus. But Chrysochloris namaguensis has one-third of the known specimens with two molars, one-third with three molars, and the rest with two molars on one side and three on the other. Most species of Chrysochloris have three molars. The specimen exhibited shows that even the type species is variable. Mr. R. I. Pococs, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Curator of Mammals, read a paper upon the feet, perfume-glands, and other external characters of the Viverrine, using this term in a restricted sense for the typical Civets and Genets referred hitherto to the three genera Viverra, Viverricula, and Genetia. He pointed out, however, that a new generic term must be introduced for the African Civet (V. civetta) which differs from the Oriental species (V. zibetha), the type of the genus Viverra, in the presence of a * This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday followirg the date of Meeting to which it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge, to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained onthe day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for the sum of Str Shillings per annum, payable in advance, 14 small metatarsal pad, the absence of skin-lobes protecting the claws on the fore-feet, the nakedness of the area of the feet round the plantar pad, the structure of the perfume-gland, etc. Miss Mary L. Hert, B.Sc., ¥.Z.S., gave an account of some new Pentastomids obtained from the lungs of snakes which had died in the Society’s Gardens. There is great difficulty in establishing diagnostic characters for the separation of species in the Pentastomids. Size and number of annulations have generally been used as standards of comparison and they hold good in a certain number of cases; but in many forms both these characters are so variable as to afford no sound basis for classification. This is illustrated by Porocephalus bifurcatus and three allied forms which are here described as varieties. They were all obtained from the lungs of snakes from different regions. An average specimen of each form differs from the other varieties in length and number of rings, but intermediate forms occur which almost bridge the gap between them in both particulars. Hence it is difficult to regard them as separate species. If, however, the differences should prove to be of specific value, the four species, together with one other, should certainly be united in a new genus, as they differ from all other Pentastomids and resemble one another in several important particulars, notably in the possession of an anterior female genital aperture. The following reports on the coilections made by the British Ornithologists’ Union Expedition and the Wollaston Expedition in Dutch New Guinea were read, and Mr. W. R. Oaityir- GRANT gave a short account of the expeditions and the results obtained :-— Coleoptera. By G. J. Arrow, G. A. K. Marsnatn, F.ZS., and C. J. GAHAN. Diptera. By F. W. Epwarps, B.A., F.E.S., and EH. EH. AvstEN, F.Z.8. Odonata. By Herperr Campion. Vermes. By Dr. L. Coenerii pe MArtus. These reports will be published in the ‘ Transactions.’ Mr. G. Arnotp, M.8c., A.R.C.S., and Dr. C. L. BouLencsr, M.A., F.Z.S., contributed a paper containing an account of the freshwater Medusa recently discovered by one of the authors in the Limpopo River system. This jelly-fish is referred to the same species (Limnocnida rhodesie Boulenger) as the form described from a tributary of the Zambesi River in 1912. Species of Limnocnida are now known to occur in the five 15 principal river systems of Africa as well as in the Bombay Presidency of India. The paper contains descriptions of the structure and habits of the jelly-fish, and attention is called to the occurrence of parasitic Infusorians of the genus Trichodina on both the African species, L. tanganice and L. rhodesie. Mr. F. F. Larraw, M.A., F.Z.S., presented a paper on Bornean Dragonfties collected by Mr. J. C. Moulton on Mount Kina Balu, in which he described two new genera and seven new species. The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be held on Tuesday, March 23rd, 1915, at half-past Five o’clock P.M., when the following communications will be made :— W. R. Ocinvie-Grant, F.Z.8. Exhibition of Partridges and other Game Birds. F. E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrangement of the Cestoidea.—X VI. On Certain Points in the Anatomy of the Genus Amabilia and of Dasyurotenia. R. LypexKer, F.R.S., F.Z.S. ———— The True Coracoid. J. T. Cunnixcuam, M.A., F.Z.S. The Artificial Formation from Paraffin-Wax of Structures resembling Molluscan Shells. Bruce F. CumMMINGs. Fah eee eee eG On Two new Species of Polyplax (Anoplura) from Egypt. The following papers have been received :— G. E. Nicuotts, D.Se., F.LS. A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coceygewm) of the Anurous Amphibia. 16 R. Broom, M.D., D.Sc., C.M.Z.S. 1. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the British Museum. 2. On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the “ Tnsectivora.” KH. Heron - Auten, SESS B.Z.S8., and ARTHUR HARLAND, F.R.M.S. The Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa).—Part I. eal G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8. A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should be addressed to P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. ZOOLOGICAL Socrery oF Lonpon, Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. March 16th, 1915. PAPERS. : Page . On the Ciliation of Asterids, and on the Question of Ciliary Nutrition in Certain Species. By Jamzs F, Gemuiin, M.A., M.D., D.Sc.. F.Z.S. (Plates I.-III., and Text-figures MRSC ip aha atehesstategeyamtetnle pee. tatere paleisyalcrsii= Sao noo OS OOnEO OD AOS nO 5c 1 - Abnormal Gills in the Starfish Porania pulvillusO.F.M. By Janes F. GemMiz, M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S @ext-ficune: l)rsee sie ARON G io DR OO OSLO URE RO cIGe nis aoc aces ail 3. Contributions to a Study of the Dragonfly Fauna of Borneo.—Part ITI. A Collection _ tr Pe ee ee ee ee, ee, ee ny ee Re made on Mount Kina Balu by Mr. J. C. Moulton in September and October 1913. By F. F. Lamzaw, M.A.(Camb.), F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1-5.).. 0... 0.0.00 cece eeee ee 25 . Descriptions of New Fossorial Wasps from Australia. By Rownanp HE, Turnar, F.Z.S., ID Senta (Cel atio wl) aye tarsee spcecuoseis te 'svshete es /clSnae wel cre tia wens « ees ne sticisvatelsetiaere erm eer 41 . On a Freshwater Medusa from the Limpopo River System. By G. Arnoxp, M.Sc., A.R.C.S8., Curator cf the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo, and C. L. Bouneneer, M.A., D.Se., F.Z.8., Zoological Department, The University of Birmingham. (Plate I., and Mext—timures) 185 25). sre.0 ele= > aie Soup paRU soe UdUe becpinn pd gy dos Oen Con oa! Donates 71 . On the Methods of Feeding and the Mouth-parts of the Larva of the Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca). By Karutezn Happoy, Zoological Laboratory, Cambridge. “EUS bane acini oes Arche SRC CROLL OC OIS cinEIHE Cea ene : . Ona Colubrid Snake (Xenodon) with a vertically movable Maxillary Bone. By EH. G. Bouenger, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. (Vext-figure 1.) .......... Sia oe bdncaccon 83 . A New Liver-Fluke (Platynosomum acumtnatum) from the Kestrel. By Wuiniram NrcOnr MEAS. D)- Sch aMeD H.21,S.1 (Lestetioure |.) cc vier soiss ss cisieciecls e's estos ctiee's 87 . Notes on a Collection of Heterocera made by Mr. W. Feather in British East Africa, -7911-12. By Lt.-Col. J. M. Fawcntt. (Plates I. & IL.) .......... BO ORI opm ee 9 . On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological Society’s Gardens, London. By Mary L. Hert, B.Sc., F.Z.S8., Demonstrator of Zoology at Bedford College for Women, WWuiversity ot Wondons (Vext=tromressl—4yin. .). oe occ scisisie we cle sivinie once oValuta ey s¥arete lial 115 . Report on the Deaths which occurred in the Zoological Gardens during 1914, together with a List of the Blood-Parasites found during the year, By H. G. Pumwer, F.R.S., EY ZIS pe abaolomistibO, te! SOCIeLY js). /ce eiste.cls) a sleleie\nis seteyaeucelels eek ares retelayatereior cots 123 . On the Feet and Glands and other External Characters of the Viverrinz, with the description of a New Genus. By R. I. Pococn, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., Curator of MammulosaChext-toures 1 f2)ic o, sa-cagmiee cathe also caltts cleric Oe sims Ratatat sPrerare 131 fee ee eee oo OS ee ee © ‘Gyan eBlo dy Sah ate ee _ I, 7 Ciliation of Asterids. ............. a Ee ey I<. eal Gama: oa. Wye Structure of Australian Wasps. sete e nee e ees 44 Z - Arnouy & Bourenenr: Pl. 1. Limnocnida. shamaias ss sae gle § » Happon:’ ~~ P), esas? otaweurr. oY. 2P1: NOTign | (= The ‘ Proceedings’ for the y year are issued in poe parts, Peale c so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8. 1915, 2. _is as follows :— Sora ig Si SRE Oe sasued j in March. ayers 2) e"e)8) 1 ‘ : j ” Il. 99 June, — Se : t ; ; ? UTE ” Kae Se e jer. he eee aS iene: FENG eee December, _ _-_ Broceedings,’ 1914, Pars TV. (pp 945-1077), w December 18th, 1914, : ‘The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings, contained i in this Pa PROCEEDINGS OF THE GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS OF THE ZQOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 1915. Ae Do TE: CONTAINING Pacers 157 to 298, witH 2 Puates, 47 Trext-Ficurgs, TitLepacr, INDEX, ETc. JUNE 191 < AN 5 1916 yO liviva af Muse PRINTED FOR THE re SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN RHEGENT’S PARK. LONDON : MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO., PATERNOSTER ROW. [Price Twelve Sule LIST:OF CONTENTS: 1915, Parr II. (pp. 157-298), EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. Mr. W. R. Ocinvie-Grayt, F.Z.8. - Exhibition of Colour-Variation in Partridges eee eee Sir Epwuxp G. Lopmr, Bt., F.Z.8. Exhibition of tanned skins of a Pig and of a | Capybara. (Text-ficures 1 & 2.) 678) 00) 650) (=e 10/9) \0\0\1e (8)1@) 8" +s fine (6) 6) (a, @! 5 J0) © \e)e\e\ 0) 0) « clielismeiayalnticheiaie Prof. H. Maxwett Lurroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects. Notes on Insects bred in the Caird Insect House DICE OS CRC DCG SROs M OCC ONC LOE ON I Oi UNO Choos) Citareaub OOS a qa Ot con The Sucrrrary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1915 UH ee eee eee eeeeerc ee 9 So ae vero @.8 ee Ne) 6.) a ©) ew aie 0.6 ee 10 6 ola) ete) ob) (er eueln inattencmatel Dr, A. Samiti Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibiti n of an anterior horn of a Woolly Rhinoceros (Lhinceeros antiquitatis) CD NUSCEOTOCOSOS CRUST SCS Oat CiOn EC mONCH t OSONCRON CISC ary Au wOLchrLU-ce cen Mr. D. Seru-Surrn, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of photographs of the nuptial display of the male Great Bustard (O¢is tarda) Mr. E. Huron-Auuny, F.LS., F.Z.8. Exhibition of a Jantern-slide of Miliolina circularis (d’ Orb.) EC Se ete ORC CED CE CACC POMS ECHR ECHO GNEOEOPC Le COCOd ont c The Secrerary. Exhibition of lantern-slides of young Grey Seals (Halicherus grypus) . Mr. H. J. Exwes, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Extract from a letter on the possible existence of a large Ape in Sikkim 2,6 Ja talie iP ine fei el ale le veicaile ie Kele.le elt: (ode iw @u8) ale lan falpiieie sia eile siinceienaheletetete Prof. Winiiam Barzson, F.R.S., F.Z.S8. Exhibition of drawings illustrating the heredity of “ hen-feathering” in Cocks .......... . Es Messrs. E. Hrron-Atumn, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Artuvr Eartanp, F.R.M.S. Notice of Memoir on the Foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago, Portuguese Hast Africa: dE ial bl Door oo Cie Sage Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper, 295 - -ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Tais Society was founded in 1826 by Sir Sramrorp Rarries, Mr. J. Sasrne, Mr. N. A. Vicgors, and other eminent Naturalists, for the advancement of Zoology and Animal Physiology, and for the introduction of new and curious subjects of the Animal Kingdom, and was incorporated by Royal Charter in 1829. Patrow. HIS MAJESTY THE KING. COUNCIL. HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, K.G., F.BS., President. Ricwarp H. Burns, Esa, M.A., || Vice-President. ° Atrrep H. Cocks, Ese., M.A. Tar Rr. Hon. Toe Hart or Cromer, G.C.B., F.R.S. F. G. Dawrrry Drewitt, Ese., M.A., M.D. Coartes Drummonp, KEse., Treasurer. Tur Eart or Dunmore, V.C., M.V.O. AurreDd Ezra, Esa. SipnEY Frepreric Harmer, Ese, MeAMe SC): ERE Sa) Vace= President. Str Epmunp Gites Lopmr, Br., Vice-President. Pror. Ernest W. MacBripe, M.A, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vicc- President. Guy A. K. Marswatn, Esa. EK. G. B. Mrapr-Watpo, Esa. P. Cuatmers Mrrcnett, Ese., M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., Secretary. |W. R. Oeitvin-Grant, Ese. ALBERT Pam, Esa. Tue Eart or Porrsmovura. Tue Marquess or Srico, F.S.A., Vice-President. AUBYN M.A. Antuony H. Wrinerterp, Esa. ArtHuR Smita Woopwarp, Ksa., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President. TrEvoR-Barryr, Ese., 2 The Society consists of Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members, elected according to the By-Laws. It carries out the objects of its foundation by means of its collection of living animals, by its Library, and by its Scientific Publications. The Office of the Society, Regent’s Park, N.W., where all com- munications should be sent, addressed to “The Secretary,” is open from Ten till Five, except on Saturdays, when it closes at Onz p.m. The Library, under the superintendence of Mr. Henry G. J. Peavot, is open daily (cxcept Sunday) from Ten a.m. till Five p.m.; on Saturdays, Ten a.m. till Two p.m. The Library is closed from Good Friday to Easter Monday, and upon all other Bank. Holidays. It is also closed annually for cleaning purposes during the whole month of September. The Meetings of the Society for General Business are held in the Meeting Room at the Society’s Office on the third Wednesday in every month of the year, except in September and October, at half- past Four o’clock p.m. The Meetings for Scientific Business are held in the Meeting Room at the Society’s Office fortnightly on Tuesdays, except in July, August, September, and December and January, at half-past Five o'clock p.m. The Anniversary Meeting is held on the 29th. of April, or the nearest convenient day, at Four p.m, The Society’s Gardens are open daily from Nine o’clock until Sunset. Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.LS., is the resident Super- intendent and Curator of Mammals, Mr. D. Seth-Smith is Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works, Mr. E. G. Boulenger is Curator of Reptiles, and Prof. H. M. Lefroy is Curator of Insects. The Prosectorium for Anatomical and Pathological work is under the charge of Mr. Frank E. Beddard, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., Prosect or, assisted by Mr. H. G. Plimmer, F.R.S., M-R.C.S., Pathologist to the Society. A TERMS FOR THE ADMISSION OF FELLOWS. Friitows pay an Admission Fee of £5, and an Annual Contri- bution of £3, due on the Ist. of January, and payable in advance, or a Composition of £45 in leu thereof; the whole payment, including the Admission Fee, being £00. No person can become a Fxrrow until the Admission Fee and first Annual Subscription have been paid, or the annual payments have been compounded for. -Fetiows elected in November and December are not liable for the Subscription for the vear in which they are elected. PRIVILEGES OF FELLOWS. Frttows have Personal Admission to the Gardens upon signing their names in the book at the entrance gate, and may introduce Two Companions daily. The Wire or Hussanp of a Fettow can exercise these privileges in the absence of the Fellow. Until further notice, Frttows will receive 40 undated Green Cards, available on any Sunday or week-day up to the end of February of the year following the year of issue, and 20 White Cards available on any week-day up to the same date. Twenty of the Green Cards may be exchanged for a book containing two Orders for each Sunday in the year. Twenty White Cards may be exchanged for a book of dated Saturday Orders, each Order available for any day except Sunday in the week ending with the Saturday for which it is dated. Special children’s tickets will no longer be issued, but the Green and White Cards will be perforated, and each half will be valid for a Child under twelve years of age. It is particularly requested that Fellows will sign every ticket before it goes out of their possession. Unsigned tickets are not available. Frettows are not allowed to pass in friends on their written order or on presentation of their visiting cards. Frttows have the privilege of receiving the Society’s ordinary Publications issued during the year upon payment of an additional Subscription of One Guinea. ‘This Subscription is due upon the 1st. of January, and must be paid before the day of the Anniversary Meeting, after which the privilege lapses. Frxtows are likewise entitled to purchase these Publications at 25 per cent. less than the price charged to the public. } fo . General Subjects .. . Mammalia SBANVES), (hae . Reptilia and Batr aehia. . Pisces ; . Tunicata . Mollusea . Brachiopoda .. . Bryozoa . Crustacea . Arachnida . Myriopoda . Insecta. . Echinoderma . Vermes .. . Coslenterata .. XVIL. XVIII. Index of new names of genera paral subeCneMe bee Be EH bo bo & b&b poi OW NOM oi ee OSC NE a NS) Spongize pe otoz0a SCSODSBOSOHBOBSOSDSCSOHBASOAS P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Seeretary. Recrnt’s Parx, Lonpon, N.W. June, 1915. ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. Tire scientific publications of the Zoological Society of London are of two kinds—“ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and “ Transactions,” in quarto. According to the present arrangements, the “‘ Proceedings”’ contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien- tific meetings, be ntijso all the papers read at such meetings and recomme, cd to be published in the ‘ Proceedings ” by the Upuamnities a Publication. on CICB ISOS. Gus) G). Gis O oy VL sp ate me oe CWSI es we EO eers & SO se 0. 01B.Gs ena od re oe CaSO SIONS gaale OO) see NS 12. © 2) OMX Part 1, (Pls. L-V.). (eb. 1912) Oils O 1 4 0 rp ee (elles NI 0">) (Ayo I) EP SO, a O » 3 (Pls. XVIEXXHI.)(Peb. 1913). 1 2 G6. LAO. © pect (IS 5 NONGIAY [= INONGVAIE)) (Ria) oO . 12 0 », »» (Pls. XX VID-XXX.)(March1914) 9 O. 12 0 55 Ge (UP ROO) Gilemreia UME 3 © . 5 0 » @. (Pls. XXXIL, XXXII )(Mayl914) 7 6. iQ) © GO ean( Maye ONAN cycuvere arom, ote sort eee sO) POG UTES ROT MeL Wa et a ope By, 2 @ Sil Osa (imme LOA) nar se cctnShegete easter 2) eis 3.0 ill CR1E XXXIV -)) (Now. 19114) t Os 1@ © 5) 12: (Bis XX XV XXXVI) (Nov. 191419" 0. 120 » ld. (Pl. XXXVIIT.) (June 1915) . ) ©. 12 0 now able to offer for sale, at the reduced price of £30, sets of Vols. V.—XVIJ. inclusive, and | In consequence of a re-arrangement of the stock of the ‘Transactions,’ the Society is separate papers, of which a list can be supplied, at about one-fourth their published price. PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 2 vols. (Letterpress only). Price to Price to the Fellows. Publie. Part I. 1830-31. 1 vol. 8vo., out of print. yy Ile kee PE SES OC at sc AG TOs el EOS: PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, First SErizs. Parts 1-XV. (1833-1847). 8vo. 15 vols. (Letterpress only.) Price to Fellows : 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s. Index 1830-1847. Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d.: to the Public, 6s. Parts I., VII.-IX., XI., XIV., XV., out of print. SECOND SERIES. Parts XVI.-XXVIIT. (1848-1860). 8vo. 13 vols. (Letterpress only.) Price to Fellows: 4s. 6d. each part ; to the Public, 6s. Index 1848-1860. Price to Feliows: 4s. 6d.; to the Public, 6s. The Parts of this series containing Coloured Plates are out of print. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 40 vols. and 4 Indices. Letterpress only. With Plates uncoloured. With Plates coloured. Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Price to Price to the Fellows. Public. Fellows, Public, Fellows. Public. IG oo 4 Gh cone Ge acosed Qs. Rint ee MU Si pols seca Ba, Bh Gaon SESE USGQHe Ash Cde aaa OSs saan 9s, Renee See uae a OSM Oden tec Loss MSG opps Os ares aise rasa 9s, Peal SSuserte ROSH Che Renn S tty SCAM SeOGS aelOSse® wen as 9s. seranem sic ae git 30s. Od. .... 45s.* USCSye easy Gee sae OSSiota oe 9s. Sine liRSs EL I BBS Ode Fe abs. HGS 56 4S eh sono Chios onan 9s, OS aac OOS ia Cn eA OSE IS OUR ERR ce neem ae ren coceuanhias 9s, Kho MAGE o mnie Spee cl gata CUI IUCKOG) ea aetna Seto ate ale oR EER one 9s. tates OGM terse a Aes SY OE tae ale A eye TKO) ee ele ie ote rei ta ily cape 9s. Bor Berd ae ee ts 335, 9d. .... 45s. TOYO ities BELA Rene os RA as Swish as Qs. he TASS ahh BO BU cong eae linalesch SIO VO) | a obaenaeee So aus (Gh 5 0c 6s (DUAR sapere rete Matt Pee nse ate 9s WSS ae 0 B08, Nd. 2s... 48 1S YEG Remora thew ory ene Petes 9s AE Mano 0 Gos Oden ae) AOs.te TCA BORG Ge GEN tern tenet age aut apt 9s NYG. Sie » Bae Qh sono Gis HS (A abe evry St ec pe oe 9s RAP a 3 36s A48s.+ NS ROMO ere cr ore roe eet 9s 1B 36s 48s TSG aes ssh aetna er Ste 9s 2 Shae 368 48s. US (icgig ner eee eo RRA ORE beter 9s 12s. 36s 48s TASKS Getter cent aera ERE e iS aed 9s Derr aeene he 068 48s RS OMe resect vagina <1 ates eck Sear emaae: 9s, Seay lS) Sirsa a rare 36s. ass: NSS OR sepes eeatare ciaislscnic a ere ae 9s, Late SH ey cen uNenOSs et Coke InidexesIS/MEUSSOF esas aes ep Sed eaten (OSs 1881-1890. Ten volumes .... Each .......... Peace 36s. coon 48S, Index ISSISIS9O) we woken ce ASS OG sas stig OS: 1891-1900. Ten volumes .... Each .......... Febiome Go AY sao (As, Ingles; WeSC) a oun oe eon 455 Odss 5.4) OS. * No perfect copies in stock. tT Out of print. PROCEEDINGS or tue GENERAL MEETINGS ror SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS or tur ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 8vo. 29 vols. and Index. Price to Price to the ; Fellows, Public. 1901-1910. Twenty volumes ..............+--... Each 18s. ...... 24s. Innglex, ISOMSNONO sn odudocccoasascodcqeuroodnoopcdodens Ass Odds Vy e)o mise IOI, Waly LESG aoe to eoos condo obeoudon oo ao oon dee oO oEON IS eames 24s ni eyed A A eck ete somo aio oro" oareo-oncn bio Ganorat Gc NSst witidet 24s IQS ies Sbion ke ob ooes stiaons Bo Bo ooOD OGD Neo on KdoN 183) 54a 24s. 95 ll Enno o io mle aa Maeno oie o tre Gra bn eco Uaoes 'O LBs eee 24s IGE a MIL oe need mca’ seu de due Boer Gandeosod D088 LSS, oeteicesiee 24, Fu pl Doin dis APs Roe Deo Gna dc bo dane 8 os clas Snerao 0.4 INSSSaaeee ae 24s. NOV, Gj “Ube oodoash dove nd docconasdcnegonsooagoedodos TSsiis, vero 24s, Seo) i Ub aets Son Oh Mao MIGNG clad apictabie opens Tec oom Se me Ss tears 24s WONG i dee eo doeoogg cous DE near ean ne eth e cias cee etneaes con WSS.) ose LISTS OF THE ANIMALS IN THE SOCIETY’S GARDENS List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Highth Edition.) 8vo. 1883. Cloth, 4s. 6d. List of the Vertebrated Animals now or lately Living in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London. (Ninth Edition.) 8yo. 1896. Cloth, 6s. CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY of the Zoological Society of London (Fifth Edition.) 8vo. 1902. Cloth, 6s. THE OFFICIAL ILLUSTRATED GARDEN GUIDE—1 2th Edition —with (1) a Railway and Street Map, showing a direct - route to the “Zoo” from all parts of London and the Suburbs ; (2) a Plan of the Grounds, showing at a glance the location of the animals; (3) a short description of some of the principal animals in the Collection (now containing over 3000 spe- cimens), together with 50 Photographie Illustrations and Index. Price 6d. in Stiff Paper Cover, postage 14d., or in Green Cloth Cover price 1s. 2d. post free. THE HOUSE-FLY CAMPAIGN. An illustrated pamphlet by Prof. H. Maxwrit Lurroy, M.A., F.Z.8. Svo. 1915. Price 2d. (By post 22d.) P. CHALMERS MITCHELL, Secretary. Regent's Park, London, N.W. June, 1915. These publications may be obtained at the Socrury’s Orricy or through any bookseller. Peano: 11S BROOM seims R.B.del. Cambridge University Press. JACOBSON’S ORGAN IN TUPAIA. EG 1915. BROOM. Pian Cambridge University Press. JACOBSON’S ORGAN IN GYMNURA. ON THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. 157 PAPERS. 13. On the Organ of Jacobson and its Relations in the “Tnsectivora.’—Part I. Tupaia and Gymnura. By R. Broom, D.Sc., M.D., C.M.Z.S. {Received March 9, 1915: Read April 13, 1915. ] (Plates 1 & 11%) INDEX. STRUCTURE: Page Mijxada.s OvesA OH VACONSOM 5 cosassaqconcsucascoasosccsencso coy WAS Gymnura: 5, on Sapa Seatac tahins sheets state seee ae OW. In 1897, in “ A Contribution to the Comparative Anatomy of the Mammalian Organ of Jacobsen,” published in the Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin., I called attention to the very great value of a study of the morphology of the cartilages connected with Jacobson’s organ as a guide to the affinities of aberrant mammals. Changes in habit bring about most marked alterations in teeth, bones, and many viscera, but the delicate little cartilages in the nose are so little affected that we find almost exactly the same type of structure in forms so dissimilar as the sheep, cat, hedgehog, bat, and lemur. And as the arrangement is an extremely com- plicated one, we seem justified in concluding that the similarity indicates affinity and common origin of those types rather than independent developments of this remarkable structure. So far as at present known there are only two main types of the organ of Jacobson and its relations found in mammals: (1) the primitive or Marsupial type, which is a simplification of the type found in the Monotremes, and which is retained with slight modifications in such forms as Dasypus, Orycteropus, and the Rodents; and (2) the higher Eutherian type found in Ungu- lates, Carnivores, Hrinacews, the bat Miniopterws, Lemur, and Procavia. Jn 1902 I examined the organ in J/acroscelides, hoping, in view of Parker’s discovery of marsupial characters in the skulls of the allied Petrodromus and Rhynchocyon, that I might find some type intermediate between that of the Marsupialand that of Hrinaceus. To my great surprise I found that in its relations the organ in Muacroscelides has no resemblance whatever to that of the typical Insectivore, but agrees in practically every detail with the type seen in the marsupial Perameles. In my paper “On the Organ of Jacobson in the Elephant Shrew (JJacroscelides proboscideus)” which appeared in the Proce. Zool. Soc. 1902, vol. i. p. 224, I came to the conclusion that, “from the fact that Jacroscelides agrees with the Marsupials in every detail of the anatomy of this region, we are forced to the conclusion that it is a very near relative of the Marsupials, * For explanation of the Plates see p. 162. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XII. 12 158 DR. R. BROOM ON and has probably very little affinity with the more typical In- sectivores.” When my paper was written I was in the Karroo, far from any libraries, and I was not aware that in 1864 Peters had divided the Insectivora into two groups: (A) those with an intestine with a large cecum, including “ Galeopitheci,” “'Tupaye,” and “« Macroscelides ” ; and (B) those with intestine simple, without cecum, including “Centetine,” ‘ Erinacei,” “ Talpina,” and *¢ Sorices.” Haeckel in 1866 definitely divided the Insectivora into two suborders : (1) Menotyphla, including the families Cladobatida, with Fie and Z'upaja, and Macroscelidia, with M/acroscelides and Rhynchocyon; and (2) Lipotyphla, including the families Soricida, Talpida, Hrinaceidea, and Centetida. Though most later workers have regarded the Insectivora as a single - natural group, Leche (1884) has suggested separating the Menotyphla as a distinct order, and Gregory, in his recently published work on ‘ The Orders of Mammals’ (1910), places the typical Insectivora in the Superorder Therictoidea, and the Menotyphla as an order of the Superorder Archonta, together with Dermoptera, Chiroptera, and Primates. For some time I have been most anxious to examine the organ in Tupaia to see how far it agreed with M/acroscelides, and fortunately I was able to obtain from the American Museum a very good specimen, preserved in formalin, of a young Zupaia, and for comparison a young specimen of Gymnura. Both specimens had been obtained in Borneo by Mr. C. W. Beebe. Prof. J. P. Hill’s laboratory assistant, Mr. F. Pittock, has kindly sectioned for me by microtome the Gymnura snout, but owing to the extreme hardening of the Twpaia specimen the snout had to be cut by hand. Both specimens show all the desired characters satis- factorily. The Organ of Jacobson in Tupaia. (Plate I.) The nose in Z'upaia, unlike that of JMacroscelides, does not extend very much in front of the premaxillary bone, and the nostrils are nearly terminal, but look more outwards than forwards. A section passing through the nostril shows the nasal cartilages forming a median septum with a well- developed alinasal cartilage above and a small cartilaginous extension forming the nasal floor. A few sections further back, the anterior part of the inferior turbinal is seen in section, attached to the upper part of the nasal wall, and showing the opening of the naso-lacrimal duct on its side. Immediately behind the nostril the inferior turbinal is seen rising vertically from the nasal floor. The nasal-floor cartilage is still attached to the base of the septum but is small, and there is no cartilage in the external wall of the nasal passage. THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. 159 Pl. I. fig. 1 shows a transverse section passing through the front of the premaxillary bone. Here the nasal-floor cartilage is seen detached from the septum, and forms not only the floor but the support for the inferior turbinal. The anterior part of the outer cartilaginous wall is also seen cut across. Fig. 2 cuts through the first incisor and the anterior part of the papilla of the palate. The nasal-floor cartilage is seen con- nected with the cartilage of the lateral wall and forming the cartilaginous support of the infericr turbinal. The great size of the papilla is well seen. The appearance of the structures in this section resembies considerably a similar section through the snout of Didelphys, and also somewhat a similar section through the snout of Dasypus. Fig. 3 represents a section nearly 1 mm. behind that repre- sented in fig.2. The papilla is seen occupied by a large papillary cartilage. The recurrent nasal-floor cartilage has the inner portion enlarged where it is about to become Jacobson’s cartilage. The inferior turbinal is further up on the lateral nasal wall. This section resembles a corresponding section through the snouts of any of the Polyprotodont marsupials. In the structure of the nasal cartilages the resemblance is rather with Dasywrus and Didelphys; in the great development of the papilla and its cartilage the resemblance is more with Perameles. Figs. 4-6 represent three sections close to each other, and only a short distance behind that shown in fig. 3. They illustrate the relations of the naso-palatine canal, and the opening of the organ of Jacobson into the nasal cavity. The peculiar structure which I have elsewhere called the outer bar of Jacobson’s cartilage is well seen. In fig. 4 it is attached to the upper part of Jacobson’s cartilage. In fig. 5 it is free, and in fig. 6 attached to the lower portion of Jacobson’s cartilage. The structures in these sections are typically Polyprotodont marsupial and resemble those of Perameles as much as those of Perameles do those of Dasyurus or Didelphys, and considerably more than do those of any known Diprotodont marsupial. The outer bar of Jacobson’s cartilage is believed to represent the remains of the turbinal of Jacobson’s organ in the Mono- tremata. It is present in all mar supials, in Das) YPus, Orycteropus, Maeroscelides, and some Rodents, but is unknown in any of the higher mammals. Fig. 7 represents a section considerably further back than that shown in fig. 6. Here Jacobson’s organ is seen well developed, with a single blood-vessel on its outer side and another on its inner, exactly as in Perameles and Didelphys. Jacobson’s cartilage has the usual shape, and is supported internally and below by the palatine process of the premaxillary. Along the floor of the nasal cavity is a distinct posterior nasal-floor cartilage. This is the only structure in the snout that is not typically Poly- protodont marsupial. As the structure is well developed in EKehidna, it is manifest that in this respect Zupaia, which retains ie 160 DR. R. BROOM ON it, is more primitive than the Polyprotodont marsupials which have lost it. It is very well developed in the Rodent, Lepus. In WMacroscelides it is only slightly developed in the young specimens which I examined, but may be better developed in the adult. Fig. 8 shows a section near the posterior end of the organ. The organ is still seen to be of large size, lying in the U-shaped cartilage which it nearly fills. Jacobson’s cartilage rests on the palatine plate of the maxillary, and is supported internally and superiorly by the vomer. If the figures here given of sections of the snout of Tupaia be compared with those I have given of sections of MJacroscelides, it will be seen that the two are formed on exactly the same type, and that the differences are not greater than are seen in the different families of the Diprotodont marsupials or of the Artio- dactyles. Both genera agree closely with the Polyprotodont marsupials, and, as will be seen from the study of the snout of Gymnura, differ in almost every feature from that typical, Insectivore. The Organ of Jacobson in Gymnura. (Plate IT.) The specimen which I have examined is a very young animal, probably recently born and about one fourth adult size. From the snout to the base of the tail measures 90 mm. Except for a few small vibrissee on the snout it is entirely hairless. The nostrils are nearly terminal, but open laterally, and are completely protected in front by the front of the nasal cartilage. A section through the middle of the nostril shows a narrow septum, with above a well-developed alinasal and below a large anterior nasgal-floor cartilage. The anterior end of the inferior turbinal is cut across supported by a cartilage which is connected with the outer edge of the alinasal. A section through the posterior border of the nostril shows the anterior nasal-floor cartilage as an outer part forming the floor of the nostril and an inner narrow piece attached to the base of the septum. The turbinal is large and has a large cartilage attached to the alinasal. The lacrimal duct is seen opening on the inner side of the turbinal. A section a short distance behind the nostril is remarkable for the rather abrupt thickening of the nasal septum and the great reduction of the inferior turbinal. The anterior nasal- floor cartilage is still attached to the base of the septum. The alinasal cartilage does not pass down on the outer wall of the nasal passage, and the cartilage, which in more anterior sections protected this wall, is reduced to a small trough of cartilage along the furrow between the small turbinal and the other nasal wall. A few sections further back a most remarkable condition presents itself, as is shown in PI. II. fig. 9. The broad nasal septum splits up into a median part and two lateral splints. THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. 161 These lateral recurrent cartilages are structurally continuous with the base of the nasal septum and with the anterior nasal- floor cartilages. The other parts of the section are as in that previously described, except that the alinasal is curving down to form the outer nasal wall. On passing backwards the nasal septum is found to become completely detached from the anterior nasal-floor cartilages and from the recurrent flaps which remain united to form a pair of large recurrent cartilages. This condition is seen in fig. 10. The alinasal curves round to form a complete outer nasal wall. Fig. 11, though representing a section only a very short distance behind that of fig. 10, shows the pair of large recurrent cartilages reduced to two pairs of very small structures. As will be seen in the later sections, the upper cartilage is continued backwards to form the upper part of Jacobson’s cartilage. The lower cartilage, which lies in the nasal floor, ends abruptly. The section passes through the anterior part of the premaxillary. Fig. 12, a short distance behind the section represented in fig. 11, shows a section through the anterior part of the papilla. The upper part of the section is fairly similar to that of the previous section figured, but below the premaxillary is seen the mode of opening of the naso-palatine ducts by the sides of the small papilla. Each duct is supported by a scroll of cartilage completely round it except at the opening, and a few sections further forward show that the cartilage also protects the duct in front. On passing backwards the cartilaginous scroll becomes divided into an upper and inner, and a lower and outer part. The former becomes the lower part of Jacobson’s cartilage; the latter the posterior nasal-floor cartilage. In the section repre- sented by fig. 13 the anterior end of Jacobson’s organ is seen opening into the naso-palatine duct. Fig. 14 represents a section a short distance further back. The palatine process of the premaxilla is seen detached. Above it lies the upper part of Jacobson’s cartilage. The lower part of Jacobson’s cartilage has the typical U-shaped appearance on section, There is still seen a small posterior nasal-floor cartilage. Fig. 15 represents a section behind the anterior palatine foramen. The palatine processes of the premaxille give support to the cartilages of Jacobson. The organ is here well developed, and the cartilage has the form seen in most higher mammals. The nasal-floor cartilage is no longer present, the floor being supported by the secondary palatal plates of the maxillary. Fig. 16 represents a section far behind that represented by figure 15 and near the posterior end of the organ. The organ is still fairly large and the cartilage still of the typical shape. The palatine processes do not extend so far back, and the car- tilages are now in part supported by the vomer and in part by the maxillaries. If the sections of the snout in Gymnura be compared with 162 ON THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON. those in T’upaia, it will be seen that the two differ so greatly in type that it is a little difficult to homologise some of the structures. While Zupaia agrees closely with the Marsupial type, Gymnure agrees equally well with the type found in most Eutherians. In my paper of 1897 I suggested the division of the Kutherians into two superorders—the Ceenorhinata to include those orders with the higher type of nose structure, and the Archeorhinata for those with the primitive type. In the Cenorhinata I placed the Carnivora, Insectivora, Artiodactyla, Perissodactyla, Chiroptera, Primates, with probably the Sirenia and Cetacea. We now know that the Hyracoidea also belong to this superorder. In the Archeorhinata were placed the Edentata and Rodentia. Gymnura has the structures connected with Jacobson’s organ almost exactly as in Hrinaceus, as we should have expected, and very similar to those in Felis. Tupaia and Macroscelides have the nasal structures formed, as in the Polyprotodont marsupials, on an entirely different type, and there can be no doubt whatever that they have no near relations with such types as Hrinaceus and Gymnwra and must be removed from them and placed in a distinct order, Menotypbla. In Part IT., which will deal with the structures in Centetes, Chrysochloris, and Tatpa, will be discussed at greater length the relationships of the different groups. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Lettering. a.r.c., anterior recurrent cartilage; Z.t., inferior turbinal; J.c., Jacobson’s cartilage; J.o. Jacobson’s ‘organ; J.d., lacrymal duct; Mx., maxilla; Na., nasal ; n.g.d.. nasal-gland duct; 2.p.c., naso-palatine canal; 7.s., nasal septum; 0.6./.0., outer bar of Jacobson’s organ; p.c., papillary cartilage; Pme.. premanxilla; p.n.fic., posterior nasal-floor cartilage; p.Pmax., palate process of premaxillary; Vo., vomer. Prats [. Fig. 1. Section through snont of Tupaia sp. across anterior part of premaxilla. Figs. 2-6. Sections across the snout of Tupaia sp., through different regions of the palatine papilla. Fig. 7. Section through the organ of Jacobson in Tupaia sp.a short distance behind the papilla. Fig. 8. Section through the organ of Jacobson in Pupaie sp. towards the posterior part of the organ. Prats If. Figs. 9 & 10, Sections across the nose of Gymnura a short distance in front of the premaxilla. Pig. 11. Section across the snout of Gymnura in the region of the anterior part of the premaxilla, Figs. 12 & 13. Sections across the snout of Gymnura in the region of the palatine papilla. Fig. 14. Section across the snout of Gymnura immediately behind the papilla. Hig. 15. Section across the organ of Jacobson in Gymnura behind the anterior palatine foramen. Fig. 16, Section across the posterior part of the organ of Jacobson in Gymnura. All figures are 12 times enlarged. ON NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. 163 14. On some new Carnivorous Therapsids in the Collection of the British Museum. By R. Broom, D.Se., M.D., C.M.Z.S. [Received January 27, 1915: Read April 13, 1915. | (Text-figures 1-8.) INDEX. SYSTEMATIC: Page Simorhinella baini, gen. et sp. n. .. ........2.......-..-. 163 Ieticephalus polycynodon, gen. et sp. n. ......-......-- 164 Cerdodon tenuidens, gen. eb Sp. D................-..-..--. L66 Cyniscodon lydekkeri, gen. et sp. . ............0..20-+. 167 Cerdognathus greyi, gen. et SP. De... 2. .eeeeeeee eee eee eee 168 Scymnosaurus watsont, SP. N........0..-.2e0 cee eee sesso es LED Scymmognathus Parous, Sp. D.-..----2--+-22--eseee-eeee ses LOL Dring chodonko nowiviaspele | see eeseeeseeeeeeeaeea eee ee At the suggestion of Dr. C. W. Andrews I recently examined all the specimens of carnivorous Therapsid reptiles in the British Museum, and was fortunate in finding a considerable number of new types sufficiently well preserved to be worthy of description. SIMORHINELLA BAINI, gen. et sp. n. (Text-fig. 1.) This new genus and species is founded on a small specimen obtained by Mr. T. Bain in the Gouph, 8. Africa, and procured by the British Museum in 1878. From the nature of the matrix I think it probable that it is from the Pareiasawrus zone, but it may possibly be from the Hndothiodon zone. Text-figure 1. Yj vey \ hr mae { es a A Simorhinella baint. A. Upper view of snout, nat. size. B. Side view of snout, nat. size. B.M. 49422. The specimen consists of the anterior half of the skull of a small carnivorous Therapsid, much weathered, and with the bones 164 DR. R. BROOM ON erackled after the manner of a septarian nodule. It is practi- cally impossible to make out the limits of the various cranial elements, but the general structure can readily be seen. The type is specially remarkable for the shortness and breadth of the snout and for the small size of the teeth. The length from the front of the orbit to the premaxilla as preserved is 21 mm., and though the internasal process is lost, when allowance is made for the crushing, the original length was probably not more than 22 mm. The width of the snout at the plane of the front of the orbit is 28 mm. The premaxillaries are small, and each has four small rounded incisors. The septomaxillary is of the typical Therocephalian and Gor- gonopsian type, a rounded foramen being found between it and the maxilla. The nasals are large and fairly broad. The frontals are moderately large, the interorbital measure- ment being 14-0 mm. as preserved. Originally the measurement was probably a little less. The maxilla is well developed and largely overlaps the pre- maxillain front. It carries two canines and probably three molars. The mandible is not well preserved. The symphysis is broad and probably deep. There are apparently three incisors, one canine, and three molars. The four upper incisors measure about 8mm. The diastema between 7? and c'is 3 mm. The two canines measure 3°5 mm., the larger c’ being only 1°8 mm. The lower incisors measure about 8 mm. The canine has a diameter of about 1:6 mm., and the three lower molars measure 45mm. From 7? to the back of m3 is 9 mm. If the above determinations are correct the dental formula would be 7 = c a m 3° The nearest affinities of Simorhinclla are probably with fcti- dognathus and Scaloposaurus, and with the next described form Icticephalus. i The type is a young animal in which there is clear evidence of dental succession. The specimen is registered No. 49422. IcrlcEPHALUS POLYCYNODON, gen. et sp. n. (Text-fig. 2.) This new genus and species is represented by one specimen in the British Museum, and one in the South African Museum, Capetown. The British Museum specimen is a fairly complete but very badly weathered skull: the Capetown specimen is the front half of the skull, also much weathered, but showing most of the maxillary teeth in fairly good condition. While I do not consider that there is the least doubt but that the two specimens belong to the same species, as the Capetown specimen has the NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. 165 teeth so much better preserved it will be better to regard it as the holotype, and the British Museum specimen as a paratype. The British Museum specimen shows the skull to be at least 68 mm. in length. When complete it probably measured 75 mm. The greatest breadth was probably about 40 mm. The orbit looks upwards and outwards, and measures about 18 mm. in diameter. From the front of the orbit to the front of the snout is about 33 mm. The interorbital measurement 1s 18 mm., and the intertemporal about 8 mm. ‘There is no pineal foramen, The postorbital arch is delicate but complete, Text-figure 2. =a ae SS Eta ae Geert -- ay aN ji iam Tae = * i ‘ ar : a> Bee Masse oye WA Mad ee Agr Y je Sacco) Us Ieticephalus polycynodon. A. Side view of type in S. Afr. Mus. Coll. B. Upper view of skull in B.M. Coll. which forms a paratype. B.M. R.4096. Both nat. size. The upper incisors are lost from the Capetown specimen, but remains of most are seen in the British Museum specimen. There are apparently six, and together they measure 8 mm. Behind 7° there is a diastema of 1-5 mm. ‘There are three small canines. The first is less than 1 mm. in diameter, the other two have each an antero-posterior length of about 2 mm., and the third, nearly perfect on the left side, has a height of about 7mm. The three canines together measure 6 mm. The first molar is less than 1 mm. behind the last canine. There are altogether eleven small, pointed, rounded, and unserrated molars, 166 . DR. R. BROOM ON of which the 5th, 6th, and 7th are larger than the others. The whole series measures 16 mm. The nearest ally of this type is Scaloposaurus. From this genus it differs in having 11 molars instead of 9, and in having the postorbital arches completely formed. The British Museum specimen is registered R. 4096. CERDODON TENUIDENS, gen. et sp.n. (Text-fig. 3.) This new genus and species is founded on a specimen collected by Mr. T. Bain in the Gouph, 8. Africa, in 1878. It consists of the greater part of the somewhat crushed and imperfect skull of a small Therocephalian. The specimen is in a hard nodule, and only the left side has been displayed. The front of the snout is for the most part weathered away, and the supra- and post- orbital portions of the skull are either hidden in the nodule or possibly missing. Still, the whole of the left maxila and most of the left jugal are fairly well preserved, and most of the left dentary and a considerable part of the left angular. From the front of the orbit to the front of the maxilla is 39 mm.,and the measurement to the front of the snout was probably about 47 mm. Text-figure 3. Cerdodon tenwidens. Side view of skull as preserved. Nat. size. B.M. 49420. Ju. Jugal; LZ. Lacrymal; Mex. Mavxilla. The front of the snout is too imperfect to show the number of incisors. There probably were five. Those remaining are slender, pointed teeth. The canine is relatively small, measuring 4°5 mm. in length and about 12 mm. in height. The molars are not well preserved, but they are evidently numerous— possibly seven or eight. Two of these in the upper jaw are each over 2 mm. in diameter ; but what are probably the posterior three in the lower jaw are small, and together occupy a space of @nly 4-5 mm. NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. 167 The lower jaw is slender, with a low symphysis. There appear to be three incisors occupying a space of 65 mm. In the speci- men it looks as if there were four incisors, but the front one is probably the first incisor of the right jaw. The canine is unusually small. The total length from the first incisor to the last molar is 30 mm. The nearest ally to Cerdodon tenwidens is Ictidosuchus primevus, described by me fourteen yearsago. I think there is little doubt but that the two belong to the same family of Therocephalians— the Ictidosuchide. The British Museum Register number of the specimen is 49420, CYNISCODON LYDEKKERI, gen. et sp. n. (Text-fig. 4.) This new genus and species is founded on an imperfect right dentary discovered by Mr. T. Bain at ‘“ Palmietfontein, Cape Colony.” There are many Palmietfonteins in the Karroo, but it is probable that the specimen is from the Palmietfontein in the Beaufort West district, and in the Pareiasaurus zone. Associated with the jaw is much of the skeleton of a small Dicynodon. There is a large part of the skull, including most of the occiput, much of the left squamosal and most of the left orbital region, and much of one mandible. There are a series of vertebre, the right scapula, parts of the sacrum, and much of the right side of the pelvis. Text-figure 4. Cyniscodon lydekkeri. A. Side view of right dentary. B. Upper view of right dentary. Both nat. size. B.M. 49409. The specimens were examined by Lydekker and described by him in the British Museum Catalogue of Fossil Reptiles, vol. iv. p. 72, all the specimens being supposed to belong to one individual. ‘The dentary with teeth isin the same matrix, and was probably picked up near the small Dicynodon skeleton, such an association of bones being by no means uncommon in the Karroo. The dentary was thought by Lydekker to belong possibly to Cynosuchus suppostus Owen, to which it unquestionably has much 168 DR. R. BROOM ON superficial resemblance. As, however, it has a different dental formula and must be placed in a distinct genus, I have much pleasure in proposing for it the name Cyniscodon lydekkeri. Cynosuchus suppostus, with which this new form has been confused, is known only by the imperfect type skull. It is a most remarkable form, having cusped molars and a secondary palate like the typical Cynodonts, but in other respects differing from all known Cynodonts and resembling more the Gorgono- ‘ : hdl evel 7 psians. The dental formula is probably 2 3, ¢ 7, m 7, and to whatever suborder a more complete skull may show it to belong, it must be placed in a distinct family—the Cynosuchide. In Cyniscodon lydekkert the dentary is considerably smaller than in Cynosuchus suppostus. It has the deep symphysis characteristic of the Gorgonopsians. In the specimen as pre- served are the roots of three incisors which are probably 2”, 7 and 7*. Together they measure 5mm. The whole four probably measured 7 mm. The canine measures at its base 6 mm. x 3°2 mm. Behind the canine is a diastema of 7 mm., followed by four molars which together measure 9mm. They are small and rounded, and about equal in size. Cyniscodon in the general structure of the jaw resembles most the small Gorgonopsians such as dlurosaurus, but difters from them in having a loose symphysis, and in being smaller than any of the known Gorgonopsians. The specimens described by liydekker have the Register number 49404, but as this is now seen to include two different animals the number 49404 will be retained for the type of Cyniscodon lydekkeri, and the small Dicynodon skeleton will be numbered 49404 a. CERDOGNATHUS GREYI, gen. et sp.n. (Text-fig. 5.) The type of this new genus and species is an imperfect lower jaw obtained by Sir G. Grey at Klippoort, in the Cradock district. The left dentary is nearly complete, and there is a fragment of the surangular and of the angular. The front portion of the dentary is represented only by an imperfect impression. The contour of the jaw is unlike that of any previously described form. There were probably four incisors, of which there are preserved only the obscure impressions of two. There is a single moderately large canine and five molars. The molars are small and uncusped. The whole dentary is unusually straight, there being no great deepening of the symphysis, and the coronoid process does not rise greatly from the line of the horizontal ramus. From the symphysis to the point where the dentary meets the upper border of the surangular, the measure- ment is probably about 105 mm., and the depth at the last molar about 15 mm. From the upper side of the surangular to the notch in front of the descending wing of the angular the measurement is 23 mm. NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. ; 169 The length of the canine is probably about 7°5 mm., and the height 13 mm. There is only a very short diastema of 1 mm. between cand m’. The five molars measure 14 mm. Text-figure 5. Cerdognathus greui. Inner view of left mandible as preserved. Slightly reduced. B.M. R. 2892. The specimen is probably a Gorgonopsian, but differs from all- known forms in having the first molar close to the canine and in the relatively shallow symphysis. The specimen is registered No. R, 2892. SCYMNOSAURUS WATSONI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 6.) This new species is founded on a large skull discovered by Mr. I’. Bain on the farm Uitkyk, in the Gouph. Mr. D. M.S. Watson has recently published a restoration of the palate (P.Z.S8. 1914, p. 1035), and has doubtfully referred the specimen to Lycosuchus vanderriett. The skull has been considerably further developed by the British Museum preparator Mr. Hall, and it becomes quite manifest that it cannot belong to the genus Lycosuchus. Unfortunately the front part of the snout is missing, so that nothing is known of the incisors, but a large part of each canine is preserved and sufficient of the molars to indicate their number. Except for the missing premaxillary region, the skull shows all the main points of structure. The principal characteristics of the skull are the great size of the temporal fosse, the narrowness of the snout, and the presence of a narrow high parietal crest. The following are the chief measurements :— Greatest length of the skull ............ (probably) 290 mm. Grreaibessty weld tl 20s eens tee A oo ee Sets araf2SN ease eee 208 Front of temporal fossa to back of squamosal...... 128 Dmterorbitall- withing se ee eens tne: 50 Back of canine to; backwot m?es4.25.-... (probably) 32 Length occupied by the three molars ............... 22 There are three small molars which have their crowns much flattened, and are probably serrated both in front and behind— 170 , DR. R. BROOM ON certainly in front. The palate, as shown by Watson, is of the Therocephalian type seen in Scylacosaurus, there being a pair of prevomers and large suborbital vacuities. Text-figure 6. Scymnosaurus watsoni. A. Upper view of skull. B. Side view of skull. 4 nat. size. B.M. ht. 4100. It is difficult to make out the sutures in the preorbital region. In front of the orbit there is a marked depression. The post- orbital bone forms a distinet crest along part of the anterior temporal border, but only passes a very short distance back on the parietal crest. The parietal forms a deep and high narrow crest which extends back a considerable distance behind the pineal foramen, and then NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. el divides into a pair of crests which curve round behind the large temporal fosse to meet the squamosals. The squamosal is a large bone which forms much of the posterior surface of the skull. It passes well downwards, and covers most of the relatively small quadrate. Internally it meets the parietal above, and is closely articulated to the tabulare. The tabulare is a moderate-sized element, but its lower and outer portions are not preserved. It articulates with the parietal above and the interparietal internally, and overlaps the squamosal externally. The interparietal is a small median element. As Watson has’ already described the palate, it will be un- necessary to say anything further about it. The genus Scymnosaurus was founded on a large snout in the South African Museum which was made the type of S. ferom. Some years later, a much smaller snout from Natal was named S. warreni. In both these species the dental formula is 7’, ¢', m’. In the new species the formula is 7°,c',m’°, and though in the absence of the snout of S. watsoni, and knowing little except the snouts of the others, there is doubt about all belonging to the same genus, it seems safest at present to refer the new species to Scymnosaurus, to which in any case it is certainly closely allied. The type is numbered R. 4100 in the British Museum Register. ScYMNOGNATHUS PARVUS, sp. n. (Text-fig. 7.) The type of this new species is a specimen found by Mr. D. M. S. Watson at Kuilspoort, Beaufort West district, and probably from the upper part of the Hndothiodon zone. = Text-figure 7. Scymnognathus parvus. Side view of snout. ¥% nat. size. B.M. R.4139. The specimen consists of the nearly complete skull of a small Gorgonopsian and a few associated fragments. The skull is ye DR. R. BROOM ON much crushed obliquely and the occiput is further crushed forwards, so that though the jaws with most of the teeth are in fairly good condition, little of the structure of the upper part of the skull can be satisfactorily made out. As the teeth agree in number and structure with those of Scymnognathus whaitsi and other known species, and so far as ean be seen the skull of this new form does not differ greatly, I refer the new species to this genus and call it S. parvus. The total length of the lower jaw is about 170 mm., and the skull probably measured 190 mm. The five incisors measure 25 mm. Between 7? and the canine is a diastema of 12 mm., and the canine measures 10 mm., followed by a diastema of 10 mm. The four molars measure 19mm. In S. minor, the nearest allied species, the five incisors measure 33 mm., and the four molars 21 mm. The specimen is numbered R. 4139 in the British Museum Register. T'RrRACHODON BROWNI, sp. n. (Text-fig. 8.) This new species is founded on the anterior two-thirds of a small skull discovered by Mr. Alfred Brown at Aliwal North. The skull is well preserved, but owing to the lower jaws being closely fixed to the upper, the crowns of all the molars are hidden. Text-figure 8. Trirachodon brown. A. Side view of snout. B. Upper view of snout. Nat. size. B.M. R. 3307. It is not improbable that when a specimen is discovered which shows the crowns of the molars, this species may have to be placed in a new genus, but as it is certainly a near ally of Trirachodon and possibly belongs to this genus, I have provisionally placed it so. NEW CARNIVOROUS THERAPSIDS. NS It certainly is a new species, and I have much pleasure in naming it after my old friend, Mr. Brown. Only a very few of the sutures can be clearly made out, but so far as can be seen the structure of the skull is very similar to that of Trirachodon kannemeyeri Seeley. The following are the principal measurements of the skull :— Snout) bo) frombt lot oubite. 5.5.4 eee 27 mm. Antero-posterior diameter of orbit... 18 Interorbital measurement ............ 16 Menethyoticamimesey senescence 4 lerghtrohicamine yma sac eoaaer 10 IWl@lene SEN) Spcegeennnosoas (probably) 18 In Trirachodon kannemeyeri Seeley, the seven largest molars meastire 21-22 mm. ; in 7’. minor Broom, they measure 18°5 mm. in 7’. brownt they measure 14 mm. The type skull is numbered R. 3307 in the B.M. Register. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XIII. ~ 13 she Bye af iguel Heh ae io. nae pet ca real iseadeh, des ons oe ON THE ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 175 15. Contributions to the Anatomy and Systematic Arrange- ment of the Cestoidea. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Prosector to the Society. [Received February 9, 1915: Read March 23, 1915.] (Text-figures 1-8.) XVI. On Certain Pornts In THE ANATOMY OF THE GENUS AMABILLA AND OF DASYUROTENLA. INDEX. Page Amatomyote Amaia ee een ne ee eT Anatomy of Dasyurot@nid wvecce..csevseceeecseveeceseasees 187 Although several observers, especially Cohn and Diamare (whose memoirs will be referred to later), have collected a large number of facts relating to the structure of the genus Amabilia, there still remain a few points upon which these authorities have not definitely pronounced, or concerning which their opinions differ. It is with these that I deal in the present comn- munication to the Society. My notes are based upon numerous sections taken through different regions of the body of one example of the species (the only species) Amabilia lamelligera, which I was able to preserve in a satisfactory condition for microscopic purposes. § Scolex. Concerning the scolex of Amabilia lamelligera some differences of opinion have been expressed in published accounts. These have been dealt with by Dr. Ludwig Cohn up to the period at which his own memoir on the species appeared *. The original describer of the species, Sir R. Owen, defined it + (inter alia) as “ capite sub- globoso, rostello cylindrico obtuso,” as duly quoted by Cohn. Owen’s paper, however, contains no further description of the scolex ; nor is it represented in his figures of the worm?. The figure, however, illustrating the worm represents it as tapering gradually at the head end; the scolex therefore was doubtless quite visible—which was not the case with the specimen studied by myself until it was examined by sections. von Linstow’s § description of the worm is, according to Cohn, not of Amabilia at all, but of Hymenolepis megalorchis, known to be a parasite of the Flamingo. The first part of this statement seems to be undoubtedly correct ; the rest is certainly probable. * Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. lxvii. 1900, pp. 255, 256. + Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. i. p. 386. { Plate xli. figs. 21 & 22. § Wirt. naturwiss. Jahrb. xxxv. 1879. 13* 176 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE More recently* v. Linstow has described under the name of Aphanobothrium catenata, a worm which is really Amabilia lamelli- gera, as Fuhrmann was able to state t from an examination of the original material. It is clear from the figures and description given by v. Linstow, that thescolex of the individual represented by him was in the same retracted condition that it presented in my example. It is stated by this author that the ‘“ scolex [is] not visible externally,” and that there are four suckers and a median fifth sucker which “opens outwards through a dorso- ventral slit.” Hooks are stated to be absent. In spite of the correct description of four suckers and a median sucker (which is of course the retracted rostellum), this author states that the worm is ‘“ destitute of scolex” ! Diamare, the founder of the genus, in a communication £ dealing with Amabilia, published subsequently to Cohn’s memoir, gave no further information about the scolex ; in the earlier deserip- tion § his examples had been stated to lacka scolex. There is thus no information || about the scolex of Amabdilia other than that contained in the memoirs of Cohnand v. Linstow. I find myself to be not absolutely in accord with either of those zoologists in every detail. In my specimen the head (text-fig. 1) was so completely retracted as to have no external sign of its existence save a slit-like gap anteriorly. It was not until the head end of the Cestode had been investigated by horizontal sections that the scolex could be studied. The first remarkable fact about it is its very small size. It is hardly more than an eighth of a millimetre in breadth and is, as Owen said, of a subglobular shape. In view of the fact that the diameter of the widest segments is 8 or 9 millimetres, the minute size of the head is noteworthy. It can hardly form an effective anchor for the unwieldy body ; and the condition of the rostellar armature, to which I shall refer immediately, bears out the same idea. While v. Linstow denies the existence of hooks, Cohn describes—not hooks it is true, but “‘ Hakentaschen.” It is on this authority, I imagine, that the genus Amabilia is defined by both Ransom and Fuhrmann as possessing an armed rostellum. In my quite complete series of sections through the scolex, which was fully retracted, the outer sheath of the rostellum was composed of muscular fibres running in a direction transverse to the longitudinal axis of the rostellum. Between individual fibres were here and there spaces which seem to be the ‘‘ Hakentaschen ” of Cohn. Like Cohn, I could discover no evidence of hooks within these spaces, which certainly, as he says, must, if present, be * Spolia Zeylanica, iii. 1906, p. 185. t Zool. Jahrb. Suppl.-Bd. x. 1908, p. 88. CB. Bakt. u. Paras. xxvi. p. 780. : Tbid. xxi. p. 862. || Assuming of course that Tenia macrorhyncha of Rudolphi (see Wedl, SB. Akad. Wien, Xvill. 1856, p. 18) is not an Amabilia but, as specnerally, held, a Schistotenia. ANATOMY OF CESTODES. Lee very small. I do not believe, however, that these spaces actually ever held hooks; their irregularity of form and size is against such a supposition. Nor isthere so regular a ring or row of them as would suggest the implantation of hooks. Finally I have ascertained the presence of a chitinous structure which appears to me to represent the otherwise missing hooks, which, at any rate, is difficult to understand on any other hypothesis. This is shown in the accompanying figure (text-fig. 2). It will there be seen Text-figure 1. Horizontal section through anterior end of 4mabilia lamelligera, to illustrate very small scolex, which is retracted. se. Scolex showing rostellum and two suckers. that the interior part of the rostellum is occupied by a thick ring of apparently chitinous consistency. It is this part which would be external when the rostellum is fully protruded; and a circular ring suggests in this case a ring of hooks fused together. The armed suckers of the Davaineids present somewhat an approxi- mation to this state of affairs. The minute hooks are so close that they give the collective appearance of a continuous chitinous ring; and it has, I believe, been described as such. 178 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE In the rostellum of Amabilia, however, there is no trace of any separate hooklets; the material of which the cup-like ring is formed is continuous throughout. I am inclined to believe that the shape of the entire ring is represented in the figure referred to. For it has the appearance of an unfractured body and there are no further traces in adjacent sections. It has, I think, been uncut by the razor and slightly displaced. Text-figure 2. More highly magnified view of horizontal section of Amabilia. h, Chitinous ring, possibly representing a fused row or rows of hooks, lying within rostellum (7.). s. Sucker, § Muscular Layers of Body. The longitudinal layers of: the musculature are depicted by Cohn * as arranged in two series of bundles of fibres disposed with fair regularity, and as continuous right round the body. Here and there the row of longitudinal muscles consists of but a single * Loc. cit. Taf. xiv. fig. 1. ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 179: bundle; in other places one might reckon three in a dorso- ventral row. So far as the more anterior proglottids are con- cerned, I agree on the whole with Cohn’s representation of the facts. He is, I think, also correct in representing a rather thin cortical layer, which is exceeded in diameter by the Text-figure 3. Part of a transverse section through an anterior proglottid of Amabilia. Z.m. Longitudinal muscle-bundles not forming everywhere a continuous layer. ¢.m. Transverse muscles of dorsal and ventral sides of proglottid. v. Vagina. v.t. Near to dorsal opening of vertical tube of water-vascular system; the tube is shown and the superficial depression which bears the.actual pore. medullary portion. I find, however, that the regularity of the muscle-band is not absolute. In many sections (text-fig. 3) there are gaps or intervals where the muscle-bundles are absent ; these are never large and, as a rule, the longitudinal muscular layer 1s continuous, / | 180 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE In the posterior and riper proglottids the muscular layers of the body differ from the same layers in the more anterior pro- glottids; and what is highly interesting to observe is the fact that the alterations in structure do not appear to be due to mere turgescence caused by the accumulation of ova in the uterus, but are a distinct modification associated with a ripe proglottid. The state of affairs in these proglottids is indeed comparable with the modification of generative segments in certain Annelids. One may frequently observe a degeneration of the muscular layers in ripe proglottids of tapeworms which seems to be a matter of pressure; but the anatomical features met with in Amabilia seem to me to belong to a different category. In transverse sections through such proglottids, it is to be noted that, though the uterus is well developed, it is not so huge as to occupy more space than is available in immature proglottids further forwards in the body. The network of tubes which constitute this organ are, in all the proglottids that I have studied, of quite small calibre, and though in places full of ova, are not over full, and indeed here and there empty ; moreover, the eggs are not fully developed: the shell has not yet been formed. There is thus no tension at all, and no mechanical explanation to be advanced. Moreover, the relative thickness of the medullary and cortical layers is not altered, as it would have to be under such circum- stances. Instead of the cortical layer being thinned by expansive pressure from the medullary layer within, it is in places actually thicker in proportion, as may be seen by a comparison of text- figs.3&4. It has in fact undergone an alteration which is quite the reverse of degeneration, though accompanied here and there by a disappearance of the bundles of longitudinal fibres, which may of course, in a sense, be termed degeneration. In addition to tracts from which the longitudinal muscle-bundles have dis- appeared, but—be it observed—without any thinning of the cortical layer as a whole, there are tracts where the cortical layer has undergone a remarkable reduction, and this reduction occurs rather suddenly as is shown in the accompanying figure (text- fig. 4). Near the letter “?” in the figure the cortical layer is quite normal; the subcuticular layer, the bundles of longitudinal muscles, and the transverse muscular layer are all obvious and duly lettered in the figure. At a certain point there is a more or less sudden alteration in the cortical layer. The dorsoventral diameter is reduced to not more than one-quarter of its original diameter. The longitudinal muscles disappear a little before the cortical layer is more abruptly reduced, and at or about the same place the transverse muscular layer becomes slightly expanded and vanishes. The cortical layer is thus reduced to the subcuticular layer only. Later on, this layer itself apparently vanishes and the medullary layer appears to form the exterior of the body. I find, however, that the cortical layer is really ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 181 continued on, at any rate for some way, asa fine nucleated lamella. Possibly this always covers the apparently naked medullary layer. Text-figure 4. Part of transverse section through a mature segment of Amabilia, to show changes in structure of cortex in these proglottids. 1. Longitudinal muscles suddenly ending. ¢. Transverse muscles also suddenly disappearing before the point a, where cortex itself practically vanishes. uw. Uterus. On a hasty examination of such sections as are represented in text-fig. 4, it might be held perhaps that the absence of an obvious cortical layer was simply due to imperfect handling of 182 DR. F. E, BEDDARD ON THE the sections and tearing away of an outer layer. This, however, cannot be the case—for the reason that every section through one of these patches showed the same state of affairs, and for the additional reason that the gradual tapering away of the cortical layer is plain when followed by the microscope. It is not, however, easy to recognise everywhere in these bare patches the remnants of the cortical layer; this certainly may be a matter of inferior fixing of the material. It is to be noted that in the ripe proglottids, where this re- markable condition of the cortical layer is effected, the patches may be both dorsal and ventral or dorsal or ventral ; that is to say, both surfaces of the proglottid may be affected in the same region or only one. The space taken up by such a patch is very considerable, occupying the greater part of the segment in some cases. It accounts largely for the lack of intersegmental furrows remarked upon in this species by previous observers. The dis- position of the cortical layer in the riper proglottids of Amabilia is very remarkable, and is not quite paralleled in any Cestode known to me. In these mature proglottids the longitudinal layer, where fully developed, consists—as anteriorly—of two principal rows of bundles. That nearest to the transverse muscular layer is the largest, 7. e., each bundle is composed of a much larger number of fibres than the peripheral layer. There is, however, no great regularity in the arrangement of the bundles in two rows, nor in the form or size of the individual bundles. The transverse mus- cular layer is made up of about a dozen fibres in section, and is thus about as wide as a medium-sized bundle of the longitudinal layer. The two muscle-layers together are of about the same diameter as the cortical layer outside of the muscles. The longitudinal muscular layer is continued into the lateral outgrowths of the proglottids. These appendages, so character- istic of the family Amabiliide, show in transverse section strands of muscle passing from side to side, which must permit of a con- siderable movement of the appendages. It may be that by these means the worm is permitted to fix itself to the wall of the intestine more securely, as well as to move from place to place ; and their existence, as functional parapodia, may supplement the feeble scolex to which attention has been drawn. § The Water-vascular System. Diamare, in his account of this genus, figures* the vertical canal with the internal water-vascular vessels opening into it, and rightly represents the place of opening as being near to the dorsal surface of the worm. He figures each of these as a single tube and describes them in the legend of the cut as ‘Can. deferens,” and they are described in the text of the paper as the two vasa deferentia, and are represented in another figure f as * Centralbl. f. Bakt. u. Paras. xxi. p. 869, fig. 8. + Ibid. p. 864, figs. 3, 4. ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 183, communicating on each side with the cirrus-sac. This erroneous statement, however (made upon the examination of poor material), is corrected in accordance with the criticism of Cohn in a later note *. A. more correct account of the water-vascular system of Amabilia is given by Cohn in his memoir. This is also illus- trated by three’ figures. In many respects I find myself in agreement with Cohn; but differ in some important respects. As he has stated, the dorsal vessel is of much less calibre than the ventral, a usual occurrence among the Cestodes; and _ be- tween the two the cirrus-sac makes its way to the exterior. Thus the dorsal and ventral vessels are at opposite sides of the proglottid and are, in fact, respectively. dorsal and ventral in position, as is also frequently, but by no means always, the case. The transverse vessel that is figured by Cohn is alleged by him to be a single vessel which on each side enters the vertical trunk (described originally, and correctly, by Diamare) near to the dorsal external pore of the latter. It bends upwards to reach this point on either side not far from its opening into the vertical tube. During the rest of the proglottid the transverse vessel is fairly median in position; it lies also near to the posterior boundary of the segment. There is not the least trace in Cohn’s figure f of a double transverse vessel; nor does he describe such. But this tube is most obviously double. Cohn has described in the posterior region of each proglottid a union between the dorsal and ventral vessels; this ‘¢‘ verbind- ende Kanal” is, he says, continued into the transverse vessel which ultimately opens into the vertical canal. My own pre- parations do not confirm this statement. There is certainly a communication between the dorsal and ventral lateral vessels where it is described by Cohn as occurring ; but the larger ventral and the very much smaller dorsal vessels are in each case near the point of communication between them, continuous with a dorsally placed and narrower and a ventrally placed and wider transverse vessel. ‘These lie (text-fig. 5) very close together and retain the same mutual position until they open into the vertical vessel. They do not, however, as would be inferred from Cohn’s drawing #, enter this tube laterally, but on the posterior surface, as is indeed shown by Diamare, though, as I have already pointed out, he mistook at first the nature of the tubes in question. I should add that the dorsal and ventral separate moieties of the transverse vessel unite just before their opening into the vertical tube. In their comprehensive works upon the genera of Teniade, both Fuhrmann and Ransom accept with a query the statements of Cohn concerning the vertical tube. This doubt is, as I think, caused by the fact that Cohn in figuring that tube only indicates * Centrabl. f. Bakt. u. Paras. xxv. p. 357.» + Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. Ixvii. Taf. xiv. fig. 6. ft Loe. cit. Taf. xiv. fig. 6. 184 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE one orifice to the exterior, the dorsal. His statements in the text as to the double opening seem plain enough. I confirm these statements as to the presence of both a dorsal and ventral orifice of the vertical tube. Moreover, I may point out that there is no histological difference between the two. In both cases the actual orifice is small and guarded by an involution of the outer cellular layer of the body ; it is obviously formed in fact by an involution from the exterior. The identity of struc- ture shown by the two openings is a further proof of the truth of Text-figure 5. O. Part of a horizontal section through a proglottid of Amabilia. a. Dorso-ventral tube of water-vascular system. d. & v. Dorsal and ventral trans- verse vessels. o. Ovary. ¢. Testes (forming in this particular proglottid a continuous band unbroken in the middle line). the view that this tube is a part of the water-vascular system, and that its connection with the generative system is entirely secondary. It has, in fact, nothing to do with either a uterus or a vagina. Cohn has directed attention to the probability that this point of view is also supported by the fact that the vertical tube is fully developed in anterior segments where the generative system is either invisible, or if visible to be seen only in its earliest rudiments, as well as by the general structure of the walls ANATOMY OF CESTODES, 185 of the tube, which is like that of the water-vascular vessels. I may add to these arguments the additional one that even in fully mature proglottids—proglottids at any rate in which the uterus is fully developed though not yet distended with ova—this vertical tube is of the same dimensions as in earlier segments. If a part of the generative system, some change would have been expected in this tube associated with the general maturity of the proglottid. Text-figure 6. Diagrammatic representation of water-vascular system of Amabilia, for purposes of comparison with a Ctenophore. c. Cirrus-sacs (possibly comparable to tentacles of a Ctenophore). 7. Lateral vessels. ¢: Transverse vessels. p. One of two pores of dorso-ventral tube. I may finally point out in reference to the water-vascular system of Amabilia, but without going into further detail, the 186 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE likeness shown by the vertical, radiating and lateral tubes to the canal-system of a Ctenophore, while recalling the views of Lang, Willey, and others'as to the Ctenophoran affinities of the Platyhelminths; I illustrate this by the accompanying text-figure (text-fig. 6). I have verified other facts in the anatomy of this genus which have been dealt with by Diamare and Cohn, but have not found it necessary to treat of: them at length. Inasmuch as both Fuhrmann* and Ransom} query certain characters in their definitions of the genus Amabilia, I have thought it worth while to append a fuller definition, derived from my own first- hand knowledge of the Cestode, which is of course confirmatory in great part of Diamare and Cohn, but which contains some fresh characters described in the present paper. I do not dis- tinguish between family and generic characters as I do not think that the systematic position of Z'atria is yet fully settled. Iam unable, of course, to differentiate between generic and specific definitions since but one species is known. Genus Amabilia Diamare. Scolex very small, rostellum armed with a chitinous ring ; suckers fowr, unarmed. Proglottids with a lateral ridge on each side, not of great length, continuous dorsally and ventrally. Longitudinal muscle-layers disposed in two and occasionally three rows of bundles; modified in their arrangement in fully mature proglottids. Water-vascular system consists of a median stem opening by a pore both dorsally and ventrally, of two transverse vessels on each side connecting this with two lateral longitudinal vessels, one lying above the other ; these communicate at the orifice of the transverse vessels; there is no network of small tubes. Testes one or two horizontal rows, four to six deep, disposed in two groups separated by ovary, rarely forming a continuous row. Cirrus-sac large and muscular, two in each proglottid, opening on each side of body between lateral water-vessels and dorsal to nerve- cord ; cirrus armed with numerous spinulest. Vas deferens short, without coil, opening into an oval vesicula seminalis connected by a short duct with cirrus-sac. Ovary single, consisting of fine fila- mentous threads radiating out from base where oviduct arises. Vagina opens into an anteriorly placed diverticulum of vertical water-vascular tube. Uterus consists of a dorsal and a ventral network connected by vertical tubes. Ripe eggs long and spindle- shaped §. * Zool. Jahrb. Suppl.-Bd. x. 1908, p. 88. + + Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 69, 1909, p. 103. .. £ When the cirrus-sac is protruded in ripe segments it is accompanied by the inter vening cortical layer which forms a sheath. -§ Fide Lihe. I have not been able to observe ripe eges, ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 187 § On the Uterus and Uterine Pore of Dasyurotenia. Three years ago I described to the Society the general anatomy of a new genus and species of Cestode from the Tasmanian Devil (Dasyurus ursinus), which I named Dasyurotenia robusta*. Since that date I have examined the intestines of several examples of the same Marsupial without finding any more examples of that worm until December of last year, when a specimen was found to contain a number of fragments of a worm which I believe to be of the same species. ‘They were associated with a few examples of Anoplotenia dasyuri, which latter was also described by myself as a new genus and species in the year 1911 7. Since that date I have found Anoplotenia dasyuri to be a not uncommon parasite of the Dasyure, and to be present in the majority of the examples examined for parasites. But the two genera have only occurred together in the one specimen of the Dasyure referred to above. It may be useful to state certain particulars of the Dasyures examined with a view to gathering such facts as they reveal with regard to infection by these worms. Out of nine examples of the Dasyure, only two were without the tapeworm. One of these had been four years and four months in the Gardens and might have got rid of them ; the other had lived less than three weeks, and thus might not have contracted the helminthiasis. But the fact that the infected Dasyures died after being in the Gardens for only 9 days, 7 months, or 14 months, etc., seems to argue that the parasites are Australian. I cannot be positive as to the identity of the worms to be described here with Dasyurotenia robusta. But I feel confident that they are of the same species, by reason of the general correspondence of internal structure of the two series of worms. The second lot of worms, however, had among them no scolices, and,the scolex of, Dasyurotenia is, as I have duly pointed out in my memoir, a highly characteristic feature of the genus and one indeed which quite prevents its confusion with any other genus hitherto described. But even without this important means of identification there are some other features which, collectively at any rate, leave no doubt upon my mind that the specimens which I found more recently are the same species as that which I formerly described. I rely more particularly upon the following facts of structure, which I take this opportunity of confirming as they are of importance :—The unilateral genital pores; the very large water-vascular vessel on either side with septa running across: the absence (or, if present, minute size) of the usually present smaller dorsal vessel. The total absence of the trans- verse vessel in each segment. The existence of at any rate four rows of longitudinal muscular bundles, all separated from each other by ‘transverse strands of muscle. These facts are as it * P.Z.8.1912,p:677. + P, ZS. 1911, p. 1003. 188 DR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE appears to me of sufficient weight to imply generic, if not specific identity. I have vow to direct attention to a few additional facts in the anatomy of this species. With reference to the water-vascular system, I confirm my former statements as to the numerous folds which project now from this side and now from the other into the lumen of the large ventral tube. It is to be noted, however, that when the segments are more stretched—as they are in individuals which I have just finished examining—the depth of these folds is diminished. Nevertheless, they are still present, and I have never seen the tube to be bounded for any considerable length by straight parallel lines such as are usually seen in most Cestode worms. I have omitted to mention in my earlier paper, that at the boundary line of each proglottid the tube is much dilated; it is just at this point that the transverse tube might be expected to arise, were it present, at any rate judging from the conditions figured by Braun (after Zschokke in Bronn’s “ Thierreichs” *), where the dilatation appears to that author to be the physiological equivalent of a valve. I have ascertained that there is also a valve present in this situation in Dasyurotenia robusta. I have mentioned in the paper referred to that a closed septum occludes the lumen at these points. This statement is partly true, for such a septum can readily be seen. But when followed out through its whole superficies the diaphragm is seen to be free in the middle region, and thus to form a flapping valve which arises from the internal side of the tube (as usual but not universal), and to rest against the opposite side in such a fashion that it entirely occludes the lumen of the water-vascular tube in this area. In parts it is,as already said, a veritable fixed diaphragm. In view of the existence of the swelling upon the course of the ventral water-vascular tube and the presence of a valve, I looked very carefully to ascertain whether a transverse vessel might not be found; but I have quite failed to make out such a tube, although there is in the proper position a slight process of the tube directed inwards. In connection with the above remarks upon the water-vascular system of this Cestode, it should be mentioned that the recent specimens examined by myself show that the ripe proglottids are longer relatively to their breadth than I originally described. They attain to a length rather greater than their breadth. The uterus in the more fully ripe proglottids has not the simple form which I found and described in the first specimens of this worm which I investigated and reported upon. Asthe proglottids grow in length the uterus grows into outgrowths and completely but irregularly fills the available room in the proglottid. It does not appear to form a network, but merely an irregularly shaped sac. The generic definition of Dasyurotenia must therefore be slightly amended. The mature uterus contained mature ova, * Bd. iv. Abth. I.B. taf. li. fig. 6. ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 189 ae. with embryos, and fully formed egg-shell. These ripe eggs are spherical, and the contained embryo hes in the centre at some distance from the shell which is moderately thick. A fine layer may surround the embryo, constituting a second inner shell; but I can find no evidence of a third shell lying between this and the Text-figure 7. Compartments of ovary of Dasyurotenia. e. Ripe eggs. o. Immature ova. obvious outer shell. To make one among many possible com- parisons, the eggs of the present genus resemble those of Oochor- istica marmose and differ so far from those of Linstowia ameive *. And finally, they are in no way remarkable for a worm which * See Beddard, P. Z. S. 1914, p. 268, fig. 3; p. 278, fig.8. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XIV. 14 190 DR. F, E. BEDDARD ON THE is undoubtedly very abnormal as a Cyclophyllidean Cestode in the form of its scolex. Tt is a circumstance to be noted, that in this tapeworm (see text- fig. 7) the apparently fully mature uterus containing abundant fully mature ova is nevertheless not entirely filled by these ova. In fact, among the ripe ova are many cells which are, as I believe, immature ova. Inasmuch as there is not to be observed a series connecting the two extremes, it would appear that the immature ova do not become mature, but perhaps serve as nutriment for a Text-figure 8. Uterine pore (ut.p.) of Dasyurotenia. ut. Uterus. w.v. Lateral water-vascular tube. few cells destined to ripen fully. One does not see in this tape- worm what is so usual, namely the uterus filled simply by a densely packed mass of fully mature ova ready to be shed. The ripe eggs are scattered, now frequently, now more sparsely, among a mass of small cells, This circumstance may be connected with the method of evacuating the ripe eggs. It isa commonplace of knowledge, that among the Cyclophyllidea the uterus does not communicate with the exterior through a “preformed” orifice, but that the eggs are finally liberated by the decay of the ripe and detached proglottids, or are never liberated at all, but swallowed while yet within the proglottid by ANATOMY OF CESTODES. 191 the intermediate host. There is no known exception to this, if we exclude the Ichthyotzniids from the Cyclophyllidea *. I direct attention to the annexed text-figure (text-fig. 8), which represents a portion of a horizontal section through a ripe proglottid of Dasyurotenia robusta. It will there be seen that a very definite orifice on to the exterior runs from the uterus and also from the adjacent ventral water-vascular tube. There is here no question whatever of a rupture due to pressure and the consequent formation of a lateral orifice. The inflection of the layers of the body, and the mode of communication with both the water-vascular tube and the uterus, seem to me to be decisive upon the matter. It is possible that the numerous obstructions upon the course of the water-vascular vessels which J have referred to above, permits of an opening of this kind without undue pouring out of the fluid contained in those vessels ; besides, any opening of the uterus on to the exterior in this region would seem necessarily to involve the vascular tubes. As to the uterine opening, we note that it is lateral instead ef dorsal or ventral as is the case in those Cestodes where a separate uterine orifice occurs. In view of the remarkable characters of the seolex of Dasyurotenia which render its inclusion in any of the recognised groups of the Cestodes difficult (as I have already pointed out in my.original paper upon the genus), it is Interesting to observe this difference. The uterine orifice les on the side remote from that which bears the genital orifice; these latter orifices are unilateral. While there can be, as I think, no doubt that the uterine pore is a preformed orifice, and not an accidental tear such as occurs, but on the ventral surface, in various tapeworms belonging to the Tetraphyllidea, I have not by any means been able to prove its universal occurrence in mature proglottids. Indeed I have only twice found these lateral orifices. In three other pieces of the same tapeworm (whether of different or the same individual I have no means of knowing) I have seen no such openings, at most a process of the lateral water-vascular vessel deflected towards the periphery. But, on the other hand, I have observed them in one segment in two other pieces of worm. This, however, is not necessarily an argument against the normality of the occurrence, though it does not fully prove that the formation of these pores is normal. It is at least clear that they may be formed. * See Beddard, P. Z.S. 1918, p. 256 et seq. 14* Cort Lae’, L SESE OS Cee ct he ON AFRICAN SNAKES. 193 16. A List of the Snakes of the Belgian and Portuguese Congo, Northern Rhodesia, and Angola. By G. A. Bou.EncEr, F.R.S., F.Z.8.* [Received March 3, 1915: Read April 13, 1915.] (Text-figures 1 and 2.) INDEX. Systematic :— Page Ophidia. List of the genera and species known from the Belgian and Portuguese Congo, N. Rhodesia, and Angola, with keys to their identification .............2...000...015....... 193 Prosymna angolensis, sp.n. Angola ..........2.c1---0-eeee--2-e---. 208 Calamelaps mellandi, sp.u. Lake Bnasrahn Pappas ce Sass ed Some years ago I drew up a list of the Reptiles of Africa south of Angola and the Zambesi t, accompanied by keys to the identification of the genera and species. ‘These keys have proved very useful, and I have been urged to prepare similar means of easy identification for the Reptiles, especially the Snakes, of other parts of Africa. Having recently had to name large series of Reptiles from the Belgian Congo, in which work I have been helped by my excellent attendant Mr. F. Kingsbury, it has occurred to me to use the occasion for making a complete list of the Snakes hitherto recorded from that large Colony and, in order to connect this list with the one alluded to above, to include also Angola, the Portuguese Congo, and Northern Rhodesia. On other occasions I hope to compile similar lists of the Snakes of Madagascar, of East Africa north of the Zambesi, of West Africa north of the Congo, and of North Africa, so as to embrace the whole Snake-fauna of this part of the world. In the preparation of the present list I have been assisted not only by Mr. Kingsbury, but also by my young friend M. Gaston de Witte, both af whom have made many suggestions for the improvement of the keys and who have been of , great service to me in testing them on unnamed material. The name of each species is accompanied by a reference to the original description, to the Catalogue of Snakes in the British Museum (1893-1896), and to Barboza du Bocage’s ‘ Herpétologie d@ Angola et du Congo’ (1895). Only such synonyms are added as have not been already mentioned in the Catalogue, to which the student is referred for the confirmation of the determination reached by means of the keys to the genera and species. These keys are of the most artificial kind, and apply only to the Snakes known to inhabit the region embraced in this list. The most trivial characters are pea selected, in order to ensure the identification of the genus and species with the least possible recourse to an examination of the dentition, which presents * Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. 7 Ann. 8. Afr. Mus. v. 1910, p. 455. 194 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Text-figure 1. supraocular _ rostral ocular rostral nasal nasal ~ ppeee) ‘ preeocular prefrontal rostra y upper | nasal Jabial preeocular Se ocular-+ ocular upper labial TYPHLOPS PUNCTATUS. rostral _ preefrontal rostral _ nasal supraocular f raeal Sx" upper nasal... hat ocular - labial ocular _ rostral ; ~ocular frontal -- “labia el SE upper labial GLAUCONIA EMINI. loreal postocular : post.nasal | preocular .~ oe ant.nasal \, | sess STEIN rostral ----.-( ee y Speer e post temporal upper labial ~~ i EGS a shee: se upper fabial poison-fang 2 PP symphysial ¥ subocular * rostral ---..... Jewertabigl | 7=5e-"> “rostral ant.nasal “~~ Oar symphysial internasal os ~~ lower labial prefrontal i ant. chin-shield frontal ~ post.chin-shield supraocular” lower labial parietal ---~ --ventral CAUSUS RHOMBEATUS. Poreeices AFRICAN SNAKES. 195 such difficulties to the uninitiated in herpetology. For instance, a beginner may be in doubt whether the snake before him is an Aglyphous, an Opisthoglyphous or a Proteroglyphous Colubrid, or even a Viperid. In that case, confining his attention to the external characters, he may have to work through the four keys to the genera of the above-named groups; but these keys have been so constructed that he cannot alight on any name but the one he is seeking. To give an example, supposing he has before him a Causus rhombeatus, and, not having looked at the teeth, has no idea to what group it belongs. He will first try Colubridee aglyphe. His specimen will fall under division I. A of the key, but will be excluded from any further definition. Passing on to the Colubride opisthoglyphee he will reach division IT. B, and no further. The presence of a loreal shield in the snake before him will rule it out of the Colubride proteroglyphe. Then trying the last key, Viperide, he will at once alight on Causus, and further on on Causus rhombeatus. No further glossary is needed than the outline figures here ap- pended to this list. I will only add that in giving the number of subeaudal shields, if in pais, each pair is reckoned as one, and the conical or spine-like shield which caps the end of the tail is not included. oF \/ Es TR ventrals scales (15 rows) ventrals scales (dl raws) A B Scaling of thickest part of body. Text-figure 2. = ER Se A. Gastropyxis smaragdina, with keeled scales and bicarinate ventral shields. B. Dipsadomorphus blandingii, with oblique scales and enlarged vertebrals. Synopsis of the Families. J. Worm-like, with small inferior mouth, eyes hidden or visible under the head- shields, and body covered with uniform imbricate scales above and beneath. Ocular shield not bordering the mouth; tail not or but little Tlovayeyere (ilnaya LoRORG! 524 sc sb cos spueos ods angen ooo nabacecdessecdococosecoracene JL SAIN OPLDYD, Ocular shield bordering the mouth; tail at least three times as homer 21g Tom@AG! .osas0des 226.090 c55 enea0 Lo ec ees eee eee DAU CONDTUD aa. II. Mouth large, eyes distinct, body with enlarged shields beneath. Ventral shields much narrower than the body; supraocular, if distinct, broken up into two or more shields ....................... Ventral shields at least nearly as broad as the body; supraocular, if present, single; poison-fangs, if present, not in a very large SHeaIT Reeene re eR eee cee te te eat ee eee Mean ey COLUBRID Ars Ventral shields at least nearly as broad as the body; large poison- fangs in a very large sheath below the eye .................0c0e uses VIPERID#®. Borp2. 196 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Family TYPHLOPIDA2. A single genus. 1. TypHuops. Schneid. Hist. Amph. ii. p. 339; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 7. Synopsis of the Species. J. Snout rounded, with or without obtusely angular horizontal edge. A. Eye distinguishable. Prefrontal more than 3 times as large as supraocular, forming a very narrow suture with the nasal; snout rounded; 28 seales round middle of body ......... . T. boulengeri. Prefrontal not more than twice as large 2 as $ supraocular, forn ming a very broad suture with the nasal; snout with obtuse horizontal edge; 24 to 30 scales round middle of body... . QD. punctatus. Prefrontal scarcely larger than supraocular ; snout with obtuse horizontal edge; 34 scales round middle of body ...........0.... QZ viridiflavus. B. Eye not distinguishable; snout with obtuse horizontal edge. Nasal cleft proceeding from the first labial; 26 scales round middle of body; diameter of body 28 to 33 times in total length ........ .. DL. congicus. Nasal cleft pr oceeding from the lower lateral border of the rostral ; 5 30 to 32 scales round middle of pease: diameter of body 24 times in total length ............... oles deeb eceeunoade snore Ll amehtetes II. Snout with a more or less abs horizontal edge. A. Hye distinguishable; procular present. 1. Preocular in contact with one or two upper labials. 28 to 30 scales round middle of pees diameter of body about 20 times in total length ...... T. anomalus. 30 to 38 scales round “middle of body ; 5 diameter of body 25 to 37 times in total length ©.... T. mucruso. 40 to 44 scales round middle of body 8 diameter of body 25 to 30 times in total length .. ..... . TT. schlegelii. 2. Preeocular separated ffi anes upper a Tele, ‘the Gaia being in contact with the nasal ; 24 to 26 scales round middle of eer ; diameter of F body ¢ 67 times in total length .......... ; F sce. LD. preocularis. B. Eye not dismemrlneisene Preocular present, in contact with two upper labials; 22 scales round middle of body ; diameter a body 70 to 74 times in total length .. ‘ . TT. cecus. No preocular ; ; 24. scales round Saale of f bodys ; diameter of body 60 times in total length . a Ms eS sescseeeeee ZL. graweri. 1, TYPHLOPS BOULENGERI Bocage, Joni Se. Lisb. (2) iii. 1893, p- 117, and Herp. Ang. p. 64; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 586, Tater ior of Benguela. 2. TYPHLOPS PUNCTATUS. Acontias punctatus Leach, in Bowdich, Miss. Ashantee, p. 493. Typhlops punctatus Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 42; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 65. West and Central Africa, from Senegambia to Angola. AFRICAN SNAKES. 197 3. TYPHLOPS VIRIDIFLAVUS Peracca, Annuar. Mus. Zool. Univ. Napoli (2) iii. 1912, no. 25, p. 3. Lake Bangwelu. 4. TypHLops conercus Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 650, and Ber. Senck. Ges. 1888, p. 44, pl. 1. fig. 5; Bouleng. t. c. p. 40 ; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 63. Congo (Banana, Leopoldville). 5. TYPHLOPS ANCHIETEH Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. xi. 1886, p. 172, and Herp. Ang. p. 63; Bouleng. t. c. p. 40. Benguela, Transvaal. 6. 'TYPHLOPS ANOMALUS. Onychocephalus anomalus Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. 1873, p- 248, pl. 1. fig. 3. ee anomalus Bouleng. t. c. p. 47; Bocage, Herp. Ang. We COs Angola, Loango (@). 7. TYPHLOPS MUCRUSO. Onychocephalus mucruso Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 621. Typhlops nucruso Peters, Reise Mossamb. ii. p. 95, pl. xiii. fig. 3; Bouleng. t.c. p. 46; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 67. Typhlops humbo Bocage, op. cit. p. 66. Typhlops petersu Bocage, op. cit. p. 68. T'yphlops hottentotus Bocage, op. cit. p. 69. Tropical Africa south of the Equator. 8. TYPHLOPS SCHLEGELIL Bianconi, Spec. Zool. Mossamb. p. 13, pl. i. fig. 2; Bouleng. t. c. p. 44. Kast Africa, L. Tanganyika, and 8. Rhodesia. 9. TYPHLOPS PRHOCULARIS Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 709; Bouleng. op. cit. 111. p. 590. Congo (Leopoldville). 10, TypHLops cacus. Onychocephalus cecus A. Dum. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1856, p. 462. Typhlops cecus Bouieng. op. cit. i. p. 55, Congo, Gaboon, Sierra Leone. 11. TypHuops GRavERI, Sternf. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Z.-Afr. Exped., Zool. il. p. 264. Congo, N.W. of L. Tanganyika. Family GLAUCONIIDA. A single genus, 1. GLAUCONIA. Gray, Cat. Liz. p. 139; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 59. 198 MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON Synopsis of the Species. I. Snout hooked im profile, with angular horizontal edge ; diameter of body about 65 times in total length............... G. rostrata. II. Snout rounded. A. Rostral not or but little broader than nasal. Supraocular nearly twice as broad as long; diameter of Ebay 50 to 55 times in total length.. G. emini. Supraocular small; diameter of ‘body “40 to 53 times in total length... : .. G. nigricans. Supr aocular small ; 5 “diameter of body 70 times in total length, teas G. longicauda. B. Rostral more than twice as broad as nasal. Supraocular not larger than prefrontal; diameter of body 60 to 80 times in total length adeabae ee G. seutifrons. Supraocular much larger than prefrontal ; “rostral “extending above to between eyes; diameter of body 50 times in total length........... G. lepezi. Supraocular Tar er r than pret ontal ; ; rostral extending to beyond level of eyes ; ‘diameter of body 55 times in total length Geneeneen G. latirostris. 1. GLAUCONIA ROSTRATA. Stenostoma rostratum Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. xi. 1886, p. 179, and Herp. Ang. p. 71. Glaucoma rostrata Bouleng. t. c. p. 62. Angola. 2. GLAUCONIA EMINI Bouleng. t. c. p. 64, pl. iii. fig. 8. East and Central Africa (Lakes Kivu and Tanganyika, Nyassa- land). 3. GLAUCONIA NIGRICANS. Typhlops nigricans Schleg. Abbild. p. 38, pl. xxxii. figs. 21-24. Glouconia nigricans Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 67. South Africa and Northern Rhodesia, 4, GLAUCONIA LONGICAUDA. Stenostoma longicauda Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 621. Glauconia longicauda Bouleng. t. c. p. 66. Northern Rhodesia and Portuguese Kast Africa. 5. GLAUCONIA SCUTIFRONS. Stenostoma scutifrons Peters, |. c.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 71. Glaucona scutifrons Bouleng, t. c. p. 68. Angola and South Africa. 6. GLAUCONIA LEPEZI Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. WSO, 704 to yolls Wht, aie, Lower Congo (Zambi). 7. GLAUCONIA LAtTIROsTRIs Sternf. Wiss. Ergebn. Deutsch. Z.-Afr, Exped., Zool. ii. p. 264. N.W. of L. Tanganyika. AFRICAN SNAKES. 199 Family Borp &. Two genera :— Head distinct from neck ; rostral and anterior upper labials with deep pits; scales in more than 50 rows; tail prehensile, tapering to a point, with paired subcaudals...... 22.0.0... 06. c1e eee tee ee en eee eee ees Python. Head not distinct from neck ; rostral large, not pitted; scales in 29-32 rows; tail short, rounded at the end, with single subcaudals ......... Calabaria. 1. PyrHon. Daud. Hist. Rept. v. p. 266; Bouleng. Cat. Sn.i. p. 85. Two species :— Two upper labials pitted ; scales in 81-93 rows; subcaudals 63-77. P. sebe. Five upper labials pitted ; scales in 57-59 rows ; subeaudals 46-47. P. anchiete. 1. PyvHoNn sEB#. Coluber sebe Gmel. 8. N. i. p. 1118. Python sebe Bouleng. t. c. p. 86. Python natalensis Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 72. Tropical and South Africa. i 2. Pyruon ancuier# Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. xii. 1887, p. 87, and Herp. Ang. p. 73, pl. ix. fig. 1; Bouleng. t. c. p. 88. Angola (Catumbella). 2. CALABARIA. Gray, P. Z.S. 1858, p. 154; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 92. 1; CALABARIA REINHARDTI. Eryx reinhardti Schleg. Bijdr. tot de Dierk. 1. p. 2, pl. —. Calabaria reinhardti Bouleng. |. ¢. West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo. Family CoLUBRID4, Three parallel series :— No poison-fangs ; all the teeth solid ................::::00000. A. Aglypha. TRarsomnatienayer [oral hop ccoconoopontonseos oonabt nce sopsousenéancerccno sca Bh Ojorhingaliyi nner, IROROMAAIES TN TORO coocunnesee) tovocanhasnasonneunenneesonobadeoonneen (Oh LeiKontsi rol hy ole, A. Aglypha. TI. Loreal present (occasionally absent in Homalosoma, recognisable by the combination of a single nasal shield, paired subcaudals, and a low number of ventral shields, 113-144). A. Snout without angular horizontal edge. 1. Pupil round; a single anterior temporal ; scales in 17 to 23 rows; ventrals less than 165. a. No groove on side of head. a. Twoimternasals ....:...,.....-c-,-.0.---s10-.--..-.--. Lyopidonotus. 8. A single internasal. Scales smooth, in 19 VOWS .......ceesreseccesee eevee eeerseeesersseeee Helicops. Scales keeled, in 23 or 25 YOWS ....ce.cscereeesee teeters rerseeseseee Hydrethiops. 200 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON 6. A deep groove on side of head, above the upper labials ; scales smooth, in 23 rows . vesseseeeee Glypholycus. 2. Pupil round; 2 or 3 superposed anterior eee scales in 21 rows or more ; ventrals 175 or more. A deep groove between posterior nasal and preocular; scales keeled, in 23 rows . .... Bothrophthalmus. No groove on side of ‘snout ; ‘scales smooth or very obtusely keeled, in 25 to 31 rows ....... sues. Pseudaspis. No groove on side of snout’; scales smooth, ; in 21 rows ......... Coronella. 3. Pupil vertically elliptic. a. Scales smooth, of vertebral row not enlarged ; subcaudals less than 73. Scales in 25 to 33 rows; subcaudals single or pad es Stee Boodon. Scales in 15 or 17 rows; subcaudals paired .. Litteseessreeeeee Lycophidiwn. b. Scales of vertebral row enlarged ; tcaoananls 73 or more. Scales strongly keeled, vertebrals bicarinate, in 21 rows. ...... Gonionotophis. Scales strongly keeled, vertebrals bicarinate, in 15 or 17 rows. Simocephalus. Scales smooth, in 15 rows ; head very distinct from neck ; eye large; body compressed ............000.ce0eeeesesseeeeeeseees. Hormonotus. ‘A. Pupil round; body usually very slender (tree-snakes), with the scales in 13 to 19 rows. a. Scales in 13 or 15 rows, of vertebral row not enlarged. a. Lateral scales as long as dorsals; colour green or black and green. *% Scales smooth. Subcaudal shields not keeled . we... Chlorophis. Subcaudal shields keeled and with a notch corresponding to the keel, same as on the ventrals ...............ss0000000ee0-02--. Philothamnus. *% Scales keeled. Subcaudal shields keeled and notched; a single anterior temporal .. .. Gastropyxis. Subcaudal shields not keeled ; “usually ‘two , super ‘posed anterior LEMIPOLalS Pact adem encarta ee ee eae Coe eee Se cee oan Hapsidophrys. (3. Lateral scales much shorter than dorsals, which are keeled; a single anterior temporal; eye Weny lave’. .ce.aiscoenauessanaceneeeasie. -cetuereeeey me eRASO DS: 6. Scales in 17 or 19 rows, very narrow; a single anterior temporal ; eye very large ................... Rhamnophis. 5. Pupil round; nostril in a single or semidivided nasal; scales not oblique, short and smooth, in 15 to 19 rows. Nostril directed upwards, nasal semidivided; two pubs posed anterior temporals........... wee Grayia. Nostril lateral, nasal entire; a 1 single anterior temporal | ...0y2 LLomalosoma. B. Snout with angular horizontal edge. Hye in contact with Jabials ; internasal and prefrontal single ; scales in 15 or 17 rows; ventrals less than 170 ............... Prosymna. Suboculars separate the eye trom the labials; scales in 19 to 25 rows ; ventrals more than 170 ................:0..cc000002e... Seaphiophis. II. No loreal, nasal in contact with preocular; pupil vertically elliptic: scales strongly keeled, some of the laterals very oblique..............0..:ssscressseseerneeeere ceeeee Daetsypeltis. 1. TRopIpoNnotvs. Kuhl, Bull. Se. Nat. li. 1824, p. 81; Bouleng. Cat. Sn.i. p. 192. Two species :— Scales smooth, in 17 rows; ventrals Giese anal entire (rarely divided) . Suet wecseeee. LD. fuliginoides. Scales sinaailhy in “Is YOWS 3 5 wenhels 131- 50; Paral Giected Pate T. olivaceus. AFRICAN SNAKES. 201 1. TROPIDONOTUS FULIGINOIDES. Coronella fuliginoides Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 39. Tropidonotus fuliginoides Bouleng. t. c. p. 217. Mizodon fuliginoides Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 75. West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the Congo. 2. 'TROPIDONOTUS OLIVACEUS. Coronella olivacea Peters, Mon. Berl]. Ac. 1854, p. 622. Tropidonotus olivaceus Bouleng. t. c. p. 227. Mizodon olivaceus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 74. Gray giardi Dollo, Bull. Mus. Belg. iv. 1886, p. 158, fig. Tropical Africa, from the Soudan to Angola, Mashonaland, and Southern Rhodesia. 2. HELIcops. Wagler, Syst. Amph. p. 170; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 272. 1. HELIcops BICOLOR. Limnophis bicolor Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xv. 1865, js op, alent ses (O Helicops bicolor Bouleng. t. c. p. 274; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 76. Angola; N.W. Rhodesia. 3. HyDRA&THIOPS. Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) ix. 1872, p. 28; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1. p. 280. 1. HypRarniops MELANOGAstER Giinth. 1. ¢. pl. iii. fig. G; Bouleng. t. c. p. 281; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 77. West Africa, from Cameroon to the Congo. 4, GLYPHOLYCUS. Gunth. P. Z. 5. 1893, p. 629; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 615. 1. GiyPHoLycus Bicotor Giinth. 1. c. fig.; Bouleng. 1. ¢. Lake Tanganyika. 5. BovtHROPHTHALMUS. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1863, p. 287 ; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 324. 1. BoTHROPHTHALMUS LINEATUS. Hlaphis (Bothrophthalmus) lineatus Peters, |. c. Bothrophthalmus lineatus Bouleng. |. c.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 83. West and Central Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to the Congo. 202 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON 6. Boopon. Dum. & Bibr. Mém. Ac. Se. xxiii. 1853, p. 460; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 327. Two species :— Subcaudals paired .............0..c¢ccscereeeceesseeeeseeeee B, lineatus. Subcaudals single ...........,...c.;scecerseersssaeeeee. DB. olivaceus. 1. Boopon tinEaAtus Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 363; Bouleng. t. c. p. 332; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 78. Tropical and South Africa; Arabia. 2. BooDON OLIVACEUS. Holuropholis olivaceus A. Dum. Rey. et Mag. Zool. 1856, p. 466. Boodon olivaceus Bouleng. t. c. p. 335; Bocage, op. cit. p. 81. West and Central Africa, from Nigeria and Uganda to the Congo. 7. LycopHipium. Dum. & Bibr, Mém. Ac, Se. xxiii. 1853, p. 462; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 336, Synopsis of the Species. I. Scales in 15 rows; ventrals 153-165; subcaudals 23-32 ; 8 upper labials, three entering the eye ................,.0..0..60- LL. meleagris. II. Scales in 17 rows; ventrals 164-208; suhcaudals 24-56. 8 upper labials, seventh largest, two entering the eye ..,............. L. laterale. 8 upper labials, seventh largest, three entering the eye............... DL. eapense. 7 upper labials, sixth largest, three entering the eye .....,............. DL. fasciatum. 1, LycorpHipiuM MELEAGRIS Bouleng, Cat. Sn. i. p. 337, pl. xxi. fig. 2; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 82, Angola (Ambriz, Ambrizete). 2. LiycoPHIDIUM LATERALE Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p- 58; Bouleng. t.c. p. 338; Bocage, 1. c. West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the Congo. 3. LyYcoOPHIDIUM CAPENSE. Lycodon capensis A. Smith, 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. (1) no. 5, 1831, p. 18. Lycophidium capense Bouleng. t.c. p. 339; Bocage, op. cit. p- 81. Tropical and South Africa. 4, LyCOPHIDIUM FASCIATUM. Alopecion fasciatum Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 196. Lycophidium fasciatum Bouleng. t. c. p. 342, pl. xxii. fig. 2. West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Gaboon, eastward to the Congo Forest west of Mt. Ruwenzori. AFRICAN SNAKES. 203 8. GONIONOTOPHIS. Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 323. § Pp Two species, which may perhaps have to be reduced to one :— U Resory eR BEA) © oo 5 css soocn sovlsoddssnabcad soacasnooees cooces | Eta WIPIINICHBOn Tem poralspletjOh Ween Ae aese wea cosa sen cueeeer cos gp eeOOSSUUs 1. GONIONOTOPHIS BRUSSAUXI. Gonionotus brussauxt Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) i. 1889, p. 146. Gonionotophis brussauat Bouleng. 1. c. Loudinia-Niari, French Congo. 2. GONIONOTOPHIS VOSSIL. Gonionotus vossii, Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1892, p. 418. Gonionotophis vossit Bouleng. |. c. Cameroon to Congo. 9. SIMOCEPHALUS. Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 194; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 344. Synopsis of the Species. . Three labials entering the eye. ey strongly keeled, with strong striation directed obliauely towards the keel; subcaudals 51— TO che eee RR? guirali. Scales feebly keeled ; subcaudals 65 .................0c:cc0cceceevee ees. Se baumanni. II. Two labials entering the eye. Scales strongly keeled, with lateral keels and strong striation ; subcaudals 53. Scales strongly keoled secondary keels ‘feebly ‘marked or » absent ; subcaudals 75-124... x S. lamani. S. poensis. 1. SIMOCEPHALUS GUIRALI. Heterolepis guiralt Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7) xi. 1887, p- 23, pl. 11. fig. 3. Simocephalus guiralt Bouleng. t.c. p. 346. West Africa, from Cameroon to the Congo. 2. SIMOCEPHALUS BAUMANNI Sternf, Mitth. Zool. Mus, Berl. 1908, p. 214, fig. 1. Aruwimi, Togoland. 3. SIMOCEPHALUS LAMANI, Mehelya lamani Lonnb. Ark. f. Zool. vii, 1911, no. 8, rate The Lower Congo. 4, SIMOCEPHALUS POENSIS. Feterolepis poensis A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr. , Rept. i. Simocephalus poensis Bouleng. t.c p. 346. West Africa, from Sierra dove to the Congo; Uganda. 204 | MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON 10. Hormonorus. Hallow. Proc. Ac. Phiiad. 1857, p. 56; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 344. 1. HorMONOTUS MODESTUS. Lampropeltis modestus Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii. p. 429. Hormonotus modestus Bouleng. 1. ¢. West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the mouth of the Chiloango. 11. PsEUDASPIS. Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1864, p. 168; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1 p. 373. 1. PSEUDASPIS CANA. Coluber canus Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. i. p. 31, pl. x1. fig. 1. Pseudaspis cana Bouleng. 1. ¢.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 100, jolly 3% tae, Ih Angola, Nyassaland, Kast and South Africa. 12. CHLOROPHIS. Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 52; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 91. Synopsis of the Species. I. No trace of ventral keels; ventrals 147-190. 9 upper ee 4th, 5th, and 6th entering the eye ; subcaudals 103-123 . Wee, WOmeneines 8 upper labials, ‘3rd, ‘4th, ‘and 5th entering the eye; " subcaudals 85-99 ; a brown vertebral stripe edged with yellowish ......... C. ornatus. 8 upper Me 4th and 5th entering the es subcaudals ; {SPASIIO SS, © Gadann coda cansbodsencaconssosas suscconesseee--. OO. hoplogaster.. II. Ventrals w ith a more or eee areas een sleet A. Anal divided; scales in 15 rows. 1. Two upper labials entering the eye; ventrals 148-169 ; subcaudals 71-114. Loreal twice as long as deep ....c0...... ee see eee eee eee seers etetseeeeeee CO. neglectus. Loreal scarcely longer than deep .............0eeeseeeeeerneeeeeeereeee Cl. angolensis. 2. Three upper labials entering the eye. Preocular separated from frontal ; body very slender anteriorly ; ventrals 175-190 ; subcaudals 115-190... = C. heterolepidotus. Preocular in contact with or narrowly separated from ‘frontal ; ventrals 150-182 ; subcaudals 90-133 . pansonoscadacosacccna Ob CPRAROUMUPOS B. Anal entire; ventrals 141-162 ; ean 75 96. Sees Tha TUES TRONS. sce copconsopscoves odbovceesonconopdosnconseboedosecoosnones On MUA OUI (Galles WISN)" coo cshondsdacns annesseterconsbocccosscacspovcnecscsennooncce | Ot QaKPOHINS 1. CHLOROPHIS EMINI. Ahetulla emini Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xi1.1863, p. 285. Chlorophis emint Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 92. Eastern Soudan to Uganda and Ruwenzori. AFRICAN SNAKES. 205 2. CHLOROPHIS ORNATUS. Philothamnus ornatus Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. u. 1872, p. 80, ‘and Herp. Ang. p. 93, pl. x1. fig. 1. Chlorophis ornatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 93. Angola and Portuguese Guinea. 3. CHLOROPHIS HOPLOGASTER. Ahetulla hoplogaster Giinth, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xi. 1863, p. 285. Cklorophis hoplogaster Bouleng. t. c. p. 93. Central, East, and South Africa. 4, CHLOROPHIS NEGLECTUS. Philothamnus neglectus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1866, p, 890. Chilorophis neglectus Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 94. East and Central Africa. 5. CHLOROPHIS ANGOLENSIS. Philothamnus angolensis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. ix. 1882, p. 7. Chlorephas angolensis Bouleng. t. ce. p. 95. Angola. 6. CHLOROPHIS HETEROLEPIDOTUS. Aketulla heterolepidota Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xi. 1863, p. 286. ; Chlorephis heterolepidotus Bouleng. t.c. p. 95, pl. v. fig. 3. Philothamnus heterolepidotus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 88. Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast te Angela, eastwards to the Coast of Zanzibar. 7. CHLOROPHIS IRREGULARIS. Coluber wrregularis Leach, in Bowdich, Miss. Ashantee, p. 494. Chiorophis irregularis Bouleng. t. c. p. 96. Philothamnus irregelaris Bocage, op. cit. p. 85, pl. xii. fig. 2. Senegambia and Uganda to Angola and Southern Rhodesia. 8. CHLOROPHIS HETERODERMUS Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p- 04; Bouleng. t. e p. 97. Philethamnes heterodermus Bocage, ep. cit. p. 89. Sierra Leone to Congo, eastwards to L. Tanganyika. 9. CHLOROPHIS CARINATUS Anderss. Bih. Sv..Ak. Handl., XXVll. Iv. no. 9, 1901, p. 9. Cameroon, Belgian and Portuguese Congo. Proc. Zoox, Soc,—1915, No. XV. 15 206 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON 13. PHILOTHAMNUS. A. Smith, Il. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 98. Two species :— At least 3 temporals (1+2), usually more (2+2 or ado 3 green above, with or without black spots or bars ............ P.semivariegatus. 3 temporals (1+1+1, rarely 1+2); a dark vertebral etn ipe; snout yellowish or reddish brown ......s... so, 2 dorsalis. iL eee ras SEMIVARIEGATUS A. Smith, op. cit. pls. lix., lx. & Ixiv. fig. 1; Bouleng. t.c. p.99; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 90, pl. xii. fig. i Tropical and South Africa. 2. PHILOTHAMNUS DORSALIS. Leptophis dorsalis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. 1. 1866, p. 69. Philothamnus dorsalis Bouleng. t.c. p. 101; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 92, pl. xi. fig. 3. Gaboon, Congo, Angola. 14. GASTROPYXIS. Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1860, p. 556; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 102. 1. GASTROPYXIS SMARAGDINA. Dendrophis smaragdina Schleg. Phys. Serp. 11. p. 237. Gastropyxis smaragdina Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 103. Hapsidophrys smaragdina Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 96. Tropical Africa, from Sierra Leone and Uganda to the Congo and Northern Angola. 15. HApstpoPHRys. Fischer, Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb. i. 1856, p. 110; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 11. p. 103. 1. HapsipoPHRYS LINEATA Wisch. ].c. p. 111, pl. ii. fig. 5; Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 104; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 97. West Africa, from the Gold Coast to the Congo, eastwards to Uganda. 16. Turasops. Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 67 ; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 104. 1. THRASOPS FLAVIGULARIS. Dendrophis flavigularis Hallow. Proe. Ac, Philad. 1852, p. 205. Thrasops flavigularis Bouleng. t. ec. p. 105; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 97. West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo. * The synonymy of this species should probably include Ph. nitidus Gthr. and Ph. lagoensis Gthr. AFRICAN SNAKES. 207 17. RHAMNOPHIS. Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) ix. 1862, p. 129; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 632. Two species :— Scales smooth, in 17 rows; a pair of large shields behind the 1 OEE (2) eT (PRR RRA Ae cl aR RE Nau eae, ara orc MB Me Cr Scales more or less distinctly keeled, in 19 rows; no large shields behundithelparte tall sienresesepee eee ee ee erences oe eee eee eee eC IGS O72(t R. aethiops. 1. Ruamvopuis 2THIors Ginth. |. c. pl. x.; Bouleng. 1. ¢. West Africa, from Sierra Leone to the Congo. 2. RHAMNOPHIS JACKSONIL, Thrasops jacksonii Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv. 1895, p. 5928. Rhamnophis jacksonti Bouleng. 1. c. Tropical Africa (French Guinea, Gold Coast, Uganda, Kasai). 18. CoRONELLA. ® Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 84; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 188. 1, CoRONELLA SEMIORNATA Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1856, p. 622; Bouleng. t. c. p. 195. N. Rhodesia; East Africa. 19. Gravia. Giinth. Cat, Col. Sn. p. 50; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 286. Synopsis of the Species. I. Scales in 17 or 19 rows; ventrals 143-168. Lower anterior temporal longer than its distance from the loreal; 7 upper labials (rarely 8); subcaudals 89-102.................. a Ge smythii. Lower anterior temporal not longer than its distance from the loreal; 8 or 9 upper labials; subcaudals 71-84.................. G. ornata. TI. Scales in 15 rows; ventrals 125-149. Eye much shorter than snout; subcaudals 100-128 ............... G. tholloni. Hye as long as snout; subcaudals 125-161 ........................... G. cesar. 1. GRAYIA SMYTHII. _ Coluber smyth Leach, in Tuckey’s Explor. R. Zaire, App. p- 409. Grayia smythv, part., Bouleng. |. c. Grayia triangularis Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 102. West and Central Africa and Uganda. 2. GRAYIA ORNATA. Macrophis ornatus Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. i. 1866, p. 67. Grayia smyth, part., Bouleng. |. c. 1o* 208 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Grayia ornata Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 104; Bouleng. P. Z. 5S. 1909, p. 944, fig. 290. West Africa, from Cameroon to Angola. 3. Gray1A THOLLONT Mocquard, Bull. Soc. Philom. (8) ix. 1897, p. 11; Bouleng. P. Z. S. 1909, p. 951, fig. 299. French Congo, Katanga, Uganda, Egyptian Soudan. 4, GRAYIA CESAR. Xenurophis cesar Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xii. 1868, p. 357, pl. vi. fig. C; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 11. p. 288. West Africa, from Cameroon to the Congo. 20. HomALosoma. Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 190; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. il. p. 273. 1. HomMALosoMA LUTRIX. Coluber lutria Linn. 8. N. i. p. 375. Homalosoma lutrix Bouleng. t. ce. p. 274. East, Central, and South Africa. 21. PROSYMNA. Gray, Cat. Sn. p. 80; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 246. Synopsis of the Species. Two postoculars; frontal more than half width of head ; scales in 17 rows; ventrals 131-153 .. tee sen .. P. ambigua. One postaculaes: ; prefrontal pntegne the, eye; “frontal: more than half width of head; scales in 15 rows; ventrals 167...... P. bocagii. One postocular ; prefrontal separated from the eye by the preocular ; frontal not half width of head; scales in 15 YOwWS ; VontEala 145-163 ou JNO Mme eaia HE Gea Popa id an Wear angolensis. 1. ProsyMna AmBricua, Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1873, p. 218, and Herp. Ang. p. 99, pl. xi. fig. 1; Bouleng. t. c. p. 248. Angola; N. Rhodesia ; Hast Africa, from the Zanzibar Coast to Zululand. 2. ProsyMNA BocAGir Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897, p. 278, fig., and Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. 1901, p. 9, pl. i. fig. 4. Ubanghi. 3. PROSYMNA ANGOLENSIS, Sp. n. Prosymna frontalis (non Peters), Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 98, [Olly Sab, les A Angola. AFRICAN SNAKES. 209 29, SCAPHIOPHIS. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1870, p. 644; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ui. p- 254. 1. ScapHiopHIs ALBoPUNCTATUS Peters, t.c. p. 645, pl.i. fig. 4; Bouleng. |. e.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 102. Tropical Africa, from the Soudan to the Congo. 23. DASYPELTIS. Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 178; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1. p. 353. 1, DASYPELTIS SCABRA. Coluber scaber Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 36, pl. x. fig. 1. Dasypeltis scabra Bouleng. t.c. p. 354; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p- 106. ; Tropical and South Africa, Egypt, South Arabia. B. Opisthoglypha. —]. Eye moderate or large; head more or less distinct from neck; loreal present ; no upper labials in contact with the parietal. +A. Pupil vertically elliptic; head short, very distinct from neck. 1. Subcaudals in two rows. Vertebral scales not enlarged ; scales in 19 rows; two super- posed anterionmbemporaleyeeeeees cee eaten eee seaesasatte nn LOMOODRIS. Vertebral scales not enlarged; scales in 17 or 19 rows; a Sinelelambertom bennpOrall ae seepeee rere eeeeene ee eee eeeeey tees tase ee pUOCana. Vertebral scales enlarged: scales in 19 to 25 rows............... Dipsadomorphus. 2. Subcaudals single; scales in 17 rows .................. -Dipsadoboa. -B. Pupil round. 1. Loreal not more than once and a half as long as deep; scales in 17 rows, not oblique. Nostril in a semidivided nasal; anal entire ...,................... Amplorhinus. Nostril between two nasals and the internasal; scales more or less distinctly concave; anal divided ..................00:::-..-.. Lrimerorhinus. Nostril between the nasals; snout acutely pointed or curved in profile; rostral large, hollowed ont beneath ............... Rhamphiophis. 2. Loreal at least once and a half as long as deep; scales more or less oblique. A single anterior temporal ; scales in 17 rows...................... Dromophis. Usually two superposed anterior temporals; scales in 11 to 17 rows; one or two middle maxillary teeth much enlarged. Psammophis. - 8. Loreal not more than once and a half as long as deep ; nostril in an undivided nasal ; scales very narrow, oblique, more or less strongly keeled, in T1@) Oye PAIL TROMHS socigus osocbe oo ooarasooe seo onaooneuanconadcsoam - 2 DaSanlais: -C. Pupil horizontal; nostril im an undivided nasal; scales narrow, oblique, feebly keeled, in 19 rows...... Thelotornis. 210 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON II. Eye rather small, small, or very small; head not at all distinct from neck; no loreal. A. Subcaudals in two rows. 1. One or two upper labials in contact with the parietal; nasal in contact with the rostral. Internasais present ; nasal divided or pa no prie- ocular ; scales in 19 or 21 rows ee: . Calamelaps. Internasals present, prafrontals absent ; supraocular ‘absent or fused with the postocular; snout much depressed, very prominent, pointed ; rostral very large; scales in 17 or 21 MOM Satara sets nrrcatec seven eee sistas yore sats tare claire em aes ere Sates Gepost ao se Xenocalamus. No internasals; nasal entire; a very small preocular ; scales INA B ECO WS! cen oie or anise ea seer eee Merete E EEE a ae ae eh eee OSTOLEpISe 2, Temporals separate the upper labials from the parietal; scales in 15 rows. First upper labial in contact with the internasal.................. Miodon. Nasal in contact with the rostral 2.000000... Cynodontophis. B. Subcaudals single; scales in 15 rows. 1. Temporals separate the labials from the parietal ; snout much depressed and very prominent ; rostral very large, concave below ...................... Hypoptophis. 2. One or two upper labials in contact with the parietal. Posterior maxillary teeth large and strongly grooved............. Aparallactus. Posterior maxillary teeth feebly enlarged and feebly gr rooved . Dlapops. 1. TARBOPHIS. Fleischm. Dalm. nov. Serp. Gen, p. 17; Bouleng, Cat, Sn. iii. p. 47. 1. TARBOPHIS SEMIANNULATUS. Telescapus semionnulatus A. Smith, Hl. Zool. S. Afr., Rept. pl. bxxi. Tarbophis sennannulatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 51. Crotaphopeltis sennannulatus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 122. Central and East Africa, Angola, Rhodesia, Transvaal, Basutoland. 2. LEPTODIRA. Giinth. Cat, Col. Sn. p. 165; Bouleng, Cat. Sn. iii, p, 88. Two species :— Ventrals 144-180; anal entire; subcaudals 82-54; body moderately elongate ..... .... Li. hotamboia. Ventr als 201-216 ; “anal | divided ; subjcandals 8 94-113 ; s body y ery slender.. ays . LL. duchesnii. 1. LepropIRA HOTAMBEIA. Coronella hotambeia Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 85. Leptodira hotambeia Bouleng. t. c. p. 89. Crotaphopeltis rufescens Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 122. Tropical and South Africa. 2. Leproprra DucHESNIZ Bouleng, Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. 1901, p. 10, pl. iv. fig. 1. Congo, Gaboon, Cameroon, AFRICAN SNAKES. Die 3. DIPSADOMORPHUS. Fitzing. in Tschudi, Faun. Per., Herp. p. 55; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. li. p. 99. Two species :— - Scales in 19 rows; ventrals 236-276; anal entire; subcaudals Scales in 21-25 rows; ventrals 240-289; anal divided; sub- GAO ENS NAP)... sas one sonaracos. ooo sap casace 469. 506aee eat bogedgnags5dG0598¢ D. blandingii. D. pulwerulentus. 1. DipsADOMORPHUS PULVERULENTUS. ~ Dipsas pulverulenta Fisch. Abh. Nat. Ver. Hamb. 11. 1856, p. 81, pl. ui. fig. 1; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 123. Dipsadomorphus pulverulentus Bouleng. t. c. p. 68. West Africa, from the Coast of Guinea to the Congo. 2. DIpsADOMORPHUS BLANDINGIL Dipsas blandingii Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1844, p. 170; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 124. _ Dipsadomorphus blandingti Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 17. West Africa, from Senegambia to the Congo, eastwards to British East Africa. 4, DiIpsADOBOA. Giinth. Cat. Col. Sn. p. 182; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ui. p. 81. 1. DipsaADOBOA UNICOLOR, Giinth. op. cit. p. 183; Bouleng. 1. ¢. Congo and West Africa as far north as Sierra Leone. 5. AMPLORHINUS. A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ui. p. 124. | 1. AMPLORHINUS NOTOTANTA. Coronella nototenia Giinth..P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 309, pl. xxvi. tio le Amplorhinus nototenia Bouleng. t. c. p. 125. Psammophylax nototenia Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 109. Egyptian Soudan to Nyassaland, Angola. 6. TRIMERORHINUS. A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. in. p. 138. 1. TRIMERORHINUS RHOMBEATUS. Coluber rhombeatus Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. p. 27, pl. xxiv. fig. 2. Trimerorhinus rhombeatus Bouleng. 1. c.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p- 108. Diler MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Rhagerhis triteniata Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) i. 1868, Dae oepl xix tice El Bocave, Ops cit. pail ll0 a olkexcantionsle Tpmvenon ane iribeeniatus “Bouleng. in, OS [Oy La), Africa south of the Equator, East Africa as far north as Abyssinia. I now regard 7’. triteniatus, with 2 or 3 regular dark bands along the head and body, as a variety of 7”. rhombeatus. 7. RHAMPHIOPHIS. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 624; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. i. p. 144. Two species :— Preocular in contact with frontal; subcaudals 538-63 ............ R. acutus. Preocular not in contact, with frontal; snout with angular horizontal edge, curved 1m profile; subcaudals 90-110 ......... BR. oxyrhynchus. 1, RHAMPHIOPHIS ACUTUS. Psammophis acutus Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) 1. 1888, [Os Big ly sabre wis, 1D), Rhagerhis acuta Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 11], pl. x.@ fig. 2. Rhamphiophis acutus Bouleng. t. c. p. 148. Angola. 2. RHAMPHIOPHIS OXYRHYNCHUS. Psammophis oxyrhynchus Reinh. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. x. 1843, p. 244. Rhamphiophis oayrhynchus Bouleng. t. c, p. 146. Tropical Africa. 8. DRoMOPHITS. Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 447; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 149. 1. DROMOPHIS LINEATUS. Dryophylax lineatus Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gen. vi. p. 1124. Dromephis lineatus Bouleng. |. ¢. Coast of Guinea to Hastern Soudan, Central Africa. 9, PSAMMOPHIS. Bote, Isis, 1827, p. 521; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. mi. p, 152. Synopsis of the Species. I. Scales in $7 rows. A. Frontal, in the middle, much narrower than the supraocular. Anal entire; 8 upper labials, 2 entering the eye.....................0. P. notostictus. Anal divided ; 8 (rarely 9) upper labials, 2 entering the eye......... P. sibilans. Anal divided : 9 upper labials, 3 entering the eye ..................... -P. boeagia. AFRICAN SNAKES. 213 B. Frontal, in the middle, not or but little narrower than the supraocular; 7 or 8 upper labials, 2 entering the eye. P. brevirostris. II. Scales in 15 rows or less. Scales in 15 rows; 7 upper labials Ryde) Nicht oan ecm Eee ED OR SOPGUN: Scales in 11 rows; 8 upper labials................c0c02eereeeceeeeesee sees -P. angolensis. 1. Psammoruis Norosticrus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1867, p- 237; Bouleng. t. c. p. 156; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 116. Lower Congo, Angola, 8. Africa. 2. PSAMMOPHIS SIBILANS. Coluber sibilans Linn. 8. N.1. p. 383. Psammophis sibilans Bouleng. t.c. p. 161 ; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 114 (part.). Tropical and South Africa, Egypt. 3. Psammopuis Bocact Bouleng. t. c. p. 161, pl. viii. fig. 1. Psammophis sibilans, var. A, Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 115. Katanga, Rhodesia, Angola, Bechuanaland. 4. PSAMMOPHIS BREVIROSTRIS Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1881, p. 89; Bouleng. t. c. p. 166. Angola, South Africa. 5. Psammopuis ANsorcit Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) aim, OOS). Fos LSI oll aie, sake Ze Angola. 6. PSAMMOPHIS ANGOLENSIS. Amphiophis angolensis Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. iv. 1872, p. 82, and Herp. Ang. p. 113, pl. x1. fig. 3. Psammophis angolensis Bouleng. t. c. p. 170. Angola, Katanga, Nyassaland, Hast Africa, Orange River Colony. ~ 10. DispHoLipus. Duvernoy, Ann. Sc. Nat. xxvi. 1832, p. 150; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1. p. 186. ~1. DIsPHOLIDUS TYPUS. Bucephalus typus A. Smith, Zool. Journ. iv. 1829, p. 441. Dispholidus typus Bouleng. t.¢. p. 187. Bucephalus capensis Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 121. Tropical and South Africa. 11. THELOTORNIS. A. Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 184. 1. THELOTORNIS KIRTLANDII. Leptophis kirtlandit Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1844, p. 62. 214 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Thelotornis kirtlandii Bouleng. t. ec. p. 185. Dryiophis kirtlandii Boeage, Herp. Ang. p. 119. Tropical and South Africa. 12. CALAMELAPS. Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xviii. 1866, p. ay: Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 245. Two species :— Scales in 19 or 21 rows; second upper labial not in contact with prefrontal . nda C. polylepis. Scales in 19 rows ; eee upper Plaats in conta nih freee oa C. mellandi. 1. CALAMELAPS POLYLEPIS Bocage, Jorn. Se. Lisb. iv. 1873, p. 216, and Herp. Ang. p. 126, pl. ix. fig. 2; Bouleng. t.c. p. 246. Angola, Nyassaland. 2. CALAMELAPS MELLANDI, sp. n.* Lake Bangwelu. 13. XENOCALAMUS. Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) 1. 1868, p. 414; Bouleng. Cat. NJ OVe bE OL Two species :— Nasal divided; 6 upper labials, 8rd and 4th entering ae ; scales in IU ROWYS cco cope0e Nasal entire; 5 upper PS iiviale, pad ae ard Schering: eye; eeelen 3 in PAIRS O NICK anette be Gace SRE REACT ER eR Sern accaarem one thors aaaeM ened ste AX. mechovit. A. michelli. 1. XENOCALAMUS MECHOVII Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1881, p. 147; Bouleng. t. c. p. 248. Congo, Angola. 2. XENOCALAMUS MICHELLI L. Miiller, Zool. Anz. xxxviii. 1911, p. 359. Kituri (Katanga). 14. APOSTOLEPIS. Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1861, p. 524; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 232. 1. APOSTOLEPIS GERARDI Bouleng. Rev. Zool. Afr. i. 1913, p-. 103, fig. Katanga at Kikondja. * No postocular; parietal forming a suture with the fourth upper labial ; ventrals 181. Uniform blackish.—A single male specimen from Chirini Id., Lake Bangwelu, presented by Mr. F. H. Melland. AFRICAN SNAKES. 215 15. Miropon. A. Dum. Arch. Mus. x. 1859, p. 206; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 111. p- 249. Synopsis of the Species. ii, Aline Grains WerMATRNlS INNO ANG)... cooonsooe oe oo0g59000 coasaea000e0 o6c M. acanthias. II. Anal divided. Internasals considerably shorter than the preefrontals; ventrals PONS} s raergeall ClinACWAG! 224 snaccecdsqoeekssoded obs Aen pon cesene boaany noc 00n sll, G@OUUGHPAS Internasals as long as or slightly shorter than the prefrontals ; ventrals 214-249 ; nasa] entire or incompletely divided............ IL. gabonensis. Internasals as long as or slightly shorter than the przefrontals ; Ventrals) 1Gi—14l-snasallidividedess.cs-ceene.stsesdecceeeacere-cleeeateera ea meOrabus. 1. Mropon ACANTHIAS. Urobelus acanthias Reinh. Vidensk. Meddel. 1860, p. 229, pl. 11. Miodon acanthias Bouleng. t. c. p. 250. ? Microsoma collare, var. D, Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 126. Guinea ; Congo (?). 2. MIoDON COLLARIS. Microsoma collare Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1881, p. 148; Bocage, op. cit. p. 124, pl. xiv. figs. 1 & 2. Miodon collaris Bouleng. t. ce. p. 251. West Africa, from Old Calabar to Angola. 3. M1oDOoN GABONENSIS. Elapomorphus gabonensis A. Dum. Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2) viii. 1856, p. 468. Miodon gabonensis Bouleng. t. c. p. 252. West Africa, from Old Calabar to the Congo. 4, MioDON NOTATUS. Microsema notatwm Peters, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berl. 1882, Ppel2ie Miodon notatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 252. Cameroon, Congo. 16. CyNoDONTOPHIS. Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 111. 1902, p. 345. 1. CYNODONTOPHIS ZMULANS Werner, t. c. p. 346. Congo. 17. HyportoruHis. Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) 11. 1908, p. 92. Michellia L. Miller, Zool. Anz, xxxviii. 1911, p. 358. 216 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON 1. Hypoprropuis witsonir Bouleng. 1. c. Michellia katange L. Miiller, 1. c. Congo (Kasai Province and Katanga). 18. APARALLACTUS. A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept., App. p. 15; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. lil. p. 255. Synopsis of the Species. I. Third and fourth upper labials entering the eye. A. Subcaudals 49-59 ; nasal divided. First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the sym- physial ; frontal as long as parietals .............................. A. lunulatus. Symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields ; frontal a little shorter than parietals ..................cccceeeceesseeeesseee A. guentheri. B. Subcaudals 35-53; nasal entire; symphysial in contact with the chin-shields. Ventrale i 76 10i gsc ats nent a anee etna a kc ep me Med ocdgie \israirlley ISIS) Satins sea gon ede as eocde lomeece se Sucuueoe cosmos sen boaace noch edi GAN AanGOS) C. Subcaudals 38-40; nasal divided; first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial. 1. Frontal a little longer than broad. Sixth upper labial not in contact with the parietal............... A. dolloi. Sixth upper labial forming a short suture with the parietal... 4. whangensis. Sixth upper labial forming a long suture with the parietal ... A. flavitorques. 2. Frontal nearly twice as long as broad ................... A. congicus. II. Second and third upper labials entering the eye; nasal entire; symphysial'in contact with the. anterior chin- shields; subcaudals 36-41 ............ ec eecceeccteeeeesseeee A. punctatolineatus. 1. APARALLACTUS LUNULATUS. Uriechis lunulatus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1854, p. 623. Aparallactus lunulatus Bouleng. t. c. p. 258. Eastern Central Africa (L. Tanganyika, N. Rhodesia, and Nyassaland) and Mozambique. 2. APARALLACTUS GUENTHERI Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 172, and Cat. Sn. ili. p. 259, pl. xi. fig. 2. Angola, Central and East Africa, 3. APARALLACTUS BocAGiI Bouleng. tt. cc. pp. 173, 259. Angola, 4, APARALLACTUS CAPENSIS A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept., App. p. 16; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ili. p. 259. Katanga, East and South Africa. 5. APARALLACTUS DOLLOI Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, hats ISO, jon BAG. Ubanghi. AFRICAN SNAKES. Dilla 6. APARALLACTUS UBANGENSIS Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xix. 1897, p. 279, fig., and Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. 1901, p. 11, pl. iv. fig. 2. Ubanghi. - 7, APARALLACTUS FLAVITORQUES Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. ii. 1901, p. 11, pl. iv. fig. 3. Kasai. 8. APARALLACTUS coNnGicus Werner, Werh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lii. 1902, p. 346. Congo (Lingunda). 9. APARALLACTUS PUNCTATOLINEATUS Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p. 173, and Cat. Sn. iii. p. 261. Angola and Nyassaland. 19. HKLAPors. Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) iv. 1859, p. 161; Bouleng. Cat. Sn, iii. p. 262. 1. Exavors mopsstus Ginth. |. c.; Bouleng. 1. ¢. West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo. ~C. Proteroglypha. Synopsis of the Genera. (Loreal absent in all the genera.) J. Head short, snout broader than long; body cylindrical; subcaudals less than 95. Scales not at all oblique; ventrals 192-221; subcaudals 67-80 ... Boulengeréna. Scales more or less oblique, sometimes very seny ; ventrals 141-172; subcaudals 13-36... ponneogeccnasnen LOY NCBI Is: Scales oblique; ventrals 180-228 ; subcandals 50-92 ............... Naia. II. Head long, narrow, snout not broader than Jong; body slightly compressed; scales very pheno ventrals 202— 270; subcaudals 97-121 . Horaeses spdangacasneenccsase | DA CrRESpHOS 1. BoULENGERINA. Dollo, Bull. Mus. Belg. iv. 1886, p. 159; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ili. p. 357. Synopsis of the Species. Scales in 23 or 25 rows: temporals1+2 .........c00:ceeeeeeeeeeeee. —B. annulata. Scales in 21 rows; temporals 142 .............0..2ec.20eeceereeeeeeneeeses DB. Stormsi. Scales in 17 rows ; temporals 2+ 2 or 243_ {Reels eee eae nau aa Uatrne B. christyt. 1. BoULENGERINA ANNULATA. Naia annulata Buchh. & Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 119; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 137. 218 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Boulengerina annulata Bouleng. P. Z. 8. 1900, p. 455, pl. xxxil. Cameroon to Congo. 2. BoULENGERINA storMsI Dollo, t.c. p. 160, fig.; Bouleng. 1. e. Lake Tanganyika. 3. Boutmnasrina curisty1 Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xiv. 1904, p. 14. Congo (near Leopoldville). 2. HELAPECHIS. Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 358. Synopsis of the Species, A. Scales in 13 rows; subcaudals 13-25. ~ First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial; internasals much shorter than the pre- FROMUAl Sig cccnehe discus sales cout Menem een ace eee serneeee ee!) em MG UCIENGROE First lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial; internasals three-fourths the length of the PFolron tals ey Morne ere mens nee AI Ree ok Ea #. niger. Symphysial in contact with the anterior chin-shields ......... EL. hessii. B. Scales in 15 rows; subcaudals 31-36; first lower labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial. INO SMo@CMEMSS WerntreAlS WO) jocccrasecosscacooneneps ooovancooeeceosee Jo Ghnbiarnd. Two suboculars; ventrals 172 0.00... ceeeeeeteceeeecesseneeseeee. HE. multifasciatus. 1. ELAPECHIS GUENTHERI. Llapsoidea guentheri Bocage, Jorn. Sc. Lisb. i. 1866, p. 70,- pl.i. fig. 3, and Herp. Ang. p. 129, pl. xiv. fig. 3. “Hlapechis guentheri Bouleng. t.c. p. 359. Tropical Africa, from the Gaboon and Uganda to Angola and Nyassaland. 2. HLAPECHIS NIGER. Hilapsoidea migra Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) i. 1888, p. 332. Elapechis niger Bouleng. t.c. p. 359, pl. xx. fig. 1. Congo, N. Rhodesia, East Africa. 3. HLAPECHIS HESSII, Elapsoidea hessei Boettg. Zool. Anz. 1887, p. 651. Llapechis hessivi Bouleng. t. c. p. 360. Congo (Banana). 4, ELaPEcHis Durronr Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xiv. 1904, p. 15. Congo (near Leopoldvyille), AFRICAN SNAKES. 219 5. ELAPECHIS 2? MULTIFASCIATUS. Naia multifasciata Werner, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, li. 19025 p. 347. Congo (Upper Maringa). 3. Nata. Laur. Syn. Rept. p. 90; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 372. Synopsis of the Species. I. 19 to 29 scales across the neck, which is dilatable. Sixth upper labial largest and Ce in contact with the lower postocular ; temporals 1+2 or3.. . NN. melanoleuca. Third upper labial aeaneei, oe not in contact with post- oculars; temporals 2 or 3+4 or 6 .............. vue MM. nigricollis. If. 15 or 17 scales across the neck, which is not taveearie Eye separated from labials by suboculars; scales in 17 rows on body; subcaudals 52-62 .... . WN. anchiete. Fourth or third and fourth upper “labials ‘entering the eye: scales in 13 or 15 rows on body ; subcaudals 88- 92. ansenannanes Jie GOUewe- 1. NAIA MELANOLEUCA. Naia haie, var. melanoleuca Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, pp. 61 & 72; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 132. Naia melanoleuca Bouleng. t.c. p. 376. Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to Angola and Nyassaland. 2. Nara NigRicoLiis Reinh. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. x. 1843, p. 269, pl. ii. figs. 5-7; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 135; Bouleng. t.c. p. 378. : Senegambia and Upper Egypt to Bechuanaland and Natal. 3. NAIA ANCHIETZ Bocage, Jorn. Se. lish. vil. 1879, pp. 89 & 98, and Herp. Ang. p. 133, pl. xvi. fig. 2; Bouleng. t.c. p. 387. Angola and Ovamboland. 4. Nata goupir Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. 1895, p-. 34, and Cat. t. c. p. 387, pl. xx. fig. 2. Naia guenthert Bouleng. Cat. t. c. p. 388, pl. xxi. Sierra Leone to Congo (Kasai). 4. DENDRASPIS. Schleg. Versl. Zool. Gen. Amsterd. 1848 ; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 404. Two species :— A large upper temporal, in contact with the whole outer border of {SOV PORNERS CLUS. CANES sha AUS) THe) IS) WOKS, — ne gopgonnns season ces oapedacesnse D. jamesonii. Two upper temporals in contact with the outer border of the pees SES Tin TE) Wo) ZEROS cto sssonosn2006 ovondosbboubydnunbaooor D, angusticeps. 220 ; MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON J]. DENDRASPIS JAMESONII. Llaps jamesonii Traill, in Schleg. Phys. Serp., Engl. Transl. Fo WS), yells able savy, IS) ate 20, Denar asprs meglectus Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 138, pl. xv. fig. 2. Dendraspis jamesonit Bouleng. t. c. p. 436. Tropical Africa, from Nigeria and Uganda to the Congo and Angola. PAs DENDRASPIS ANGUSTICEPS. Naia angusticeps A. Smith, Il. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept. pl. Ixx. Dendraspis angusticeps Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 140, pl. xv fig. 3; Bouleng. t.c. p. 487. East and Central Africa, Angola, South Africa. Family VIPERID&. Synopsis of the Genera. I. Eye moderate or large, separated from the upper labials by suboculars; ventrals less than 180. Upper sursace of head covered with large symmetrical shields; pupil round... ... Causus. Upper surface of head covered with scales ; “pupil vertical ; “ sub- caudals in two rows ...... 5 -Bitis: Upper surface of head covered with scales ; ‘pupil ‘vertical ; “sub- caudals single; tail prehensile ...................... ee .. Atheris. IJ. Eye minute, with round pupil; upper ati of Te covered with large symmetrical shields; no loreal; a small preeocular usually present; ventrals 178-356 .................. Atractaspis. 1. Causus. Wagl. Syst. Amph. p. 172; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 465. Synopsis of the Species. I. Scales in 17 rows or more; subcaudals all or greater part in two rows. Snout obtuse, moderately prominent; ventrals 120-155 .......... C. rhombeatus. Snout prominent, often more or less distinetly turned up at the end; scales in 19 to 22 rows; ventrals 184-152 0.0... C. resimus. Snout prominent, more or less turned up at the end; scales in 17 rows; ventrals 110-125 . ospinse npaeco cssagocndccoconsenscaces Ob aheyallajaynne. II. Scales in 15 rows; Saveantale side le) Bee CE eee W OnLechtensteciuci 1. CAUSUS RHOMBEATUS. Sepedon rhombeatus Licht. Verz. Doubl. Mus. Berl. p. 106. Causus rhombeatus Bouleng. t.c. p. 467: Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 145. Tropical and South Africa. 2. CAUSUS RESIMUS. Heterophis resimus Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1862, p. 277, pl. —, fig. 4. ” Causus resimus Bouleng. t. c. p. 468; Bocage, op. cit. p. 148. East and Central Africa, Angola. AFRICAN SNAKES. MPA 3. CAUSUS DEFILIPPII. Heterodon defilippit Jan, Arch. Zool. Anat. Phys. 11. 1862, p. 225. Causus defilippii Bouleng. t.c. p. 469. Kast and Central Africa, S. Rhodesia, Transvaal. 4, CAUSUS LICHTENSTEINII. Aspidelaps lichtensteinni Jan, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1859, p. 511. Causus lichtensteinii Bouleng. t.c. p. 470. “Tropical Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to the Congo. 2. Bris. Gray, Zool. Miscell. p. 69; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. ii. p. 492. Synopsis of the Species. I. One or two sevies of scales between the nasal and the rostral. Nostrils directed entirely upwards; scales in 29 to 41 rows......... B. arietans. Nostrils directed upwards and outwards ; scales in 25 or 27 rows. B. peringueyi- Nostrils directed upwards and outwards; scales in 22 to 29 rows ; an erect horn-like scale above the eye (rarely absent)............... B. eaudalis. II. Four or five series of scales between the nasal and the rostral; scales in 33 to 41 rows. A single enlarged, sometimes horn-like scale above the internasal, TY GOMUVC VWATIEO, THIS EMM OGong coo soacn ace can sscadaaueccecutonnnagecasenaascen Joh @{Meorodail Two or three enlarged, horn-like scales above the internasal, usually with small scales between them and their fellows......... B. nasicornis. 1. Brris ARIETANS. Vipera ariecans Merr. Tent. p. 152; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 149. Bitis arietans Bouleng. t. c. p. 493. Tropical and South Africa ; Southern Arabia. 2. BITIS PERINGUEYI. Vipera peringueyt Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) ii. 1888, p. 141. Vipera heraldica Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 151, pl. xvi. fig. 1. Bitis peringueyt Bouleng. t. c. p. 495. Angola, Damaraland, Kalahari. 3. BIviIs CAUDALIS. Vipera caudalis A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept. pl. vii.; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 450. Bitis caudalis Bouleng. t. c. p. 498. Angola and South Africa. 4, Brivis GABONICA. Echidna gabonica Dum. & Bibr. Erp. Gén. vii p. 1428, Pl boxers Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XVI. 16 222, MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON Bitis gabonica Bouleng. t. c. p. 499. Vipera rhinoceros Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 149. ‘Tropical Africa. 5. Brris NASICORNIS. Coluber nasicornis Shaw, Nat. Miscell. iu. pl. xciv. Bitis nasicornis Bouleng. t. c. p. 500. Tropical Africa. 3. ATHERIS. Cope, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1862, p. 337; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iii. p. 508. Two species :— Scales in 15 to 25 rows; gular scales strongly keeled .................. A. squamiger. Scales in 25 to 82 rows; gular scales smooth or very feebly keeled... A. nitschei. . 1. ATHERIS SQUAMIGER. Echis squamigera Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 193. Atheris squamiger Bouleng. t.c. p. 509; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 152. West Africa, from Calabar to Angola, Central Africa and Uganda. 2. ATHERIS NITSCHEI Tornier, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. xv. 1902, p. 589, fig. Atheris woosnami Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xviii. 1906, p. 37. Belgian Congo, N.W. of L. Tanganyika, Mt. Ruwenzori, western parts of German East Africa. 4. AYRACTASPIS. A. Smith, Ill. Zool. 8. Afr., Rept.; Bouleng. Cat. Sn. 1i1. p. 510. Synopsis of the Species. I. Anal divided ; all or most of the subcaudals paired; snout rounded. A. Second lower labial separated from its fellow by the chin-shields. Scales in 19 to 21 rows; ventrals 200-285 ...............00. scene A. congica. Scales in 23 to 27 rows; ventrals 217-257 ...............0eeeee ene A, irregularis. B. Second lower labial forming a suture with its fellow; scales in 21 to 23 rows; ventrals 336-856 ............ A. heterochilus. II. Anal entire; all or most of the subcaudals single. A. Postocular in contact with a large temporal. 1. First lower labial forming a suture with its fellow behind the symphysial. Snout very prominent, cuneiform; second lower labial very large, forming a suture with its fellow; scales in 23-27 POWs; veMbrals 78 —NOS tee ecnenseenesresee chee teres eesseet si A. corpulenta. Snout prominent, subcuneiform; third lower labial very large; ventrals 221-260 .................cccsceeceecre cee eeeeeeeee es. A Btbronii. AFRICAN SNAKES, 223 2. Symphysial in contact with the chin-shields; snout rounded; scales in 23 to 25 rows ; ventrals 240-242. PAG DTROC WATS. xine oer yis ace aes Se eee REN eet ase en CLOG eS Nomprzcoculanienes sees SL Ree Nee keep e eA nCOLTECs B. Temporals small, 2 or 3 superposed in front; snout prominent, subcuneiform ; scales in 29 to 37 rows; VOUS FE HS oo nnpeapnodacs9encsdave Geonoeavacassoanoces Alc MVOC ROU OUD, 1. ArracrasPIs concica Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1877, p. 616, pl. —, fig. 2; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 142; Bouleng. t.c. p. 513. Congo, Angola. 2. ATRACTASPIS IRREGULARIS. Hlaps irregularis Reinh. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. x. 1843, p. 264, pl. i. figs. 1-3. Atractaspis wregularis Bouleng. t.c. p. 513; Bocage, op. cit. p-. 143. West and Central Africa, from the Gold Coast and Uganda to the Congo. 3. ATRACTASPIS HETEROCHILUS Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool JOM pla v-ntoe le Lake Tanganyika ; Cameroon. 4, ATRACTASPIS CORPULENTA. Brachycranium corpulentum Hallow. Proc. Ac. Philad. 1854, p. 99. Atractaspis corpulentus Bouleng. Cat. Sn. iil. p. 514. West Africa, from Liberia to the Congo. 5. ATRACTASPIS BIBRONIT A. Smith, Ill. Zool. S. Afr., Rept. pl. Ixxi.; Bouleng. t. ¢. p. 515; Bocage, Herp. Ang. p. 141. Congo, Angola, and South Africa. 6. ATRACTASPIS KATANGA Bouleng. Ann. Mus, Congo, Zool. mie WOO, jos Ws jolly, Wee Be Katanga; German E. Africa. 7. ATRACTASPIS COARTI Bouleng. t.c. p. 14, pl. v. fig. 3. Lake Tanganyika. 8. ATRACTASPIS MICROLEPIDOrA Gunth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xvill. 1866, p. 29, pl. vir; Bouleng.Cat. Sn. iii. p. 517. East and Central Africa (Lake Tanganyika). 16* = ‘ 7 geen. WA) oreay| \ mht i sans Od gi iad # ye Ue sta a en Ce hes a pibtiol 4 Ree “aay i. amt he iE: Me Winks abner : ‘bars gape ‘in BL ee Rigity, afl: siashiqent | : 3 ym ; as uz : eed ae “aah ape Ae of (a. qivn he : rate ta te si cplnnpiryad ma a i ; : ata eae mie rq 2 int sities fea lS Dna tary Dory wile nic? et ae Aig it ato Eee fen ne Ayal nay OLS pogyit 6 nitintid ira) A . ; 7 F _ ws i} = ah ie ti Pye gs i St GAT ae 4 a3 4 Hp Rr c nmomn tc Mae): 24 i + eZ! Tes be Schaal Sa an any siat Ms ye A i eat eee a eon ctenihs wes airs RUHR, BE hub heal A ‘eval hee ete Soha, Wate WA eee A if) ty E Beige nds A] jae vil +a epcidpa tn rane Ada Neatly inet viv eae aa pdty oy ON WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. 225 17. The Artificial Formation from Paraffin Wax of Structures resembling Molluscan Shells. By J. T. CunnincHam, M.A., F.Z.S8. [Received January 26, 1915: Read March 23, 1915.) (Text-figures 1-5.) In December last Mr. R. H. Burne exhibited hefore this Society some specimens of forms assumed by paraffin-wax when cooled, which resembled in a striking way in shape and markings the shells of Molluscs. These specimens were presented to Mr. Burne by Herr C. U. Ariens Kapjpers, of the Sencken- bergisches Institut, Frankfurt a. M., and they are described by him in a paper published in the Zeitschrift fiir Allgemeine Physiologie in 1907. In that paper no information is given concerning the conditions under which these structures are formed, it being merely stated that they are produced when the melted paraffin-wax solidifies. The shells imitated are stated to be Lamellibranchs, Gastropods (operculum of Zwurbo), and Brachiopoda. Seeking the explanation of these resemblances, Herr Kappers adopts the conclusion of Harting and Bedermann that the form and characters of molluscan shells, as well as those of otoliths, egg-shells, and the skeletons of Foraminifera, Aleyonaria, and Echinoderma, are due to the aggregation of crystals of calcium salts formed within a colloid medium, the crystals being of a special kind called sphero-crystals or calco- spherites. He maintains that paraffin-wax shares with calcium salts the property of forming spherocrystals, and that the forma- tion of crystals from a solution takes place in essentially the same way as in the solidification of a molten mass. Moreover, there is a further resemblance in the viscosity of the mother liquid, the form which a crystal assumes being more or less influenced by the resistance which its particles encounter in its formation. In molten substances unequal terminal surfaces of the crystals, causing bending and distortion of the forms of the larger crystals formed by means of the smaller, also occur as in viscous solutions. Kappers believes that the rapid cooling which is specially effected for histological purposes is favourable to the production of the forms under discussion, because the erystals are then formed in the viscous medium of the cooling substance, whereas in slow cooling normal crystals have time to form. It will be seen below that my experiments are in contradiction to this, for if the melting-point of the paraffin is high it is more difficult to obtain shell-like masses. In the discussion that followed Mr. Burne’s exhibition and description of the specimens exhibited, I expressed the conclusion from the appearance of the specimens that their form and 226 . MR, J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON markings were not to be explained by any effect of crystallization, but were due, as in the case of molluscan shells, to the successive addition of accretions ina particular direction. The resemblance to molluscan shells consisted in (a) external form, (b) markings. In form the plates of parattin resembled in some cases Lamelli- branch shells, varying as these do in the proportion of breadth to length, and the narrower ones were more like Brachiopod shells. In all cases there was a prominence corresponding to the umbo of a shell. One specimen had a spiral twist like that of a Gastropod, only flatter; Kappers compares it with the spiral operculum of Z'wrbo. With regard to markings, all the specimens showed parallel or rather concentric lines or strie, having in the Lamellibranch-like forms the umbo for a common focus, in the spiral forms being parallel to the edge. These lines are closely similar to the lines of growth in molluscan shells, except that they are slighter, not forming such projecting ridges as in true shells, and never as in the latter furnished with spines or processes. One important difference between the paraffin simulacra and real shells, was that while one surface in the former was convex and bore the concentric markings, the other was in all cases flat, though not smooth, in fact was precisely similar to the free surface always formed when a mass of molten paraftin-wax is cooled in a vessel or a mould. Ina shell the inner surface is always concave and smooth. It seemed to me that the paraftin plates or simulacra of shells consisted of successive layers superimposed one on another, each succeeding one being larger in area than the one below, and the lines on the convex surface being the edges of the successive layers. If this were the case, there would be a real, though not: an exact, resemblance between the paraffin masses and molluscan shells, for it is well known that in the growth of the latter additions are made both to the edge and to the inner surface ; the mantle secretes over its whole surface, and as it grows each successive layer is larger than the preceding and extends beyond its edge. Something was said by Mr. Burne about the paraffin simulacra having been formed by cooling with water, and I therefore made experiments by pouring molten paraffin-wax into water. The success was immediate: the wax is lighter than water and therefore floats, and when the cooled mass was taken out it was in all respects similar to the specimens obtained by Kappers. The exact shape of the mass depended on the way in which the molten mass was poured into the water. If it was poured down the side of the basin the mass remained attached to the latter, and the flow extended away from it: then the shape resembled that of a Brachiopod shell. When the wax was poured on to the free surface of the water, it spread out more evenly and took the form of a cockle or pecten. The first wax to touch the water forms the umbo, that which follows flows over it and spreads out: in ever widening layers. The stream of wax must always be WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. D2 kept running on to the mass already on the surface of the water, otherwise a long irregular band is produced which has no particular interest. I have not been able to make the wax flow equally all round the umbo, to produce a resemblance to the limpet shell, because such a mode of flow would be a case of unstable equilibrium; the force of the flow is never perfectly vertical to the surface of the water, but always tends in one direction or another and drives the mass away from the point of contact with the stream. In order to produce spiral forms precisely similar to those described by Kappers and exhibited by Mr. Burne, I took a round jar full of water and stirred the latter so that it revolved, and then poured the wax on to the surface near the centre. As the mass is rather flat, the wax being much lighter than water, the form produced resembles, as Kappers mentions, a spiral operculum like that of Zurbo, and not an ordinary Gastropod shell. When the water is stirred in a right-handed direction, the spiral is right-handed, and when the water is stirred in the opposite way the spiral of the paraffin plate is left-handed. This alone is sutticient to prove that the resemblance to a shell has nothing to do with crystallization, since the direction of the spiral merely depends on the direction in which the water is revolving. It is to be noted that as one looks down on the parafiin plate, the direction of its spiral is opposite to that of the water, for when the water is moving in a right-handed revolution the movement of the water carries the wax that first falls to the right, and the additions are made to the left; but the form of the spiral shows on the dower surface of the plate of wax, and, of course, when the plate is reversed after it has solidified the spiral appears right-handed. In some cases I obtained spiral forms which closely resembled the internal surface of the operculum of Zurbo. The outer surface of this structure is smooth and flat, though it shows the spiral direction of growth, but the inner surface bears a prominent spiral ridge. By pouring the wax at the outer edge of the revolving mass on the water, I obtained plates with a similar prominent spiral ridge. The concentric lines on the convex surface of the mass are, as in the molluscan shell, lines of growth or accretion, but their formation requires explanation, since a continuous flow over a smooth surface like that of water, while it would account for the shape, would not be expected to show any lines on the surface in contact with the water. The lines are due probably to the combined effect of surface tension and the slight contraction of the edges of the solidified layer in contact with the water. The molten wax is unable to flow immediately over the edge of the solidified layer, but is heaped up above it until its pressure is too great for the surface tension, when it flows over and comes into contact with the water, and then the process is repeated. The vibration of the water caused by the fall of the wax may have 228 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON some effect in determining the rhythm of these successive flows, but when the wax falls from a slightly greater height the effect of the vibrations is seen in a series of large knobs on the lower surface of the paraffin mass. Although, as remarked above, Kappers does not describe in his paper how the shell-like masses were formed, he gives some information on this question in a private letter to Mr. Burne, which that gentleman has kindly sent to me. In this letter Kappers states that since he obtained the specimens by accident he has from time to time tried to make them purposely, but always failed. They were formed by molten wax that escaped between the embedding mould and the zine table on which it rested, the molten wax “‘ coming soon in contact with water (aqueduct water).” I presume that aqueduct water means what we call tap-water. He goes on to say that it must be possible to make the shapes purposely, that he tried to do this in watch- glasses floating on water, and got some ‘which showed the principle very clearly but were not nearly as nice as those obtained by accident.” The paraffin he used was a mixture of 2 parts melting at 58° C. and 1 part melting at 42°C. That which I used melted at 52°C. From these remarks of Herr Kappers it seems to me quite certain that the specimens he obtained were formed in the same . way as mine, namely from molten wax flowing on to the surface of water. He gives a sketch showing the embedding mould resting on the metal table, but I presume from his remark about water that the edge of the zinc table overhung a vessel of water, such as a sink, and that the escaping wax flowed from the edge of the table on to the surface of the water. It is certain that no Shell-like forms are produced by the wax cooling on a solid surface ; I have tried this, and the only result is a plate of wax of fairly uniform thickness of rounded outline and no special markings either on the upper or lower surface. I have also tried the effect of pouring the wax into watch- glasses floated in water, and found that concentric lines are produced on the surface in contact with the glass. The lines in this case are more circular round a centre in the middle of the watch-glass, but they are not so distinct and regular as when the wax is poured on to water. Their explanation is I believe the same as in the latter case. Although I think it is quite evident from the facts and ex- periments above discussed that the form and markings of the shell-like masses have nothing at all to do with crystallization or the forms of crystals, [ have made some investigation of the crystalline structure of the solidified wax, and give here the results of this investigation. The crystals of the wax can be seen in thin sections cut from a block, and have the form of elongated prisms. A simple way of obtaining these crystals is to melt a little of the wax on a microscope-slide and allow it to cool of its own accord, and then examine it with the microscope. The prisms are then WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. 229 seen to be aggregated in star-like clusters, very much like snow- crystals, or the crystals of ice formed on a frosted window-pane. A diagram of this arrangement is shown in text-fig.1. This is the arrangement assumed by the crystals after slow cooling, when no special methods are used to accelerate the cooling. I have carefully compared by means of sections cut vertically or parallel to the free surfaces, (1) one of my shell-specimens, (2) a block formed by pouring the molten wax into a metal mould, the block being about 2? in. long by 4 in. wide, and cooled Text-figure 1. AVA = WW Diagram of stellate arrangement of prismatic crystals of paraffin-wax in the superficial portion of a spontaneously cooled mass. spontaneously. J find that in a vertical section from the shell- specimen taken about the middle of the mass, the same stellate arrangement of crystals can be seen. The same arrangement also occurs in a section from the exposed surface. A portion of the lower surface, 7.e. that which is suddenly cooled by contact with water, however, shows a different appearance, namely, a number of short irregular lines at angles to one another, marking out polygonal areas which may be the bases of crystals extending 230 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON vertically into the interior (text-fig. 2). These lines and areas have no relation whatever to the concentric lines or markings which resemble those of molluscan shells, these markings con- sisting of ridges and depressions on the surface, while the others are microscopic and in the substance of the wax. In a vertical section from the central part of the block cooled slowly in a metal mould, the stellate arrangement of the crystals is visible near the free surface, and a portion of the surface shows the same structure. When a superficial section of one of the lateral surfaces, or the base is examined no such structure can be seen, in fact crystals cannot be made out distinctly at all, the _ whole appearance is granular and compact. Text-figure 2. Diagram of appearance under microscope of portion of the lower surface of a shell-like plate of paraffin-wax, cooled by contact with water. My conclusions from these observations is that the large prismatic crystals are formed where the cooling is slow and that they assume the stellate arrangement where there is most freedom of movement, i.e. near or at the free surface, as on a glass slide or at the surface of a block, or floating shell-like mass. On the other hand, where the cooling is rapid, as at the surface in contact with water or in contact with the metal of the mould, neither large crystals nor stellate arrangement is to be seen, the structure is more compact, apparently because the wax becomes solid at numerous closely crowded points at the same time, and crystals if formed at all are very minute. TI have not been able to see any indications of crystals having any approximation to a spherical form, which I presume is the meaning of sphero-crystals. I am WAX SIMULACRA OF SUELLS. 231 inclined to think that the surface of a block of paraftin-wax in contact with a metal mould is cooled as quickly or even more so than that in contact with water, at least in a cold room in January, for the metal is a better conductor of heat than water, and is ata low temperature to start with. If the form assumed by the block was determined by the form of crystals the effect should be visible on the free surface of either a block in a mould, or a mass on the surface of water, for here the wax is free to take any form, whereas elsewhere it takes the form of the surface in contact with it. It is to be noted that Kappers gives no observations on the form of crystals in paraflin-wax, and makes no attempt to show that the form of his shell-like masses corresponded to the form or aggregation of the crystals of which they were composed. With regard to the view that the forms in question are dependent on rapidity of cooling, certain experiments which I made with substances of a higher melting-point are important. It is evident that the greater the difference of temperature between the cooling medium and the melting-point of the molten substance, the more rapid and sudden will be the solidifying of the latter. Now I tried making the shell-like structures with hard paraffin, that is with parattin-wax of a high melting-point, namely about 60°C., poured on to cold water, and the attempt was a failure. The wax cooled so rapidly that the edge of the cooled lower surface projected above the water and the molten wax flowing on to the cooled portion was piled up on it and then overflowed irregularly ; finally, as cooling proceeded further, after the pouring was finished, the edges of the cooling mass curled rapidly inwards owing to rapid contraction, and the shape was entirely spoiled. By pouring the same paraffin on to warmed water, shell-like forms were produced, thus showing that rapid cooling was not the essential condition. I also experimented with bees’-wax, of which the melting-point is over 100° C., and with this material nothing resembling the shell-like structures could be obtained, simply because when poured on to water the wax became at once solid all through and only irregular masses were produced : the wax would not flow evenly over the solidified layer in contact with the water, but formed a tangle of solidified cords. : The causes of the assumption by paraftin-wax of these shell-like forms are, as I think I have shown, purely physical, and in itself the subject may seem to be of slight importance and to have little bearing upon zoology. But the subject acquires considerable zoological importance from the fact that the phenomena have been adduced in support of the view that the forms of molluscan shells are determined by the form and behaviour of the crystals of which their inorganic part is composed. For such a view the phenomena discussed in this paper afford no support whatever, and the doctrine itself has no scientific foundation. Considering the diversity of molluscan shells in general, the different shapes of Lamellibranch shells, the torsion of the Gastropod shell, and the variety of the spirals shown among the Gastropoda, the third 232 MR. J. T. CUNNINGHAM ON type and included diversity in the shells of Cephalopoda, ete., it is impossible to suppose that crystals or sphzro-crystals should aggregate themselves in modes of corresponding diversity of type and detail merely because they were formed in a colloid medium. Moreover, we know that the form of the shell is determined by the mantle, the border of which secretes an organic layer of conchiolin, and this has the specific form of the shell before calcification takes place in it at all. Lastly, no reason has been given why the form or aggregation of crystals should produce the characteristic parallel or concentric markings on molluscan shells, which correspond to the edge at which growth takes place, each of which has, in fact, at some previous moment in the growth of the shell been its extreme edge. These markings are in fact evidence that the growth of the shell is not perfectly continuous but intermittent, although we do not know fully the causes of this rhythmical periodicity in the growth except in the annual markings. That the forms of spicules such as the three-, four-, or six-rayed spicules of sponges, may be determined by the form and aggregation of crystals, seems probable enough, but this is quite a different question from that of the form and markings of molluscan shells, which are determined by the extent and the physiological activities of the shell-secreting epithelium. In text-figs. 3 & 4 I have given diagrams which show on an enlarged scale the mode in which growth takes place in a molluscan shell, and in one of the imitation shells of paraftin- wax, respectively. In the mollusc the edge of the mantle secretes conchiolin only, the periostracum; and for reasons, not so far as I know discovered, the growth of this edge is not uniform and continuous, but is stationary for a time, and then starts again not quite in the same direction, but the mantle leaves the extreme edge of the periostracum projecting and secretes a new band starting from the lower surface of the preceding band. In certain cases, as is well known, the edge of a band at certain intervals may be fringed with long spines or processes, as in Cardium echinatwm. When the extreme border of the mantle has extended to a certain distance beyond its former limit, the next internal band of the mantle comes into contact with the band of periostracum just secreted, and forms on the inner surface of this an addition to the prismatic layer of the shell. When the next growth-movement of the mantle takes place, the prismatic-forming region passes out to the new border of periostracum, and the prismatic band just formed becomes covered by the region of the mantle which secretes the nacreous layer. The successive processes of secretion are shown in text- fig. 3 A, where c is the extreme band of periostracum in process of secretion, 6 the preceding band with the prismatic layer added to it, a the band preceding 6, to which a single layer of nacreous shell-substance has been added. It is to be noted that in the true shell, as also in the wax imitation, between the more con- spicuous lines of growth, which alone are indicated in the WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. DBR Text-figure 3. Comparison of form, markings, and structure in a molluscan shell, and artificial mitation of the same in paraffin-wax. A. Diagram of section of a Lamellibranch shell. The outer line represents the periostracum which is uncalcitied, and usually worn away except near the growing edge, which is on the right of the diagram. The layer indicated by vertical strokes is the prismatic layer, the curved continuous Jines represent successive layers of the nacreous substance which lines the inner surface of the shell. B. Section of a shell-like plate of paraffin-wax. The convex surface marked with depressions at regular intervals, is the lower surface in contact with the water; the horizontal surface is the upper surface, exposed to the air. 3 Text-figure 4. Photograph of a ‘shell’ in paraffin-wax resembling a Lamellibranch shell, such as a cockle. 234 ON WAX SIMULACRA OF SHELLS. diagrams, there are numerous minor or secondary lines, so that each band, or wave of growth, is made up of a number of smaller bands, just as on the sea the larger wave has smaller waves on its surface. Text-figure 5. Photograph of a spiral ‘shell’ in paraffin-wax, resembling a Gastropod, but much flatter: more similar to the operculum of Twrbo. In the wax imitation of the shell the markings are purely superficial, as shown in text-fig. 3B. If the layer of wax on the surface of the water at each successive moment of time were solidified before the next were added, the mass would consist of superimposed layers corresponding to the lines of ‘growth’ on the surface; but this.is not the case, only the marginal incre- ments are solidified, the internal mass remains as a quantity of liquid wax without structure and cools into a single mass. In conclusion it may be pointed out that the only resemblance between the real shells and their wax counterparts, is that they are both formed by successive accretions to the edge: the marks of the boundaries of these accretions are due, in the case of the wax to interruptions of the flow by cooling of the lower layer and surface tension, in the case of the real shell to ‘waves’ of growth of the causes of which we are quite ignorant. The photographs in text-figs. 4 & 5 were taken by my honorary assistant, Mr. H. G. Billinghurst, to whom also; I am much indebted for assistance in carrying out the experiments. ed ON THE TRUE CORACOID. 235 18. The True Coracoid. By the late R. Lypexxer, F.R.S., F.Z.8. [Received February 10, 1915: Read March 23, 1915. } (Text-figures 1 & 2.) MorpHouoey. In view of the long-standing existence of two diametrically opposite interpretations of the homology of the ventral elements or element * in the shoulder-girdle of vertebrates other than fishes, it is high time that morphologists should decide which they will adopt. It may be premised that the element (which- ever it be) in the shoulder-girdle of the monotreme mammals and Permo-Triassic mammal-like reptiles entitled to bear the desig- nation coracoid must be the one corresponding to the coracoid process of the human scapula, which is the type of that element. By anatomists generally the posterior ventral bone in the mono- treme shoulder-girdle has been regarded as representing the true coracoid, and the anterior bone consequently considered as a superadded element, under the designation of precoracoid or epicoracoid ; the single ventral element in the shoulder-girdle of birds and post-Triassic reptiles being identified with the one termed coracoid in the monotremes. These identifications were disputed by myself in the Society’s Proceedings for 1893 (pp. 172-4), where, upon the evidence of a distinct coracoidal element in the shoulder-girdle of a sloth, it was held that the so-called epicoracoid of the monotremes and mammal-like reptiles corresponds to the coracoid process of the human scapula, and is thus the true coracoid. Consequently, the bone in the aforesaid groups to which the latter name had been applied must receive a new designation, and the name meta- coracoid was suggested for use in this sense. These homologies will be apparent from my original figure, of which a portion (text- figure 1) is herewith reproduced. A further inference was that when only a single ventral element is present in the shoulder- girdle, as in birds and post-Triassie reptiles, this, on account of having been identified with the posterior element in the mono- treme shoulder-girdle, must also be a metacoracoid. Among the great majority of naturalists these identifications have failed to gain acceptance. Recently, however, Prof. 8S. W. Williston, of Chicago University, who has devoted special attention to the osteology of the mammal-like reptiles, has accepted in his ‘Water Reptiles of the Past and Present, + my inter- pretation of the homology of the elements in the shoulder-girdle * When the singular is used, reference is to one side only of the body. + Chicago, 1914. 236 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON of monotremes and mammal-like reptiles, as is made clear by the accompanying diagrammatic illustration (text-fig. 2), reproduced from his fig. 19, p. 36. His researches, however, indicate that when one of the two ventral elements in the shoulder-girdle disappears, it is the posterior (and not, as previously supposed, the anterior) bone which is lost. This degeneration—as a preliminary Text-figure 1. The right side of the shoulder-girdle of Dicynodon. se, scapula ; a, acromion of scapula; c, coracoid; mc, metacoracoid ; f, coraco- scapular foramen; gl, glenoid cavity. to the ultimate disappearance—of the hinder element is exhibited in his figure, which illustrates a type in which the degeneration of that element has already become conspicuous, whereas in my original figure (text-fig. 1) the hinder element is fully as large as the front one. Consequently the element in birds and THE TRUE CORACOID. 237 post-Triassic reptiles universally known as the coracoid is entitled to retain that designation, as being the homologue of the human coracoid process and its equivalent the true coracoid of the monotremes and mammal-like reptiles; and the more extensive change of nomenclature advocated in my original article thereby avoided, Text figure 2. The right side of the shoulder-girdle of a Mammal-like Reptile (Dimetrodon). Se., scapula; Cor., coracoid ; Mcor., metacoracoid. (From Williston.) Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1915, No. XVII. 17 ON THE UROSTYLE OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 239 19. A Note on the Urostyle (Os Coecygeum) of the Anurons Amphibia. By Gro. HE. Nicnotts, D.Sc., F.L.S., late Professor of Biology, Agra College, Agra, India *. [Received January 20, 1915: Read April 13, 1915.] (Text-figure 1.) MorpHotoey. It is, I believe, generally supposed that the neural canal in the Anura ends blindly in the urostyle. That this is not true of Rana temporaria—at any r. T ascertained so far back as 1910, when examining se aaron (cut sagittally) through small frogs. In these sections. the filum terminale is seen lying “uncovered (except for connective tissue) upon the dorsal surface of the urostyle. At that time, however, I paid no further attention to the matter, assuming that this was merely a transient condition: in the young animal in which the absorption of the terminal portion of the filum ter minale was not yet completed. I imagined that the resorption of tissues, which causes the disappearance of the tadpole-tail, would continue, and that, finally, what re- mained of the terminal filament. ould become entirely encase | in bone. Unaccountably, it did not then occur to me to examine the adult urostyle. While in India, however, I had occasion to examine closely the urostyle of Rana tigrina, the type commonly dissected in my laboratory there. The urostyle of this species differs from that of Rana tempo- raria in the exceedingly variable occurrence of the paired per- forations, which, in the latter species, admit of the exit of the tenth pair of spinal nerves. These perforations are, in Rana tigrina, frequently absent (text-fig. 1, a, c,d). When present (text- fie. 1, 6, X.) they are extremely minute, and commonly, upon one side or the other, the external opening leads only into a blindly-ending canal. It was while engaged in studying the urostyle in connection with this matter that 1 noticed that the neural canal turned upwards very sharply, and apparently extended quite to the dorsal margin of the bone. ‘The position and extent of this passage is clearly indicated (in the fresh condition), through the thin translucent bone, by the deeply pigmented meningeal sheath of the filum terminale and its related blood-vessels. A recollection of the perforated condition of the urostyle which I had observed in the young R. temporaria led me to examine the upper margin of the urostyle with the aid of a powerful lens. * Communicated by Prof. ARTHUR Denny, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S. lige 2QA0 DR. G. E. NICHOLLS ON THE The examination immediately revealed the fact that for a considerable distance upon the narrow crest of the bone there Text-figure 1. In a the position and extent of the neural canal, as seen typically in lateral view, of the urostyle of Rana tigrina are represented, X13; b, c, d represent variations not infrequently found, also X13. In a’, d’ the urostyles a and d are repre- sented as seen from above, but the size of the dorsal opening of the neural canal and the width of the dorsal furrow (in which lies the free end of the filum terminale) are greatly exaggerated. n.c. indicates a bristle inserted in the neural canal and emerging dorsally. (In 6 the neural canal within the urostyle is short and wide, and the extreme posi- tions, forward and backward, of the bristle are shown.) Actually, within the canal, the bristle is indicated by an interrupted line. The black line f-fé. indicates the extent of the dorsal furrow (the uncovered pos- terior extension of the neural canal) which lodges the end of the filum terminale ; in d (and d’) a part of this furrow has been roofed in, leaving above it only a very shallow groove, d.f., connecting an anterior opening of the neural canal, n.c.’, With the more posterior opening, 7.¢. UROSTYLE OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. 241 was a well-marked furrow. This furrow, which was deepest anteriorly, began at a point just in front of the place where the neural canal appeared to reach the dorsal surface (text-fig. 1, a, a’). The passage of a bristle definitely established the further fact that the neural canalin the specimen studied did not end blindly, but, near the end of the first third of the length of the bone, opened out into this groove or furrow upon the dorsal surface. Thence it was continued nearly to the end of the middle third of the urostyle as the open groove referred to (text-tig. 1, ff-.). In the fresh condition this groove is occupied (as I afterwards determined by means of serial sections) by the extremity of the filum terminale, which thus has a position precisely similar to that which it occupies in the young &. temporaria. The open groove, extending approximately along the middle third of the dorsal surface of the uvostylar crest, is thus a posterior uncovered extension of the neural canal. An examination of a large number of urostyles (34) of specimens of R. tigrina showed that this terminal opening of the neural canal was an absolutely constant feature, occurring even in specimens showing marked abnormality of the vertebral column. A point of difference noted, however, was that in some speci- mens the dorsal furrow was of much ereater extent than in others. In all it ended at approximately the same point, but in some the furrow began nearly at the anterior extremity of the bone (text-fig. 1, 6, d, d'). In some instances the dorsi-ventral diameter of the neural canal was unusually large, and the canal then extended to the dorsal margin of the ur ostyle ata point much nearer to its anterior end (text- fig. 1,6). In other examples the neural canal, though not of larger calibre than usual, passed dorsalwards much more abruptly. In these latter the dorsally situated (exposed) groove for the filum terminale was, relatively, much longer. A condition, varying in a manner pr ecisely oppo- site to this, also oceurs in which the filum terminale passes backwards in a direction much more nearly approaching’ the horizontal. In this case the uncovered extremity of the neural canal is, relatively, extremely short (text-fig. 1,c). In those examples, however, in which the neural terminal filament runs for a considerable distance in this groove upon the upper margin | of the urostyle, it is not always uncovered for the whole of that distance. Not infrequently a delicate layer of bone roofs in a portion of the groove anteriorly. In a single specimen there was a small dorsal aperture leading into the neural canal and situated far anteriorly, separated from the open stretch of groove by an intervening bony roof (text-fig. 1, d, @’). Such variation in the extent of the dorsal open groove may perhaps indicate that the number of fused vertebree in this region, in which the neural arch is incomplete, is quite variable. Behind the furrow the urostyle must, presumably, be regarded as com- posed of fused centra only On account of the severity of the drought prevailing at the 242 ON THE UROSTYLE OF THE ANUROUS AMPHIBIA. time, I was unable to obtain specimens of other locally occurring species of Anura, except a single specimen of Bufo melanostictus. Subsequently, just as I was leaving India, however, I received other specimens of Lufo melanostictus (2) from Professor Wood- land of Allahabad, and of Bufo melanostictus (4) and B. ander- soni (2) from Professor Youngman of Lucknow. From London, Mr. Biddolph sent me the hinder parts of the vertebral column of Rana esculenta (2), R. temporaria (2), and Bufo vulgaris (1). I have also examined a number of skeletons of the two latter species since my return to England. In every case a careful Secvmitnelbom of the urostyle showed that the condition of the neural canal was precisely similar to that described above as obtaining in R. tigrina. In the case of certain of the smaller specimens (e. g. 2. temporaria), the aper- ture through which the filum ter minale emerged from the tubular part of the neural canal is extremely fine, and the succeeding dorsal furrow is represented. by a very narrow crevice. In several cases, although the opening could be made out, it was too fine even for the passage of a hair. I have sectioned also the decalcified urostyle of a single speci- men of Hyla arborea. ‘he sections establish idubitably that, in this specimen also, the filum terminale extends on to the dorsal surface of the urostyle, upon which it lies altogether uncovered by bone, exactly as in the similar sections of #2. tempo- raria and BR. tigrina. There can be, I think, no doubt, therefore, but that this con- dition of the urostyle and filum terminale will prove to be normal for the Anura generally. MR. E. G. BOULENGER ON TWO NEW TREE-FROGS. 243 20. On Two New Tree-Frogs from Sierra Leone, recently living in the Society’s Gardens. By Hpwarp G. Bou encer, F.Z.8., Curator of Reptiles. [Received April 9, 1915: Read April 27, 1915.] INDEX. Systematic : Page LEM OCG) CHAMTUA PO SOs Wo acaba concoecnancsecesesnenaaesonceo sas | KS) Jie PUOROT Rey Use « Boadoneunasbiacesce poscsopeaenosedocanonen,) Le Among a collection of Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Mr. Guy Aylmer, F.Z.S., in Sierra Leone last year and presented by him to the Society, I found two frogs of the genus Rappia which have not hitherto been recorded. I propose for the one the name of Rappia aylmeri, after its discoverer, for the other. Rappia chlorostea, from the green colour of its bones, visible through the skin, a character well known in many species of Hyla and Pseudis, but which has not been observed in any of the numerous representatives of the genus Rappia. RappPiA AYLMERI, sp. n. Head as broad as long. Snout rounded, equal in length to the diameter of the eye. Tympanum hidden. Fingers very slightly webbed at the base. Toes half-webbed. The hind-limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches slightly past the eye. Skin smooth, granular on the belly and under the thighs. Pale brownish above, uniform. RAPPIA CHLOROSTEA, Sp. N. Head as broad as long. Snout squarely truncate, as ‘long as the diameter of orbit. Loreal region almost vertical. Nostril near the end of the snout. Tympanum distinct, about half the diameter of the eye. Outer fingers one-third webbed, toes two- thirds webbed. The hind-limb being carried forward along the body, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to the tip of the snout. Tibia a little more than half the length of the head and body. Skin smooth, except on the belly which is feebly granular. Green above; a silvery dark-edged streak running down the sides, passing through the eye, extends from the snout to nearly the end of the body. The bones which are visible through the skin are of a bright green colour. ON TWO NEW LICE. 245 21. On Two New Species of Polyplaxr (Anoplura) from Kgypt. By Bruce F. Cummines *, British Museum (Natural History) +. [Received January 26, 1915; Read March 23, 1915.] (Text-figures 1-16.) INDEX. Page Structure ow Monpholosyanceese- eee eet nen enna eee ea azo Developmen tim cseeeenr aon e ce c eesac eae e eee OO) Systematic : Polyplax brachyrrhynchus, sp. . ...............-..... 246 Polyplax oxyrrhynchus, sp. WM. ......---.-0..--; -.... 261 Introduction. The following descriptive paper on two species of Polyplax is based on a large supply of spirit material collected on Acomys cahirinus Geoff. (Family Muride), at Assitt, in Egypt, and forwarded by the Department of Public Health in Egypt to the Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine, by whom they were subsequently presented to the British Museum through Mr. A. W. Bacot and Dr. G. F. Petrie. Both these species, which are new, were fortunately collected in large numbers in all stages of development, and it has been possible to present an account of the larve and also of several features of interest in the internal anatomy of the imagines; unfortunately, the specimens were so badly preserved as to make a study of the soft parts out of the question. It is to be hoped that in future collectors will bear in mind the extreme value to systematists of a long series of specimens of the same species, particularly in the case of ectoparasites like the Anoplura and Mallophaga, where so little is yet known of the morphology, metamorphosis, and variation. Polyplax oxyrrhynchus was the more numerous species, there being 918 adults besides numerous immature forms, as compared with only 360 P. brachyrrhynchus, of which 75 were immature. Both these species, which are quite distinct, were collected on the same host. Associated in the tubes with these, and, according to the label, collected on the same host, were several fleas, one or two Psocids, many mites, and a Muscid fly. The Hon. N. C. Rothschild has kindly identified the flea for me as AXenopsylla cheopis Roths., and my colleague, Mr. A. 8. Hirst, refers the mite to Dermanyssus egypticus Hirst. The fly and the Psocids are probably only accidental inclusions. * Communicated by the Secretary. + Published by permission of the Trustees. 246 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON PoLYPLAX BRACHYRRHYNCHUS, sp. n. (Text-figs. 1-3.) Proportion of the sexes. 8 3 57, 9 2 228, 75 immature. Percentage of males= 20. External Form. Maun, (Text-fig.1.)—Head: The preantennal area is quite short, broad, a little rounded. Postantennal area parallel-sided, a little broader than the preantennal area and Text-figure 1, TERZI Vv \ \ Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. Male. x 69. broader also than the thorax. A small bay behind the antenna. Before entering the thorax, temples show a pronounced postero- lateral angle. Antenne stout and relatively long. Second TWO NEW LICE. 247 segment longest, third with distal preaxial angle produced a little and carrying a sensorlum. Another larger sensorium between segments 4 and 5. The mouth opens on the ventral surface. Thorax of an unusual shape. Narrower than the head and very elongate. Lateral margins almost parallel-sided. Meso- thoracic spiracles on the extreme margin. Legs: First pair very small. Third pair relatively immense. Abdomen: Last segment ends in a cone. Lateral margins parallel-sided. Pleurites are elongate plates with the spiracle in the centre, lower margin straight, lateral margins indefinite, converging anteriorly. Each segment with a single broad tergite and sternite. Genital plate is long and covers the three terminal segments, which are, therefore, without separate sternites. Katernal Form. Frmaue. (Text-fig. 2.)\—Antenne with third segment normal. Abdomen: There are two tergites and two sternites on each of segments 4 to 7. Onsegment 2 only a single tergite and sternite each. On segment 3 there are two sternites and one tergite. On segments 8 and 9 only a single tergite. The genital plate on sternum of segment 8 is illustrated in text- fig. 2, which also shows the two small plates on each side of the plate—the representatives of the gonopods. End of the abdomen broad, truncate. Chetotaxy. Maun.—Head: On the dorsal surface, preantennal area, a transverse row of four or five minute hairs. On the anterior margin four larger hairs, widely spaced. Behind the antenne a transverse row of six minute hairs, the two middle ones the smallest. A single stout, elongate bristle at each posterior lateral angle of the head. Im front of this, inside the lateral margin, a minute hair, and in front of this again, and well spaced, three more minute hairs, one behind the other. On the ventral surface just in front of the antenne there is a transverse row of about a dozen small hairs in a semicircle. Behind this, near the base of each antenna, a single strong bristle. Thorax: A large hair on the inside of each mesothoracic spiracle and a small one just in front. Along posterior margin of metanotum two hairs. dAbdomen: Hach pleurite with two hairs on lower margin. These are both small on segments 2, 4, 5,and 6. One of the two (the dorsal one) is longer than the other in segment 3, while on segments 7 and 8 theyare both very long. On tergite 1 there are two flattened spines, spear-shaped, with sharp tips. On tergite 2 there are two more spines of the same character, and near the base of each of these two minute hairs. On each of tergites 3 to 6 is a row of flattened spines and hairs mixed and arranged along an irregular transverse line (see text-fig. 1). On tergite 7 are only four spines, of which the outer one on each side is broadest and most lanceolate. On tergite 8 are four minute hairs, the two inside ones being the smallest. At the extreme conical tip of the terminal segment two small hairs in large alveoli. On all sternites except no. 3, which has three, and the last, which is bare, are two lanceolate spines. MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON Text-figure 2. Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. GP. Genital plate. G. Gonopod. Female. Ventral surface. X 67-4. a. Two spines from a sternite, enlarged. TWO NEW LICE. QAO Chetotaxy. FemMate.—Abdomen: Pleurites each with two hairs of much about the same length in each segment. The outline of the tergites at the base of the abdomen is ill-defined, and it is therefore difficult to be certain of the exact segmental distribution of the chetotaxy. It is easier and safer to say that at the base of the abdomen, upper surface, up to segment 2 inclusive, there are two parallel longitudinal rows of well-spaced spines, three in each row. The anterior spine of each row is probably metanotal (vide Chetotaxy, Thorax). On the outer side of each of the two posterior spines is a minute hair. Tergite 3 with a single row of six flattened lanceolate spines. Tergite 4 with two rows (five in the first row, six in the second). ‘Tergites 5 and 6 with two rows each (six in each row). In tergite 7 there are five in the first row, four in the second. Tergite 8 has only one row of four. Sternite 2 with two spiny hairs; sternite 3 with two rows (three in the first, two in the second), similarly in sternites 4 to 7. The two spines in row 2 are the strongest; on each side of these, except in segment 7, a small minute hair. Sternite 8, which is the genital plate, is bare except for four minute hairs with large alveoli. A group of short spiny hairs and one larger spine on each side of the genital opening. Three small hairs on each gonopod. Male Oopulatory Apparatus. (Text-fig. 3.)—This is long and narrow, occupying the three terminal segments of the abdomen. The basal plate, narrow and elongate, broadens elegantly in its posterior half. It liesin segments 7 and 8. The lateral margins are strongly chitinised and rod-like. The paramera lying in segment 9 are bowed outwards at the base but nearly meet each other at the tip. Beyond the point of its articulation with the basal plate, the base of each parameron projects as a process into the intraparameral space. These two processes approach each other but do not meet. Midway the paramera broaden and meet each other beneath the mesosome * so as to join a cavity in which the latter is contained. The penis is a narrow rod with a forked base. ‘The basal forked part may, however, be a separate piece, as there is a distinct transverse line of division between it and the rod of the penis. The mesosome consists of two pieces, a posterior and an anterior. Mouth-parts.—For a description of the infra-buccal plate, see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xv. Feb. 1915. Notes on the Tracheal System.—The description is taken from an immature specimen in Stage IIT. There is a pair of spiracles on each of segments 3 to 8 and a pair of larger ones on the mesothorax. ‘The tracheal tubes are very fine and difficult to see through the integument. There are the usual two cardinal trunks, one on each side, joined by a commissure in the last abdominal segment. There is another commissure in segment 4. A lateral diverticulum runs out to each spiracle, and each * For the explanation of the use of these terms, see Waterston (1), p. 279. 250 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON diverticulum gives off a posterior root. On the sixth there is also an anterior root. In segment 2, where there are no spiracles, a diverticulum nevertheless exists and runs out on each side as a small twig. Text-figure 3. Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 433. BP. Basal plate. Par. Parameron. P. Penis. Ma. Mesosome (anterior piece). Mp. Mesosome (posterior piece). The course of the tracheals in head and thorax was too un- certain to justify description. TWO NEW LICE. 251 Measurements of Polyplax brachyrrhynchus (in millimetres). | 3. | ie Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth. WiEicadses teen 20 13 21 | 17 | IONOHAE cooossssoo: 20 | lat 20 | 18 | Abdomen ......... “98 29 1:37 | Al | | (across | segment 6) emueRotalenenncns 1:38 178 | oe | 2. Length. Breadth. Length. Breadth | Legs: Ist pair ... 15 ‘04 | 15 05 | | and ,, 20 06 | 22 07 3rd _,, 20 09 | ‘21 10 | (with closed | (with closed claw) claw) | 3. ce Length of antenna ......... “16 16 PoLYPLAX OXYRRHYNCHUS, sp. n. (Text-figs. 4-6, 8, 9, 11-13.) Proportion of the Sexes. ¢& 3 243, 2 2 675, besides numerous immature forms. Percentage of males=26. External Form. Man. (Text-fig. 4..—Head elongate; pre- antennal area long, conical; postantennal bay small; temple- margins converge a little towards the thorax. On the ventral surface is a raised diamond-shaped area with its long axis longi- tudinal and running from the mouth to the thorax. Antena: First segment broad, squat, second longest. A large sensorium at the postaxial distal angle of segment 4, extending across the joint into segment 5. Thorax small, shorter than the head, with convex later: al mar gins. Sternal plate asin figure 4a. Legs: First pair slender, third - pair very powerful. Coxte of first pair close to each other, those of the second pair separated by a space, those of the third pair large and contiguous at their inner angles. Abdomen very long (for measurements see p. 260). On seg- ment 2 a small ter site, broader than long, with possibly a second one weakly chitinised and ill-defined. On each of segments 3, 4, 252, MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON 5, 6, and 7 there isa single tergite, broad and deep. The chitin, on the dorsal surface of segments 8 and 9, is thin and trans- parent. The sternites on segments 2 to 7 are of the same form and disposition as the tergites, excepting that on each of seg- ments 2 and 3 there are two sternites, the first in segment 3 Text-figure 4. rs ALIA Y BLASS Cry] i ce i thes 7 oad \ \ Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Male. X 67'5. a. Sternal plate. being of a triangular shape. The sternum of segment 8 is occupied by the genital plate, which, on each side behind, is produced into a narrow band of chitin connecting the plate with the thickened margin of the terminal segment. The pleurites of TWO NEW LICE. 253 segment 2 are small and delicate, the rest strongly developed, without processes, longer than broad, lower margin straight. Text-figure 5. re: Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Female. X 56'5. Hxternal Form. Frmaue. (Text-fig. 5.)—Abdomen elongate, Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XVIII. 18 254 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON truncate at the terminal end. On segment 2 there is one tergite and indications of a second in front of it. On segment 3 there is a single tergite, broad at the base, narrowing rapidly in front. On segments 4 to 7 there are two tergites, each being broad and long but broader than long, the first the longer of the two. Only one tergite on each of segments 8 and 9. The sternites show the same disposition and arrangement as the tergites, excepting that in segment 2 there are no vestiges of a second sternite ; in segment 3 two sternites, as opposed to the single tergite, while the sternum of segment 8 is occupied by the genital plate, which in its anterior part is rectangular and in its posterior part tri- angular, the apex pointing backwards. The apex is minutely pectinate. A dentate fringe runs on each side from this apex towards the lateral margins of theabdomen. ‘The pleurites differ from those in the male. In segment 2 they are small and thinly chitinised. In segments 3, 4, and 5 the lower angle on the ventral surface is produced into a short process. Chetotacy. Maue.—Head: On preantennal area, dorsal sur- face, several minute hairs. At the rostrum two minute hairs. Just in front of the antenne, dorsal surface, a transverse row of hairs. Behind the antenne, situated along a well-marked trans- verse groove, another row of small hairs. Along the temples a longitudinal row of four hairs, the most posterior being large and spiny. At about the level of these two posterior bristles, but situated nearer the middle line of the dorsal surface, two small hairs. On the ventral surface two small hairs on each side of the mouth-parts in front of the antenne. A bristle at the base of each antenna, lower surface. Zhorax: A long bristle and a minute hair on the inside of each spiracle. Abdomen: On the lower margin of each pleurite two hairs; these, as usual, are very long on segments 7 and 8. On the dorsal surface segment 1 * has two hairs. On segment 2 there are two rows of spine-like hairs, two in the first row and four in the second; in the latter row the two middle hairs are much the largest and equal in size the two in row 1. Along the lower margin of tergite 3are eight hairs, the two middle ones the largest, the remaining six flanking each side in two groups of three. Tergites 4, 5, and 6 each have a row of eight flat spines, the two middle ones the largest. ‘There is also a smaller spine on each side in the space between the pleurites and tergites. On tergite 7 is one row of only four spines ; another smaller spine on each side in the space between tergites and pleurites. On tergite 8 there are only four spines, the middle ones occupying a position one on each side of the basal plate. At the extreme end of the abdomen are two small stiff hairs. On the under surface there are five hairs in the first row and six in the second on the sternite of segment 2; in segment 3 five in the first, and in the second six, with another one on each side. The sternites of segments 4, 5, and 6 each carry a row of six hairs, with another one on each side. On sternite of no. 7 * As is ordinarily the case in the Order, seement 1 is small and almost obsolete. TWO NEW LICE. 255 only four, with one on each side, and on no. 8 only 2, one on each side of the basal plate. Chetotaxy. Fremaute.—Abdomen: On tergum of segment | are two hairs ; in segment 2 there are two hairs on tergite 1 and four on tergite 2. Of the latter the two middle ones are the largest. On the single tergite of segment 3 is an irregular row of eight spines. In segment 4 each of the tergites has a row of eight powerful spines, with another hair on each side between the pleurites and tergites. On segment 5 tergite 1 has seven spines, tergite 2 has eight, with one on each side. On both tergites of segment 6 there are seven spines, with one on each side. On segment 7 tergite 1] has eight and tergite 2 has six spines, with one on each side. On the tergite of segment 8 there are six spines. Ventrally segment 2 has six hairs. On segment 3 sternite 1 has five and sternite 2 has six, with one on each side. Text-figure 6. é Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Male copulatory apparatus. X 500. _ BP. Basal plate. Pav. Parameron. P. Penis. Ma. Mesosome (anterior piece). The piece labelled IP. in text-figure 3 is apparently unrepresented or very small. On segments 4, 5, 6, and 7 there are five hairs on sternite 1 and six on sternite 2, with one on each side. On the genital plate is a row of four minute hairs in large alveoli. On each side of the terminal segment is a group of hairs and one large spine. Male Copulatory Apparatus. (Text-fig. ace of the 256 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON same type as that described for P. brachyrrhynchus. Tt differs, however, in details. The basal plate is small. Anteriorly it is very narrow, being little more than a rod or band. Lower down, towards the paramera, it broadens rapidly, and its two lower lateral angles are produced so that the whole plate somewhat resembles an inverted catapult as used by schoolboys. The paramera articulate with the produced angles of the basal plate. Beyond the point of articulation the base of the parameron projects into the intraparameral space. Towards the extremity each parameron broadens out and meets the other distally beneath the mesosome, for which they form a basin-shaped cavity. The penis is a curved, pointed, narrow rod with a forked base. Asin P. brachyrrhynchus, the forked basal part may be a separate piece. The limbs of the fork enclose the lower part of the rest of the mesosome, as shown in the figure. Text-figure 7. Polyplax spinulosa. Male copulatory apparatus:—a. Dorsal view. b. Side view. X 300. BP. Basal plate. Pav. Parameron. P. Penis (f, finger, and ¢, thumb). Ma. Mesosome (anterior part). Ip. Mesosome (posterior part). Comparison with the Male Copulatory Apparatus of Polyplax spinulosa (Burmeister). (Text-fig. 7.)—The remarkable copu- latory apparatus of this common species of Polyplax from Rats has hitherto remained unnoticed save for a summary description by Piaget (2, p. 636), which is difficult to follow and is accom- panied by an inaccurate figure (pl. lil. fig. 2 @). TWO NEW LICE. ih The basal plate is longer than broad, with the lateral margins gracefully biconcave. There are no separate paramera. Probably the deep band-like pieces (Par) represent moditied paramera. At their anterior extremity there is a joint between them and the lower angles of the basal plate. At their posterior extremity they curve inwards and become fused with a remarkable penis consisting of two limbs like a finger and thumb—the longer “finger” (/) being ventral and the “thumb” (¢) being dorsal. There is another chitinous piece (Za) which consists of two limbs that arise from a single small median splint lying in the middle between the two lateral bars of the basal plate, dorsal to the basal plate and about half-way down its length. Each limb runs downwards and outwards so as to underlie the parts named paramera for as far as the penis. The strange form of the latter is probably correlated with some modification of the genitalia of the female. Text-figure 8. Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Mouth-parts. X 252. RT. Rostral teeth. #F. Fulture. P. Pharynx. 2. Mandible. ZY. Tendon. In regard to the male copulatory apparatus P. brachyrrhynchus and P. oxyrrhynchus ave much nearer to one another than they are to P. spinulosa. An attempt at homologising these parts with those in the two new species is made in the legend to the figure. Mouth-parts. (Text-fig. 8.)—The figure shows the shape of the chitinised fore-part of the alimentary canal, 2. e. pharynx 258 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON (larynx of Enderlein) and fulture (5). No attempt is here made to describe the mouth-trophi, but attention is drawn to two structures lying together just behind the pharynx and above the needle-like trophi, strongly suggesting mandibles. In the figure they are labelled mandibles, and the chitinous band which runs backward from each is indicated as a tendon. Mandibles, of course, 1n blood-sucking Anoplura cannot be functional, but their presence as vestiges is to be expected if the Anoplura are in truth descended from the mandibulate Mallophaga. Enderlein (4) regards as mandibles certain pieces in the head of Hematopinus suis. Mjoberg (8) figures and describes mandibles in Arctophthirus tricheci Boh. ‘The latter are extremely suggestive in form, and much resemble the mandibles here figured. Spermatheca. (Text-fig. 9.)—Mjoberg (8, p. 254) finds a spermatheca present in Linognathus angulatus Piag. and in Acanthopinus sciurinus Mjob., in both of which it consists of the same form, 7. ¢., ‘‘ Aus einem fast kreisrundem Gebilde das beiden Ubergang in den sehr schmalen Ausfiihrungsgang mit einer gerundeten Chitinscheibe versehen ist, von deren Mitte der Ausfiihrungsgang seinem Ursprung nimmt, > Landois (6, p. 14) described the*spermatheca of Phthirus inguinalis and remarked (7, p. 82) upon its absence in Pediculus vestimenti. Patton & Cragg (5, p. 560) single this out as a fact of some interest in view of the length of copulation i in the louse and the large size of the seminal vesicles in the male. Landois explains the difference in Phthirus and P. vestimenti in this matter by reference to the habits of the two insects—PAthirus is sedentary and therefore rarely meets with its kind; the Pedicwlus is active, and coitus is, therefore, frequent: Whatever be the explanation, the absence of the spermatheca in P. vestimenti is a confirmed fact, and it becomes a matter for further research to enquire from what other genera in both Anoplura and Mallophaga this receptacle may be absent. It probably occurs in a great many Mallophaga in which its chitinous “Scheibe” can frequently be seen at the end of the abdomen through the integument of specimens passed through caustic potash. Mjoberg figures it from Wirmus lineolatus N., and reports it as probably present in many Ischnocera. In the Amblycera he sought for it in vain. It may, however, exist unchitinised in these forms, though the club- -shaped organ found in Menopon titan by Grosse, who regarded it as a spermatheca, is reported by Snodgrass (8) to be non-existent. In the two species of Polyplax here described, a spermatheca is present, and its chitinous parts can be detected in specimens passed through potash. Text-fig. 9 shows the part in P. oxyr- rhynchus. In general form it resembles the figure of the spermatheca of Phthirus inguinalis. Nothing comparable to the “ Chitinscheibe” or dise of Mjéberg was observed; in some specimens, passed through caustic potash, the chitinous part of the duct B (the funnel) was telescoped backwards into the TWO NEW LICE. 259 sac; it then presented the appearance of a dice-box in a glass bowl. The specimens were in too poor a state of preservation for histological examination, but both the sac and the upper part of the duct appear to be chitinised, while the lower part, which could not be traced, is of peculiarly elastic nature and capable of being pulled out a long distance. Text-figure 9. Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Spermatheca. Al, SENG, | Jae Pdi” Oh IWievere, In the Siphonaptera the shape and size of the chitinous parts of the spermatheca vary a good deal, and are sometimes used for taxonomic purposes. It is improbable that they will serve this end in Anoplura and Mallophaga. Notes on the Tracheal System.—The following description is taken from a preparation of an immature form in Stage ITT. :— There is a pair of abdominal spiracles on each of segments 3 to 8 of the abdomen and a pair larger in size on the mesothorax. Text-fig. 5 (p. 253) shows the arrangement of the main branches in theabdomen. There isa posterior commissure in the abdomen and on each lateral diverticulum a posterior root. Anterior roots are absent except in segment 4, where one runs forwards and in- wards as far as the first diverticulum. It will be remembered that a commissure is present in this segment in P. brachyrrhynchus. There is, I believe, no longitudinal commissure in the thorax as in Phthirus inguinalis (6) and Haematopinus taurotragi (9). The two lateral trunks are continued, one on either side, through the head as far as the antennz, where each splits into smaller branches. Small twigs are given off to the mouth-parts and 260 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON antenne, and across the base of the head there appears to be a commissure, although it is impossible to be sure that this does not consist of two separate branches. I find similarly an apparent commissure between the two lateral trunks, in exactly the same position, in the head of Polyplaw spinulosa. Polyplax spinulosa further resembles P. owyrrhynchus in the presence of a large anterior root on each lateral diverticulum in segment 4, which rans forward through the next segment. Measurements of Polyplax oxyrrhynchus (in millimetres). | | 2 | @. | | Length. Breadth. Length. | Breadth. (Mblee cee re Ctenceye 25 “14 (be- 25 15 hind antennee) TURE sascageonaes | "16 6 18 | 16 | | | Abdomen ......... 92 “34. 135 | °4.6 (across | (across segment 6) | segment 6) 7 | | otal 1:33 | | 1°78 | & | ? Length. Breadth. | Length. Breadth. Legs: 1st pair... “14 | ‘03 16 04 | Qnd 4, ... “23 06 | ‘21 08 Srdueen en 20 ‘08 20 10 3. 2. Length of antenna......... ‘15 “15 MeramorpuHosis.— Very little meution of the post-embryonic changes of either Anoplura or Mallcphaga is to be found in the rapidly growing literature of these two groups. In Warburton’s (10) Report to the Local Government Board an account, in some detail, is given of the life-cycle of Pediculus vestimenti, while Dr. A. C. Oudemans (11) has described the nymphal stages of three species of Mallophaga—Liotheum flavescens, Philopterus celebrachys, and P. macrocephalus. Patton and Cragg (5) figure the three larval stages of Pediculus vestimenti; while in the standard work ‘ Les Pédiculines’ (p. 6) Piaget (2) makes a few TWO NEW LICE. 261 remarks about metamorphosis, amounting to little more than a profession of ignorance. (See, however, note in square brackets on p. 272.) It seems very probable that, in the future, a careful study and description of the immature stages of both Anoplura and Mallo- phaga will prove largely the vehicle in which to arrive at a sound classification of these two orders. Several points of interest have emerged from a study of the immature stages of Polyplax brachyrrhynchus and P. oxyrrhynchus. In Pediculus vestimenti Warburton describes three stages :— Stage I. on hatching. » LL. after the first moult. ,, III. after the second moult. Oudemans in Philopterus macrocephalus and Liotheum flavescens describes three stages. In Polyplax oxyrrhynchus the immature forms are readily sorted out into three stages. In P. brachyrrhynchus only one stage was present. Little evidence can be given as to the number of moults. One would suggest two as in Pediculus, but from a study of a very instructive slide in which the larva in Text-figure 10. Polyplax sp. Egg. X 63°3. ILA, Micropyle apparatus. Stage I. of P. owyrrhynchus is about to moult, and the new instar can be seen through the old skin, it seems evident that a larva changes its skin at least once with very little or no change in form or chetotaxy. On the other hand, in the last ecdysis the change from Stage IIT. to the imago is quite abrupt, as was 262 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON proved by specimens in Stage IIT. about to moult with the imago beneath visible through the old skin. A comparison for example between text-figs. 14 and 1 shows the extent of the change. In P. brachyrrhynchus, P. oxyrrhynchus, as well as in P. spinu- losa, the chetotaxy of the head and thorax in the larval stages is almost identical with that of the adult. This probably holds for all the Anoplura, On the abdomen the larval cheto- taxy differs from stage to stage, and it is a matter of particular interest to trace the sequence in which the hairs develop. Thus in the abdomen of P. oxyrrhynchus and P. spinulosa there is a tendency for the hairs to appear first at the end of the abdomen, and to develop subsequently in later stages further forward. For example, in’ Stage I., there are no hairs on the pleure except in the last segment, while the only hairs on the ventral surface appear first on the last segment. The sexes of the larve are indistinguishable—at all events in external form. In the last stage the male copulatory apparatus is In some specimens visible in the imago beneath. Text-fig. 10 is a representation of the egg, found in some numbers in the tube with both species; J am unable to say to which it belongs. POLYPLAX OXYRRHYNCHUS. Stage I. (Text-fig. 11.)—The head is short and broad, and there are no sclerites on the abdomen. ‘The sexes are indistin- guishable, the abdomen in all specimens ending ina cone. The insect is very soft and delicate, and requires to be dehydrated very slowly in carefully graduated alcohols before clearing, if complete and instantaneous shrivelling is to be avoided. In parts, however, the cuticle is harder and more perfectly developed, é. g., the mouth-parts (to enable the young larva to pierce and Srace I.— Measurements (millimetre scale). Length. Breadth. Specimen... (1) (2) (1) (2) TE(@AGC| esc sss oee al) sD iil 14 | p . f WONOHEBE ooc00s cee 10 (about) +18 16 (at the base) *15 | Abdomen ...... 56 59 (Seg. 4) °30 “33 Total... °83 92 Antenna ...... "lO wy SUB) 20 (Seg. 4) to °25 TWO NEW LICE. 963 suck), the legs and thorax (to enable it to cling to the host). The chetotaxy of the abdomen is as follows :—There are in the median area two hairs in the dorsum of each segment. On the sternum of the last segment there are also two hairs, medially placed. Rest of the ventral surface bare. Pleuree without hairs, except on the last segment, where there is on each side a single long, curved hair, usually in a curl. The spiracles are large. Text-figure 11. Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Larva, Stage I. XX 65. Stage II. (Text-fig. 13.)—In external form this stage resembles Stage I. It differs, however, in size (see measurements below) and in the development of minute pleurites on the abdomen. The head, too, is more produced in front of the antenne, and its front margin is very rounded. The delicacy of struc- ture is much less marked; the abdominal cuticle is thicker and covered with a great number of triangular denticles with sharp apices. On the abdomen the chetotaxy is more developed. Medially there are two hairs on both tergum and sternum of 264 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON each segment. On each pleurite are two hairs; those on seg- ments 7 and 8 are very long. On the terminal segment, which is without pleurites or spiracles, there is on each side a single elongate bristle. Text-figure 12. Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Warva, Stage III. x 74:5. The pleurites are small quadrilateral plates, attached along their anterior margin to the lower margin of the spiracle. TWO NEW LICE. Srace II.— Measurements (millimetre scale). l Length. Breadth. | | | Specimen... (1) (2) | (1) (2) IEbeadiiass) caceusnee| "23 | 15 “14 | | | | UNOPS os conosco ali7 a | 18 7 | Abdomen ......... 1:05 “88 | (Segment 5) “49 37 a 6 Se ee zi | Total... 1:45 1200 iF e : = | poe Antenna | “14 “13 (Segment 4) *03 ‘03 | | Stage IIT. (Text-fig. 12.)—Except in the shape of the head, which is here longer and narrower in front of the antenne, it has been difficult to discover any difference between Stage III. and Stage IT. Srace I11.—Measurements (millimetre scale). | Length. Breadth. JB IGE YUE Re cwere na ate oe “21 “12 dihorasseeens ‘18 ‘18 | Abdomen ......... 95 (Segment 4) °38 | Total... 1:34 | Antenna ......... | ‘16 | (Segment 4) -03 | soe Telek week PoLYPLAX BRACHYRRHYNCHUS. In this species only one stage was represented—Stage III. (text-fig. 14). The figure gives an accurate representation of the external form of the insect at this stage. It will be observed that on the abdomen are neither tergites nor sternites, while the pleurites also are either absent or very faint and indefinite. The abdominal chetotaxy presents features of special interest. There are a couple of hairs in the middle area of each tergum and sternum, except the tergum of segment 8, which is bare. The pleure are bare, with the following exceptions :—Segment 3, MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON Text-figure 13. ~f | Polyplax oxyrrhynchus. Larva, Stage IT. x 73°1. TWO NEW LICE.’ 267 with one long bristle on each side; segments 7 and 8, each of which possesses two long bristles on each pleura; and segment 9, which possesses one long bristle on each side. The bearings of these facts are discussed on page 271. Text-figure 14. TERZI ro Polyplax brachyrrhynchus. Warva, Stage III. X 77°38. 268 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON Srace IIT.—Measurements (millimetre scale). Length. Breadth. Head .Acceene ‘19 13 UNOS ons c00000s05 ‘19 ‘15 | Abdomen. ......... | 90 (Segment 4) 29 | Total... 1:28 Antenna ... al 15 | (Segment 4) *03 | The Metamorphosis of Polyplax spinulosa (Lurm.) Sor Comparison. From a large amount of material from this common parasite of the Rats MZus norvegicus and M. ratiws, presented to the British Museum, along with other species, by the Lister Institute, it has been a simple, if laborious, matter to sort out all the immature forms, which fell into three stages asin P. oxyrrhynchus. Larva, Stage I. (Text-fig. 15.)—This is a tiny, delicate insect, with a rounded head, the postero-lateral angles being very slightly developed. On the dorsal surface of the head there is a suture between the two epicranial plates, which in front bifurcate and so divides the two epicranial plates from the single plate—— frons—which roofs in the anterior part of the head. Sclerites on the abdomen absent. Chetotaxy of head and thorax as in the imago. On the abdomen two bristles in each tergum. Sterna bare except the last, which, as in P. oxyrrhynchus, has two bristles. Pleure bare, except that in the pleural region on each side of the last segment are two very elongate hairs—one dorsal and one ventral. Spiracles relatively large. Srace I.— Measurements (millimetre scale). Breadth. Length. | | IB(@AGL cc scondoncagssel 101 102 | e HIGHS ceecesoconce| “112 "105 Abdomen ......... 203 li Total... 418 : | PN TKENINEY Genco seel| “003 “O01 TWO NEW LICE. 269 Larva, Stage I1.—Postero-lateral angles of the head more pronounced. Minute pleurites developed on the abdomen. Text-figure 15. Polyplax spinulosa. Warva, Stage I, X 112, EP. Epieranium, Cheetotaxy of the abdomen :—Two minute hairs on the pleurites of the first seven segments, On segments 8 and 9 the pleurites bear two long bristles each. On terga and sterna of all segments two longish hairs on the middle area. Srace Il.—Measurements (millimetre scale), | Breadth. Length, | Eten ete Anke eee 12 14, WeAShOTea Soh teesene 19 14 | | | Abdomen .....,... *37 (Segment 4) | 55 | Total...) 83 | | | Antenna ......... (Seg. 4) 024 12 Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XIX. 19 270 MR. B. F. CUMMINGS ON Larva, Stage Ill. (Text-fig. 16.)—Head more angular, pleurites on the abdomen larger and more strongly chitinised. Chetotaxy as in Stage IT., except that in the pleurites of seg- ment 7 one hair is long and one short. Text-figure 16. Polyplax spinulosa. Warva, Stage III. xX 102°2. Reference to a figure or description of the imago makes clear that the final stage of the development differs from Stage IIT. in the possession of well-chitinised tergites and sternites on the abdomen carrying strong bristles in rows. The pleurites are also better developed than in the larve, and on those of segment 7 both hairs are elongate as in segment 8, while the two very elongate hairs on each of the pleure of the last segment in the larval stages are apparently replaced in the female imago by a group of short hairs on each side and in the male by one long hair. TWO NEW LICE. 271 Srace [IT.— Measurements (millimetre scale). | Breadth. Length. Ele de os eee ee 13 15 | | Thorax as] *20 14 Abdomen ......... | *40 (Segment 4) | 61 Total... 90 | | ieAtnibenn alesse | (Seg. 4) 03 | 14, Summary. An examination of the immature forms in these three species of Polyplax reveals that the metamorphosis in all three consists probably of at least three distinct stages, although there may be more than two moults. The differences between Stages II. and ITT. are slight. In the first stage the louse is very soft and delicate for the most part, although even thus early the mouth- parts, thorax, and legs are well chitinised. On the abdomen segmentation is absent except at the end, and sclerites are absent in all three stages, although in P. oxyrrhynchus and P. spinulosa minute pleurites appear in Stage IL., and in Stage III. of P. brachyrrhynchus also there are present weak pleurites of indefinite outline. The spiracles are large. In the last stage the head and thorax closely resemble the adult. In all three stages the chetotaxy of the head and thorax is almost identical with that of the imago. The abdominal chetotaxy and the abdomen itself, however, undergo a very considerable metamorphosis at the last ecdysis into the imago. The metamorphosis of all three shows that there is a tendency for the hairs to develop from behind forwards, inasmuch as the terminal pleure develop hairs while the rest are still bare, and in P. oxyrrhynchus and P. spinulosa the sterna are at first also bare except in the last segment. Two hairs on each tergum and sternum is invariably the number if hairs are present at all. Some of these early stages may represent stages in the phylo- geny of the group, and in this connection it is suggestive to recall that the Anopluran genus Linognathus is characterized by the large size of its spiracles and the absence of abdominal plates, just as Poiyplax is characterized byt he small size of the spiracles and the presence of the plates, so that in future it may be convenient to speak of the larva of Polyplax as the “ Linognathus larva.” The larva of P. brachyrrhynchus described above recalls in particular such species as Linoguathus breviceps Piaget, L. gazella Mjoéberg, L. limnotragi Cummings, L. africanus ae & P., and g* 272 ON TWO NEW LICE. L. cavice-cupensis (Pallas), in which there is on each pleura of the 3rd abdominal segment an elongate bristle and on the pleure of the 7th and 8th two long bristles. The chetotaxy of L. cavic-capensis (see figs. 2 & 3, Bulletin of Entomological Research, iv. May 1913, pp. 38 & 39) bears a close resemblance to that of the Polyplax larve. Some later work further reveals the fact that a somewhat similar plan of ab- dominal cheetotaxy exists also in the larvee of at least two species of Linognathus in which the imaginal cheetotaxy is more complex. This general plan of chetotaxy, therefore, is perhaps a primitive one in the Anoplura, and Linognathus is perhaps a more primi- tive genus than Polyplax, and perhaps the most primitive of all the Anopluran genera, an hypothesis which, however, cannot be supported by reference to the systematic position of the host- species, Linognathus occurring with Hematopinus on Ungulates such as the Antelope, Capra and Ovis, and also on the Dog. It would be interesting to know whether Linognathoid types of a more primitive character than any Anoplura hitherto known remain to be discovered on the primitive Insectivora and other ancient mammalian groups. Hitherto, Anoplura have not been found on Monotremes and Marsupials. It should be remembered that LZ. cavic-capensis isa parasite of the Cape Hyrax—a member of a very isolated group. References. (1) Warterston, J.—Annals of the South African Museum, x. pt. 9, p. 271. (2) Prager, K.—Les Pédiculines. Leide, 1880. (3) Msdpere, E.—Arkiv for Zoologi, vi. 1910, p. 166. (4) EnpErRLEIN, G.—Zool. Anz. xxviii. 1905, p. 626. (5) Patron, W.S., & Crace, F. W.—A Textbook of Medical Entomology. London, Madras, and Calcutta (Christian Literature Society for India), 1913, p. 532. (6) Lanpors. — Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, 14te Bd., 1864, p. 14. (7) Lanpo1s.—ZJbid., 15te Bd., 1865, p. 32. (8) Svoperass, R.—Occas. Papers California Acad. Sci. vi. 1899, p- 216. (9) Cummines, B. F.—Bull. Ent. Res. vol. v. pt. 2, Sept. 1914, p. 157, (10) Warsurron, Crcit.—Report to the Local Government Board on Public Health and Medical Subjects. New Series, No. 27, 1910. (11) OupEmans, A. C.—Ber. Nederl. Ent. Ver., Deel iii. No. 67, Sept. 1912, p. 278. [Norr.—I find I have overlooked the following paper by H. Fahrenholz : “ Beit- rage zur Kenntnis der Anopluren,’ Hannover Jahresber. zool. Ver. 2-4 (1910-12), 1912. The author describes the larvee of Pediculus capitis and of one or two species of Polyplax, including P. spinulosa. He is mistaken in supposing there are hairs on all the sterna of what we are agreed in calling Stage I. of P. spinulosa. See also :—‘‘ Nene Liiuse,’? Hannover Jahresber. zool. Ver. (1909), 1910, and the figures of various larval Mallophaga scattered through Kelloge’s papers. | co | ise) ON NIATA CATTLE. 2 22. Some Notes on the Niata Breed of Cattle (Bos taurus). By Ernest Gisson, F.Z.S. | Received March 12, 1915: Read April 13, 1915.) (Text-figures 1 & 2.) VARIATION. Wuen Charles Darwin * published in ‘The Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle, more than 80 years ago, his account of this curious race, he attributed its then rarity and probable extinction to the abnormal formation of the lips, which rendered browsing difticuls in times of drought, 7. e¢. when the pasture became very short. Be that as it may, its career would seem to be now nearly ended. Dr. W. J. Holland, in his very interesting book ‘To the River Plate and Back,’ p. 117 (1912-13), sums up its epitome as follows :—“ Dr. Bruch, the learned Curator of Zoology at the Museum of La Plata, informs me that the race is either verging upon extinction, or has already become totally extinct. Although it is still reported to survive in the Province of Catamarca, Dr. Bruch told me that a German naturalist, who recently visited Argentina for the express purpose of studying these creatures, and travelled widely in quest of them, was unable to see or secure a single specimen”. I have an impression of reading very recently in a director’s report of his visit to one of the Estancias belonging to his Company in North Patagonia, that he saw quite a number of Niata cattle; but it is to be feared that what he saw and what his Company is the proud possessor of, were only some shockingly bad Creole animals of the old type. In the ‘ La Nacion’ newspaper of 14th May, 1890, or nearly a quarter of a century ago, Senor Ramon Lista (Argentine explorer and naturalist) published an open letter, directed to Dr. Francisco P. Moreno, of which the following is a translation :— “ An Interesting Animal.—The actual great Agricultural Show (Palermo, Buenos Aires) presents much that is admirable in respect of its livestock; but with all frankness, I must confess that what has most aroused my curiosity as a naturalist is a little snub-nosed cow, which might well be denominated Cow- dog from its resemblance to a Bull-dog, of which it has the same defiant and sneering expression, produced by the permanent retraction of the upper lip, leaving the teeth exposed in a manner similar to that breed of dogs. * This breed was further discussed by Darwin (‘ Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ 1. pp. 109-111, ed. 1905) and by Romanes (‘ Darwin and after Darwin, ii. p. 192), who published a figure of the skull described by Owen. + The skull figured by Dr. Holland is nearly intermediate in length of jaw between the skull of ordinary cattle and that of the Niata breed figured by Romanes. 274 MR. ERNEST GIBSON ON “Tt is the property of Mr. Ernest Gibson, of Ajé*, who intends sending it to the Zoological Society of London, in whose natural history museum} exists a skeleton of the same animal, studied and described by the celebrated naturalist Professor Owen. ‘“The Aj6 cow is almost a dwarf. The head is small and the lower jaw very projecting. In its other characteristics it presents nothing notable beyond a continual restlessness, well in keeping with its wild disposition, and marked contrast with the placidity of the large and beautiful Burepean breeds surrounding it. “The Cow-dog is perhaps at this date an Semale of atavism, unique in this country, of a breed produced naturally in the Pampas of Buenos Aires, and very recently extirpated by the foremost Argentine stockbreeders, who were naturally afraid of the increase in their herds of a race of so little utility and unadapted for the struggle for existence, inasmuch as it was the first to succumb in the great droughts when the abnormal conformation of the jaw-bones handicapped it in grazing on the scanty and shortened pasture. “In the time of the tyrant Rosas it was believed that the Niatas constituted an indigenous race which had nothing to do with the cattle imported from Paraguay by the brothers Goéss in 1558. “Later on it has been said that they originated from an African breed, introduced on both sides of the River Plate. This latter supposition has been based upou the existence in Equatorial Africa of bovine animals which resemble, though remotely, the Niata type of the Pampas. But up to date, so far as is known, no one has been able to produce any proof in reference to the importation to the Argentine or Uruguay of bulls or cows from that country. “In my opinion, the Niata type is nothing more than a variety of the primitive bovine type, introduced into the country by the Goéss brothers, and later on propagated in the Pampean zone comprehended between the Sierra ranges of Tandil and Ventana. “*OQn this hypothesis, the question arises as to the manner in which this strange breed should have evolved itself in a strain so notably distinct from the ordinary Creole class. “First of all, whoever has read the ‘Journal of Researches into the Natural History and Geology * (admirable investigations of the illustrious Darwin) will recall what he states regarding the transitory appearance in France of the Niata type. of the Plate, which has since been confirmed from other parts of Europe; but it. has been described as hornless and of a less accentuated prognathism. * The district of Ajé, pronounced “ Ah-hé,” lies at the mouth of the estuary of the River Plate, near Cape San Autonio. + |The skeleton is in the Museum of the R. Coll. Surgeons.—Epiror P. Z. 8.] NIATA CATTLE. 275 “These data, which nevertheless should be taken with some reserve, lead one to imagine the existence of a possible primitive Kuropean Niata type, the progenitor of that of America; but perhaps the said instances were in reality only casual mon- strosities, and in nowise to be confounded with permanent variations of races.” The head of the individual cow alluded to at the beginning of the foregoing article is figured in the accompanying photograph (text-fig. 1), the skull (text-fig. 2) being that of its mother. Text-figure 1. Head of living example of Niata cow. Some time in 1889 I was informed of their existence in the possession of a neighbour (a widow occupying a small piece of land in the township of Aj6), and after a little difficulty succeeded in buying them; but my agent could learn nothing of their origin. The family-group consisted of three generations—a very old cow, her daughter, and the calf of the latter; the last pre- sented only the usual characteristics of the prevalent Creole breed, and consequently was promptly converted into veal! Its mother went to the Rural Exhibition in Buenos Ayres the following year, as chronicled by Don Ramon Lista, in company with some fine stock ; and when the Show was closed I trans- ferred it (at Dr. Moreno’s request) to the Zoological Park. How long it lived there subsequently I cannot tell; but I should not 276 MR. ERNEST GIBSON ON be surprized to learn that the skull figured in Dr. Holland’s book as existent in the La Plata Museum belongs to the animal in question. The old cow was of a totally different disposition from her daughter, being perfectly tame and placid. She was kept in a little lucerne-paddock at the back of my Estancia . business office, and would frequently. approach close to, and gaze through, the windows. But I confess that I never glanced up on feeling the shadow cast on my desk, and met the aspect of her extraordinary visage in such close proximity, without experiencing a distinct thrill and shock of almost terror. She died also in due time of sheer old age whilst 1 was in England, and unfortunately the lower Jaw was not retained for me along with the skull. Text-figure 2. Skull of old Niata cow. During some forty years residence in the River Plate (mostly in the country districts), it has not been my good fortune to gather any further information regarding the Niata type. Even before the present improvement on the original Creole race had made any way, and when many many thousand head of cattle had passed under my notice, ] never saw a single example on either margin of the River Plate. Since 1890 until recently (1914) this skull and photograph hung on the walls of my Hstincia office in Ajé, and were frequently commented upon by visitors ; but though some few of these had heard of the breed, their personal knowledge reached no further. The one exception, NIATA CATTLE. ali an English friend, told me that as a boy in Uruguay (Depart- ment of San José), about the year 1870, he well remembers a little herd of seven or eight Niata cows with their accompanying bull. They belonged to a Uruguayan neighbour, were exceed- ingly tame and (in those days of no fences) were always tres- passing, it being his privilege and delight to chase them back into their own territory. The prevalent colour seems to have been dun, with black legs (resembling the Jersey ?). An im- pressive characteristic was the bulldog-like habit of ‘ sniting ” whenever the muzzle was raised from the ground (a habit I also had particularly noted). In 1880 there came one or two solitary cows, accompanying bought troops of ordinary cattle ; these had probably been thrown in by the seller for the drover’s con- sumption. Subsequently my informant lived thirty years in the Argentine (on acentral Buenos Ayrean estancia), but never again met the quaint friends of his youth. [Nore.—The skull of the old Niata cow shown in text-fig. 2 has been presented to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) by Mr. Gibson.—KEditor, P. Z.8.] vba Se OE ae NE me i gli} | f Gum 100 ps ph day oni riven wile rr, i ewe ANGpeah, wot iin Marul;, (Pek veliied «Ob desig scour taht 7 fh . si he i} beereg tach etter Dy Loaoiat ow Avian) ty f cet he Cama wte dhe waar yy tepgehy AAS |, (OT: A betes Sonate aanbl boy eyuartl Lele ei. vitae, ‘al jatl wl, genuine the aienh Wee onl ii? viv beans test vif ria at neal, why pet hh mht ie the, bree Lay eh, rerun HA ind, seine ALN by venynge th Uva “Dates aa ae ats ices t eeMe's Of “wcacso ntl Lyteas 'v hie’ Wdenthy dal. Ves ON MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. 279 23. White Collar Mendelising in Hybrid Pheasants. By Rose Hate THomas, F.LS., F.Z.8. [ Received March 22, 1915: Read April 27, 1915.] (Text-figure 1.) INDEX. Page ieved itiypte. 52. cte heehee ete eee mC SO. WiciplAbromy Aeterna ges cars co eae ee ae OE Two or three years ago it occurred to me that an examination made of the relative numbers of dark-necked and ringed male pheasants shot in our coverts would provide some interesting material wherein to trace the working of Mendel’s law. The dark-necked pheasant Phasianus colchicus had been the only inhabitant of Britain’s forests and woods for centuries; the pheasant 1s mentioned in Saxon times in a “bill of fare drawn up by Harold for the Canons’ households ...... A.D. 1059, and preserved in a manuscript of the date of circa 1177”: (see Dawkins, ‘ Ibis,’ 1869, p. 358). The first introduction of Phasianus torquatus, the so-called ‘ringed pheasant,” to our woods was towards the latter end of the eighteenth century. This species has a white collar, broken or interrupted on the throat. For two seasons a simple reckoning was made of the males shot, and the data collected are remarkable evidence of the continual Mendelising occurring in the collar of the hybrid pheasants of our coverts, absence being the recessive. The grading was arranged as follows :— Collar absent. Dark-necked Phasianus colchicus type. Few tips. From two or three to a dozen feathers with very narrow white margin, found beneath ear- coverts. Half collar. Collar arrested beneath the ear-coverts. Three-quarters Phasianus torquatus type, collar broken at collar. throat. Complete ring. Hybrid mutation collar making a complete circle round the throat. The dark-necked male pheasant P. colehicus has the whole neck green lustre. The hybrid (P. colchicus x P. torquatus) male pheasant has the green lustre on neck above the collar, but a rich bronzed copper beneath the collar. The ‘complete ring” differs in individuals— it is sometimes broad, sometimes slender, sometimes medium. 280 MRS. R. HAIG THOMAS ON Shooting Season 1912-1913. Number of males examined—294, Collar Wee gee Half Three-quarters Complete absent. Few tips. collar. collar. : ring. 26 47 10 ‘175 36 Shooting Season 1913-1914. (Christmas shoot omitted.) Number of males examined—244, Collar Reece Half Three-quarters Complete absent. Hew tips. collar. collar. ring. 15 47 52 118 12 Total number of male pheasants examined—538. Collar Her tine Half Three-quarters Complete absent. Bes: collar. collar. ring. 4] 94 62 293 48 making 449 variations of broken collar and the numbers for the recessive “collar absent” (dark-necked pheasant) and those for the “complete ring” nearly equal, suggesting that the latter may be a “mutation recessive.” Further evidence of the Mendelising of the white collar, collar dominant, dark neck recessive, was found in a cross made in captivity in my pheasantry between P. versicolor, collar absent, and P. formosanus, collar present, where, though the numbers are necessarily small, the same graded forms occur. The reciprocal. cross made in 1914 gave the same result. Desiring to ascertain whether a complete ringed pheasant had ever been shot in a wild state, I sought information from several persons, all of whom have been most kind in replying to my inquiries. Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant, Assistant Keeper of Zoology in the Natural History Museum, states that all the Phasianus torquatus group havethe white collar interrupted at the throat, but that males from Northern China—Phasianus kiangswensis and Phasianus pallasi—have the collar interrupted on the nape and widest on the throat. Jam not aware that any P. torquatus of this form has ever been introduced into Britain. Mr. J. H. Miller (of the Miller-Carruthers Expedition to Central Asia) stated that he could not be absolutely certain, but was under the impression that he had never seen a complete ring on any of the male pheasants he shot of the variety of the torquatus group named P. mongolicus (a pheasant frequently introduced into English coverts). Mr. Miller generously pre- sented me with a beautiful specimen which he had shot in the MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. 281 Tekkes Valley, Li, alt. 3000 ft. his bird has the white three- quarters collar broken at the throat, and also the major, median, and minor wing-coverts of isabelline-white. This isabelline- white wing-patch has not been observed on any of the male common wood-pheasants examined from 1912 to 1914, but it is quite possible that its occurrence amongst our hybrids may have been noticed by others. The major, median, and minor wing-coverts in P. formosanus— a variety of torquatus.also often introduced into our coverts—are pale grey, and this colour was frequently found amongst the hybrid males examined. Mr. Douglas Carruthers, who is now bringing out a work on the fauna of North-west Mongolia and the Dzungaria, replied to my inquiry as follows :—‘ I do not recollect ever collecting a wild pheasant with a complete ring, nor do I believe that there are any. Badly made up skins can often give the idea of a ring joining up the front, for the white feathers can be pulled round soas to meet. The rings varied in breadth and whiteness, but none formed the complete circle.” It thus seemed fairly established, from the specimens in the Natural History Museum and the observations of these two experienced travellers, that a pheasant with a complete ring in the wild state had not been recorded. Mr. Fenwick-Owen, however, supplied me with an interesting series of observations on a new variety of pheasant he shot in 1912 in the Chone district of the province of Kansu, on the Peling Mountains. This pheasant was classified as a new form of the P. torquatus group by Mr. Ogilvie-Grant and named Phasianus stranchi chonensis. Mr. Fenwick-Owen also shot P. elegans, a dark-necked (collar absent) pheasant in the Chone district; and in the neighbouring province of Sechuan, Prejevalsky, a Russian, first found a three- quarters ring-necked pheasant named P. sechwanensis. The habitats of P. elegans and P. sechuanensis overlap. In a letter to Fenwick-Owen dated November 18th, 1912, Ogilvie-Grant remarks on certain resemblances in P. stranchi chonensis to both P. sechuanensis and P. elegans. In Mr. Fenwick-Owen’s words :—“ In P, stranchi chonensis the ring varies from the faintest suspicion of a ring to the complete full ring. Occasionally there is no sign of a ring at all.” These remarks suggest that a hybrid segregation similar to that found in our own coverts is taking place in a wild state—that, in fact, his new pheasant may be the result of a cross between the “‘ dark-necked,” collar absent, P. elegans and the ‘ring-necked,”’ collar present, P. sechuanensis, whose habitats overlap. The following short descriptions of characters found in P. elegans resembling P. colchicus, and of characters found in P. sechwanensis resembling P. formosanus, the form of torquatus peculiar to the te) island of Formosa, made from a brief inspection of these species D2, MRS. R. HAIG THOMAS ON at the Natural History Museum with the males and females of all four laid side by side, afford some ground for the hypothesis. Male. P. elegans, dark neck, collar absent, coloration much resembles male P. colchicus. Female. P. elegans, dark bird, breast patterned like female P. colchicus. Male. P. sechwanensis. Crest identical with male P. formosanus. Wing secondaries pattern identical with male P. formosanus. Collar three-quarters interrupted at throat, widest at the ends like male Formosan, but the ends are square instead of a vandyke-point like the male P. formosanus. Flank-feathers differ, being a bronze-copper instead of pale cream as those of the male P. /ormosanus. Female. P. sechuanensis. Light bird, breast unpatterned ;. strongly resembles P. formosanus female. Tail—lateral rectrices—identical with female P. for- mosanus. Wing—secondaries—identical with female P. for- MOSaNUS. From the above comparison it might be inferred that a hybrid from a cross between P. elegans and P. sechuanensis would give the same collar segregation as the hybrid between P. colchicus and P. torguatus in our woods. Fenwick-Owen’s observations on the collar variations in his new pheasant P. stranchi chonensis would appear to be at least very suggestive of the hybrid origin of the bird. Mosaic of male and female Secondary Sexual Characters in Common Pheasant. I would now draw attention to a remarkable specimen of the common male pheasant (of which a detailed description will be found at the end of this paper) with a curious mosaic of male and female plumage in transverse section. Colour and pattern are coupled in every case, and where the male and female plumage also differ in structure (the male degenerate, the female normal, as on the posterior back feathers and the tail-coverts) we find all three factors correlated. The bird was a young male bred in May 1913, so there is no question of age having produced the phenomenon. A male P. formosanus had been used for three years previously in the breeding-season in the pheasant pen. From experiments in my own pheasantry I infer that this extra- ordinary bird was a hybrid, which, had it not unfortunately been shot, would have proved sterile, although the testes, on dissection, MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. 983 were normal in size and healthy in appearance, and no trace of an ovary could be discovered. The dissection was witnessed and examined by two people. During some twelve or thirteen pheasant rearing-seasons within my own experience, from one to two so-called “mules” appear in every thousand birds reared. An old keeper in our employ makes the same statement from a life experience. These ‘“‘mules,” on dissection, have generally been females. The bird exhibited is only the second male mule I have ever met with. In the ‘Journal of Genetics,’ vol. iii. p. 205, Mr. C. J. Bond describes and illustrates an example of hemilateral development of secondary sexual male character in a hermaphrodite P. formo- sanus. He is inclined to attribute the peculiar divisions of male and female pattern to male hormonic activity in an atrophied female sex-gland, patches of male element in active growth in a degenerating ovary; but in the example before us the mosaic of male and female colour and pattern is transversely segmental, also Text-figure 1 Sexual organ of mosaic male common Pheasant, seven months old. Length 4 inches, without reckoning the curve: testes 7/16 inch. dissection only revealed a male organ of healthy normal appear- ance. A paragraph in a daily newspaper, July 1914, refers to some abnormal pheasant skins on exhibition at the Royal College of Surgeons, in which one specimen is noted of a male having some feathers of female type. Mate Common PHEASANT. A mosaic of male and female plumage. Shot 17th January, 1914.—Moyles Court. First skinned, then dissected*. The plumage was compared with a dark-necked common male and a common female P. col- chicus, also shot in the woods. It was observed that pattern, colour, and structure are linked. * Ernest Adlem, the keeper, witnessed the dissection, and a drawing to scale was made of the male organ, a rule with sixteenth divisions being used for measurement. No trace of a female organ was seen. 284 ON MENDELISM IN PHEASANTS. Crest: Common male pheasant, feathers paler, amongst them some feathers, mosaics of male and female. Neck: (Collar, form of male P. formosanus, Formosa variety of LP. torquatus.) Interscapulars: Common male pheasant, but duller in colour. Scapulars: Some common female pheasant: some mosaics of male and female. Back: Mosaics of common male and female. Tail-coverts: Pattern, colour, and structure, mosaics of common male and female. Tail: Centrals and Laterals. All mosaics in transverse sections of common male and female colour and pattern. One extra quill-feather on each side, a small straight quill, making 20 instead of 18 feathers. Throat : Common male. Breast: A few common female, unpatterned fawn. Many common male, colour less brilliant. Some mosaics of both male and female. Flank: Common male; some common female; some mosaics of both. Thigh-tuft: Common male. Wing: Primaries; common female. Secondaries ; common female. Wing-coverts: Major; common male. Median; mosaics, colour and pattern, of male and female. Minor; some common female. some mosaics, colour and pattern, of common male and female. MR. OGILVIE-GRANT ON COLOUR-VARIATION IN PARTRIDGES. . 285 EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES. March 23, 1915. R. H. Burne, Esq., M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. Colowr-Variation in Partridges. Mr. W. R. Ocitvie-Grant, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of specimens of Partridges, including a number from the Tring Museum, kindly lent by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.8., and drew attention to two notable colour-variations of the Red-legged Partridge (Caccabis rufa). He remarked :— “As most people are aware this species is not indigenous to Great Britain, having been introduced about 1770, and since spread over a large part of England, being especially numerous from Lincoln to Essex and in the Home Counties. The remark- able variation which I now exhibit has the head, eyebrow-stripes, cheeks, and throat black, and the rest of the plumage dull vinaceous-red with a patch of white feathers in the middle of the belly, forming an irregular horse-shoe-mark. The first example was killed at Braintree, Hssex, on October 20th, 1908, by Mr. A. W. Ruggles-Brise, and presented by him to the Natural History Museum. On October 20th, 1914, an almost precisely similar specimen was killed at Higham, Kent, by Mr. H. M. Cobb, sent by him to the ‘Field’ office, and subsequently presented by Dr. H. Hammond Smith to the Museum. Higham is about 30 miles, as the crow flies, from Braintree, and it seems a remarkable coincidence that a second specimen of this quite unique variation of the Red-leg should have been killed exactly six years after the first, and in nearly the same locality.” Other variations of this species were also shown, but it was pointed out that colour-variations were very rare, although partial albinism sometimes occurred. The remarkable variation above mentioned had been described and figured in ‘ British Game-Birds and Wildfowl’ (pl. xxi. fig. 2, 1912). Mr. Ogilvie-Grant also exhibited a series of colour-variations of the Common Partridge (Perdia perdix), amongst which was the well-known chestnut form, P. montana Brisson. This form appeared to be comparable to the rufous variety of the Red-leg, but in this instance the variation was comparatively common, having been first described in 1760 from the mountains of Lorraine, and subsequently obtained in almost every county in England and some parts of Scotland. Lastly, specimens of the Bearded Partridge (P. daurica), from Manchuria, were exhibited. This species was being sold in Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1915, No. XX. 20 286 SIR EDMUND LODER ON ‘ PIGSKIN.” large numbers in the London markets, and the exhibitor had recently purchased a beautiful pale grey variety, which, however, had the black horse-shoe-patch normal. “ Pigskin” and Capybara Skin. Sir Epmunp G. Loprr, Bt., F.Z.S., exhibited the tanned skins of a Pig (text-fig. 2), and of a Capybara (text-fig. 1), and made the following remarks :— Text-figure 1. B A portion of the skin of a Capybara: (A) natural size; (B) enlarged four times. « “Tn most parts of England and of America pigs.are not skinned: they are scalded and scraped. It was therefore not clear where the pigskins used in trade came from. One of my Capybaras having died, the skin was sent to the tanners and, on its return, it was suggested that this was perhaps what was used as “ pigskin.” This idea was favoured by the knowledge that in South America saddles are commonly covered with Capybara skin, but after [ had exhibited this Capybara skin at one of our meetings, a correspondent wrote to the ‘ Field’ newspaper saying that in his part of Scotland it was the custom to skin pigs, the flesh being pickled for the Navy. I then procured a tanned pigskin NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 287 from Scotland, which is the skin now exhibited with that of the Capybara for comparison.” Sir Edmund Loder, at the request of the Committee of Publication, has since had the skins photographed. The result is shown in text-figs. | and 2, which should be viewed so that the light falls on them from the right. Text-figure 2. A Tail B A portion of the skin of a Pig: (A) natural size; (B) enlarged four times. Notes from the Caird Insect House. Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A., F.Z.S., Curator of Insects, exhibited specimens of Insects that had been bred in the Caird Insect House and read the following notes, which had been extracted, with the assistance of Mr. C. J. C. Pool, from the records made :— The Caird Insect House was opened in October, 1913, for the exhibition of living insects and other invertebrates. Owing to the difficulties of keeping living insects under artificial conditions, and to the death of the head keeper, Quantrill, we have not attempted to do more than maintain a large variety of species in good condition. The following few notes of interesting species that have been exhibited will illustrate some of the difficulties we have had to deal with, and some of our successes. 20% 288 PROF. H. MAXWELL LEFROY: PHASMID &. Stick Insects. Carausias morosus has been in the house continuously, and now occupies a whole bay. All are females, and no male has been seen. Part of the stock was reared in the open in July— August, and they do well under such conditions. ; In the cages the green and brown insects place themselves irrespective of the colour of their background; in the open on large bushes the green insects invariably sit among the foliage or on the green shoots, the browns choosing the stem, low down near the ground. There are, as a rule, many more greens than browns, just as there is on a plant a much larger proportion of green area than brown. Carausias will eat a variety of plants—roses, beans, privet, euonymus, lilac, ivy, hawthorn, rubber fig, Coleus, Spica, and Aralia being some of those on which they have thriven. Owing to the shortage of mealworms, these stick insects have been used for feeding some birds and small mammals: the Curator of Birds is anxious to breed them on a large scale for his birds, the Curator of Reptiles wants them for his lizards, and the Superintendent covets them for some of the more delicate mammals. They are very prolific, laying some hundreds of eggs; but the life-history is long and they remain several months in the egg stage. Whether it will be feasible to breed them on a large scale remains to be seen; there is no difficulty, but they require fresh food and a certain amount of attention. _ We may contrast the prospects of breeding mealworms and stick insects as follows :— Mealworm :—Egg 16-21 days. Larva 5-6 months. Pupa 14 days. Beetle lives 2-3 months, begins to lay in 10 days, and lays 50-100 eggs—say 60. In 5 years a stock of 100 might have increased by 6 broods to 600 million individuals, assuming half of each lot were used as food when larve (7. ¢. 27 million) and half were females. Every mealworm used as food has not bred, so there is a loss, and it requires two beetles, a male and a female, to produce 100 eges; these two can only be used for feeding as beetles. The mealworms require little attention—a very little meal as food, a few dead mice, sparrows, and other small game as luxuries, and quite simple boxes as cages. Stick Insect :—Egg takes 2-3 months. Nymph takes 5 months. Adult takes 9 months, begins to lay in a few weeks, and lays 300-500 eggs. In 5 years from 100 one might have 5 broods, the last amounting to about 10 billion, all of which could be used for food and none NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 289 of which would have been kept as adults after they had laid 100 eggs; for 100 eggs only one female is required, as there are no males. They require fresh food, more attention, more space ; they are much larger, and are greedily eaten by many of the animals and birds. On the whole, it looks as if at our Gardens, with lots of privet, it might be profitable to breed Carausias. EAF INSECTS, Mr. E. G. B. Meade-Waldo has given us stocks of Pulehri- phyllium crurifolium, and they appeal very much to the public. We have not been very successful with them, and large numbers of our brood vanished. We lost many young probably from a spider, Psalmopeus cambridgii, which “ disappeared,” hiding itself behind the cork fittings in the case and apparently coming out at night to feed on the young ones; the spider was found well and flourishing when the cork was taken down. Cockroaches (Peri- planeta american) also eat the living insects. We obtained seed of guava from Bombay and plants were grown, but the insects do better on the oak their parents in England have fed on. Many full-grown females have died as a result of injuries sustained by being nibbled by their fellows; nota single specimen has completely escaped this unfortunate mishap. We are in possession of a number of ova, from which we expect a good stock for the coming season. MANTID. Sphodromantis guttata. Of wide African distribution, and also found in Persia. An egg-mass from Hast Africa, hatched on July 6th, 1914; the young were fed on Aphides, small caterpillars, the larve of Cis, and other small insects. One was loose in the bay containing caterpillars of Attacus cynthia, and throve amazingly. It was eventually placed im solitary confinement. ‘lwo have survived up to the present, and one completed its development on March 20th ; for the last three months they have been fed on stick insects and moths. It is an unusual thing to bring a Mantis through all its moults in captivity ; the second appears likely to complete its development very soon. These insects are bark-coloured, and rest motionless by day, feeding at night; probably in the wild state they do the same, differing from the commoner green variety, which sit among ~green foliage awaiting their prey during the daytime. These insects were green until half-grown, so doubtless in a wild state some change of appearance becomes necessary through a change of season and the colour of the foliage. Unfortunately, both our specimens are females. Before the penultimate moult one had 290 PROF. H. MAXWELL LEFROY: lost part of its antenna, after the moult this was found to be complete ; a tarsus lost before the final moult was not regenerated, and the perfect insect is without it. CoLEOPTERA. Dermestes frischi. This very rare beetle was exhibited in all stages of development. The specimens came from Millwall Docks, where the larve were feeding in hard fungi on decaying aspen logs. The Port of London Authority very kindly granted permission for the logs to be removed to the Insect House, where they are now under observation. The fungus was inhabited by two other beetles, both of which are common British species—C%s bolett Scop. and Cis villosulus Marsh.; we have bred these for feeding the Man- tides referred to above. Several pupe of D. frischi were found no less than four inches from the surface of the logs. The larval borings resembled those of the oak timber pest Xestobium tessellatum F. It is interesting to note this remarkable departure from the ordinary habits of Dermestes. These beetles are usually found in dead animals and birds or in raw hides and natural history specimens. Nestobium tessellatum. We have been fortunate in getting material in an oak-tree of this beetle, which is doing so much damage in the roof of West- minster Hall. The live larve and beetles obtained from this tree have been of great use in testing methods of dealing with the beetle in Westminster Hall, as very little other live material has been available. Dorcatoma punctulata. _ The only known British specimens of this pretty little beetle were discovered at Enfield, Middlesex (Entom. Monthly Mag., July 1914, p. 167). Two other British species, D. chrysomelina and D. flavicornis, are found in oak timber in the New Forest and other localities. D. punctulata closely resembles Chrysomelina, but its habits appear to be different. The insects have been exhibited in all stages, inhabiting a hard dry fungus from the trunk of an old ash-tree at Forty Hill, Enfield. The beetle emerges in June and July: there are a number of larve in the fungus which should produce beetles shortly. Hry« fairmairei.. The only known British locality for this beetle is Sherwood Forest, Notts. The larva, which closely resembles a mealworm, is very destructive to the bark of old growing oak-trees. A number of the larvae were collected in July 1913, and beetles bred from them have been shown. The beetle, which resembles NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. 291 the other British species Hryw ater F. (and with which it was confused in some of the old collections), appears to have received little or no study as to its habits. It is therefore as well to draw attention to the different conditions under which the larve of the two species were found. Eryx ater is common in the New Forest and other well-wooded districts, but has not been taken at Sherwood. It was formerly very rare in collections, as owing to its nocturnal habits it usually escaped the notice of collectors; but it was taken at sugar by lepidopterists. The larva, hich appears to be indistinguishable from that of #. fairmairei, is common in hollow trees, w ‘here it is usually found associated with a Lamellicorn beetle, Dorcus paral- lelopipedus L., in ash or beech, or with Sinodendron cylindricum in apple. The burrows of these two beetles appear to form ideal conditions for the Hryv to establish itself. It never attacks the Lamellicorn larve, and is entirely a wood-feeder. It has been found in more than twenty trees in the Enfield district, but always in the hollows and never in the bark. At Sherwood Forest, with H. fairmairei, the conditions are always completely reversed. A hollow oak-tree there contaimed some larvee which appeared to be Hry«w, but which afterwards produced specimens of an allied species, Cistela ceramboides L. The bark of this tree was infested with groups of Hry« larve, the eggs having been deposited in crevices in various parts of the trunk. The larva feeds upon the growing bark, and the work of des- truction is more complete than that produced by the elm-bark pest Scolytus destructor. There are many fine old trees at Sherwood upon which the bark was held together merely by the strength of its outer layers, the whole of the inner layer having been devoured by the Zryxv larve. Only a little effort was needed to bring the whole mass to the ground, when amidst a cloud of dust. . and spiders one might hope to find a few of the beetles, but more often the larvee of several generations together. Auloniun trisulewm. The following extract from Fowler and Donisthorpe’s ‘ British Coleoptera’ is of interest in connection with the specimens now exhibited :—‘ Enfield. Under elm-bark in the burrows of Scolytus multistriatus. Subsequently, Mr. Pool took it both at Edmonton and Winchmore Hill. This very interesting addition to our list (Ent. Record, xvi. 1904, p. 310) was made by Mr. C. J.C. Pool in July 1904. The insect is found rarely under elm- bark in Central and Southern Europe in the burrows of S. destructor and S. multistriatus. ‘The larva of this species is briefly described by Westwood. It is long, subdepressed, and slightly eurved, with three pairs of thoracic legs and a pair of short, recur ved, horny points upon the terminal segment of the body. The pupa is very much elongated, with two short obtuse points at the extremity.” 292 4 NOTES FROM THE CAIRD INSECT HOUSE. The elm post from which the original British specimens were taken at Enfield was made from a portion of a very large prostrate bough close at hand. The bark was infested with the Scolytids and a colony of about thirty of the Aawloniwm in various stages. Many elm-trees are standing in the Zoological Gardens from which boughs have been removed, for use as perches in various out-door cages for birds and mammals. This habit of using fresh material has the effect of producing exactly the right conditions for the Scolytid pests to flourish. - We have collected some infested branches, and in the burrows of the Scolytus the Auloniwm (larve and remains of beetles) has been rediscovered. This interesting discovery will add something to our knowledge of the habits and distribution of this rare beetle. Material is now exhibited in the Insect House, from which the beetles will be emerging from May to July. Anthia sexguttata. (Six-spotted Ground-Beetle.) We received five specimens from India in July 1914, one of which is still alive (March 17th, 1915). It burrowed down into the sand on August 10th, and reappeared on October Ist. They have this burrowing habit in India, but this specimen alone of the five exhibited it. All the others died before the middle of October. BERET EES TIT ES a aaa ales Bo aan Py a é: a me | ~~ = ) anne goat AR meee er AR WA g |g n.. —AnsABPA | BAe Meee eT TA. ac Oris iaitpactyi ae eet Sects 4 | | | ; \ ; nN ; av OS Pigtaa aS | N LIBRARIES Ds 2. - ) ge > ~ i> y, “= > a > _* | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO! . Ney yt aa Nap aa bie nah Uy Rie) atta || Deas. a Neonat es Sr iors Pe et ee a Ae é ANA Mania! Ve